No preview available
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Award Date: April 29, 2013 Awarded to: Equity Builders, LLC. 5066 E. 26th Drive Bellingham, WA 98226 Award Amount: $698,391.00 Bidding Requirements, City of Renton Forms, Contract Forms, Conditions of the Contract, Plans and Specifications Construction of: CAG -13 -046 Lind Avenue Lift Station Replacement City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 Project Manager: John Hobson PROJECT NO. WWP -27 -3626 January 2013 (425) 430 -7279 COD P L A N N £: 2 S N .�. �' �.s�..r >r City of ,,Y � 1 � t + A s'► r� •' CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the Lind Lift Station PROJECT NO. WWP -27 -3626 January 2013 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT FORMS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS PLANS 113 Prepared by: "Cl RR2 Engineering, Inc. 300 Simon Street SE Suite 5 E R East Wenatchee, WA 98802 E R S (509) 886 -2900 (p) (509) 886 -2313 (f) STS �677 �Qp qSigned: !/18/21113 �IONAL 1/18/2013 Department of Labor and Industries PO Box 44450 k = EQLJTT'nBUILDERS LLC Olympia, WA 98504 -4450 - �� '° E �d� `�Reg CC E. 01.60222 1 A,, j .4lZegxst r d a Cc�rsl CCO EQUITY BUILDERS LLC, s T "I - 5066 E 26TH DR t �.� r Effecive Dat BELLINGHAM WA 98226 r 0 M .. il -d by Law as: Contractor /2002 6/2015 I' Business License i Annual it 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 (425) 430 -6851 of Expiration Date 0713112013 Issued Date: License # 07/09/2012 BL.034901 Licensee has applied for a City of Renton business license in accordance with Renton Municipal Code (the Code), Title V Business, Chapter 5 Business Licenses. The Licensee agrees to comply with all requirements of the Code, as well as State laws and regulations applicable to the business activity licensed. Post this License at the place of business. Business Location ' 5066 E 26TH DR BELLINGHAM, WA 98226 EQUITY BUILDERS LLC ' 5066 E 26TH DR BELLINGHAM, WA 98226 of Expiration Date 0713112013 Issued Date: License # 07/09/2012 BL.034901 Licensee has applied for a City of Renton business license in accordance with Renton Municipal Code (the Code), Title V Business, Chapter 5 Business Licenses. The Licensee agrees to comply with all requirements of the Code, as well as State laws and regulations applicable to the business activity licensed. Post this License at the place of business. � I EQUITY BUILDERS LLC John, Here is a list of responsible personnel and for the Lind Ave. Lift Station Project 5066 E 26'" DRIVE BELLINGHAM WA 98226 George Hochstein: PM and on -site superintendent for above grade construction and mechanical. 5066 E.26th Dr. Bellingham WA 98226 360- 592 - 2929 - office 360- 739 - 3447 -cel I /jobsite 360- 592 - 9013- home /emergency 360- 739 - 3685 -wife Maria /emergency Dave Neuser: Site -work and underground superintendent 6463 Vista Drive Ferndale 98248 360- 961 -7696 cell /primary 360- 384 -3134 home /emergency Juan Duran: Pipe Foreman 7734 Goodwin Rd. Everson WA 98247 360- 306 -0436 cell /primary 360- 966 -0340 home /emergency Brandon Bush C/o HUB International: Bonding Agent PO Box 3018 Bothell, WA 98041 -3018 425 - 489 -4500 Thank you. George Hochstein Owner Office # 360- 592 -2929 Fax # 360- 592 -2655 Cell # 360- 739 -3447 May 3, 2013 ' City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way ' Renton WA, 98057 Attn: John Hobson John, Here is a list of responsible personnel and for the Lind Ave. Lift Station Project 5066 E 26'" DRIVE BELLINGHAM WA 98226 George Hochstein: PM and on -site superintendent for above grade construction and mechanical. 5066 E.26th Dr. Bellingham WA 98226 360- 592 - 2929 - office 360- 739 - 3447 -cel I /jobsite 360- 592 - 9013- home /emergency 360- 739 - 3685 -wife Maria /emergency Dave Neuser: Site -work and underground superintendent 6463 Vista Drive Ferndale 98248 360- 961 -7696 cell /primary 360- 384 -3134 home /emergency Juan Duran: Pipe Foreman 7734 Goodwin Rd. Everson WA 98247 360- 306 -0436 cell /primary 360- 966 -0340 home /emergency Brandon Bush C/o HUB International: Bonding Agent PO Box 3018 Bothell, WA 98041 -3018 425 - 489 -4500 Thank you. George Hochstein Owner Office # 360- 592 -2929 Fax # 360- 592 -2655 Cell # 360- 739 -3447 � I i I � I I I � I � I ii EQUITY BUILDERS LLC May 9, 2013 City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton WA, 98057 Attn: John Hobson John, 5066 E 26'" DRIVE BELLINGHAM WA 98226 Equity Builders is a single member LLC. George Hochstein is the only member. George Hochstein carries the title of sole member, managing member, general manager, and /or owner. As the single member it is George Hochstein, who has authority to sign any and all legal documents for the LLC. I have included a copy of our initial annual report showing George Hochstein as the only member. I have included a copy of our most recent annual report showing George Hochstein as the only member. I have' included a copy of our Certificate of Formation issued by the State of Washington with the formation date of 7 -16 -2002 consistent with the Registration /Formation date of 7 -16 -2002 on the initial annual report. Please accept these documents as proof that George Hochstein is authorized to sign the contract on behalf of Equity Builders LLC. Sample signature for George Hochstein Thank you. — Ge6rge Hochstein ' Owner Office # 360- 592 -2929 � Gj ' Fax # 360- 592 -2655 rj • a 071.3 0- 9-0\1'o q ham \jf A Cell # 360- 739 -3447 J Jant n-e D Pew ri s►, 4.29.14 e' a J �� =� T4+ ♦A��j� i 1 IR � I o u LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INITIAL ANNUAL REPORT FILING FEE $10.00 Hit IUKW COMPLETED FORA/ AND A CHECK MADE PAYABLE TO: Sec,.-stary of State Corporadom DIWston PO box 40234 Olyrttpia, WA 1;1113604-0234 EQUITY BUILDERS LLC C/O GEORGE L HOCHSTEIN 5066 E 26TH DR BELLINGHAM WA 98226 GEORGE L HOCHSTEIN 5066 E 26TH DR BELLINGHAM WA 98226 Pa • Dy• By: 11 -13 -2002 LI nYtle:ItuilneBa IdentNler: 602 120 464 State of Formation: WA Rogletradon /Formation Date: , 07 -16 2002 mrs secuon rr Registered wysnvotflce Addret ntuet be astberizod by the Board of Directors). New Registered Agent Name_ (Plea" Type or Print) Registered Agent's Consent to Appointment (Signature of newly appoint Agent) Registered Office Street Address Registered Office Mailing Address City State Zip Code Note: A street address in the same city must be used in conjunction with a PO Box. ANNUAL REPORT SECTION MUST BE FILLED IN COMPLETELY - TYPE OR PRINT IN DARK INK tddress of principal place of business in WAS lephone number of Limited liability Company ? - I- riefly state nature of business in WA__ t nr.1�+r�� f L" �• ,� 't—i^s�c . reign LLC: LLC: Principal office address �, n state/country of origin_, /V 4 (Include street, city, state and zip code) Ianagement of the Limited Liability Company Is Vested in (Check One): [ I Members [ vmllanagers _1st Name(s) and address(es) of Members or Managers (attach additional list if needed) A 9 (c, lame / Address city State ZIP �( ) me •' ke, ., S—oi Address n L rf 4,y U," • city State Zip Address ulty Sale zip Frne Address City State Zip ial� j Address city stale Zip 11110daturill of mjfmblr or manager) (Type or Print Name and Title) \-J (Date) ' "V 11 V 1 "rtiaMl. Please return this entire form. DO NOT DETACH! PLEASE RETURN THIS ENTIRE FORM WITH REQUIRED FEES 005007 l Renewal-Agent ngt necretaryrof State° "Controlling Interest') oState Licensin Service Business 9 Does company own land, buildings, or other real prop rty ' Sh' ton? ❑ Yes o (SEE instructions on reverse FOR VALIDATION ONLY Limited Liability Company your Renewal & Annual Report Is the Limited Liability Company managed by managers? No To cancel or dissolve this LLC, obtain the format www.sos.wa.9ov 1c0rps �• 3 jo 0) t� — n! d Contact e-mail address 03N- 400 -925 -0003 Name, Registered Agent, and Registered Office Address 1223 -W ' Unified Business ID No. 602 220 464 State of Formation WA / State law) EQUITY BUILDERS LLC Date of Formation ; 07-16-2002' 1 C/O GEORGE L HOCHSTEIN 6 ,�- �� , ` �,� R 5066 E 26TH DR Expiration Date" 07-31-2012 BELLINGHAW WA 98226 0-side -tf -the ReTSteTt=d -,d tit3ffice Address information- is incoTrect;-mark thefiox acrd t;omplete ttre reverse sidE� delivered and could result in the dissolution of your company. this form. If the address is incorrect, mailings may not be CITY RENEWAL. SECTLQN -:, r,* fter re c rtewal your aev�.ex iratipr ate will be. ,,.0 : -3 2013 .. RENEW ONLINE .I Go to: CorpRenewal.wa -gov Passwgrd ,-X4.6B 5324 $ 60..00 _.. Domestic Limited.Li_abilit� Company- -- - - - '9.00 Renewal Application Fee OF REVENUE Failure to return completed form and pay fees by the expiration date will result in $25.00 late fee and may lead to the dissolution of your company. Make check payable to: DEPARTMENT in U.S. FUNDS only TOTAL FEES DUE: $69,00. FEES & REPORT REQUESTED BY: 07-16-2012 TITLE NAME HOME OR BUSINESS ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP CITY STATE ZIP TITLE NAME HOME OR BUSINESS ADDRESS 602 2 2 0 464 If all members or managers are companies, the signer must note which company they represent. /\ DATE SIGNED IS DOCUMENT IS HEREBY EXECUTED UNDER PENALTIES OF PERJURY. PRIN NAME &TITLE (MEMBER 1 MANAGER) AND IS, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, TRUE AND CORRECT. Please return to: STATE OF WASHINGTON VICE Telephone: 1- 800 - 451 -7985 BUSINESS LICENSING SER PO BOX 34456 I=ATrt. C isrA ho-1 nA 4 AGE ANNUAL REPORT SECTION - Required every year. "Controlling Interest') Does company own land, buildings, or other real prop rty ' Sh' ton? ❑ Yes o (SEE instructions on reverse side under your Is the Limited Liability Company managed by managers? No �• 3 jo 0) t� — n! d Contact e-mail address Contact telephone no. Briefly Describe the Nature of Your Business �� n ST � u C (�� �' o f S C.<k° / State law) �(f .�t} 1 'eC i f' f (Stating `none ", no change" or "NIA" is not acceptable under Washington , C 5 6 ,�- �� , ` �,� R // / ;Z -- .sue Address of principal place of business ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP If formed outside Washington, list the LLC office address CITY STATE ZIP ADDRESS and address of managers, if applicable. Otherwise list title, name, and address of members (attach additional sheets in the List title, name, same format, if necessary. Include your U91 number on each page). LYE �' 7' S 7t'i b !< d b 4 y/� r l TITLE NAME NAME HOME/OR BUSINESS ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP I TITLE NAME HOME OR BUSINESS ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP TITLE NAME HOME OR BUSINESS ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP CITY STATE ZIP TITLE NAME HOME OR BUSINESS ADDRESS 602 2 2 0 464 If all members or managers are companies, the signer must note which company they represent. /\ DATE SIGNED IS DOCUMENT IS HEREBY EXECUTED UNDER PENALTIES OF PERJURY. PRIN NAME &TITLE (MEMBER 1 MANAGER) AND IS, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, TRUE AND CORRECT. Please return to: STATE OF WASHINGTON VICE Telephone: 1- 800 - 451 -7985 BUSINESS LICENSING SER PO BOX 34456 I=ATrt. C isrA ho-1 nA 4 AGE � I I I � I � I iI I I � I � I � I � I � I � I � I STATE of WASHINGTON I, SAM REED, Secretary of State of the State of Washington and custodian of its seal, hereby issue this CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION to EQUITY BUILDERS LLC A Washington Limited Liability Company. An application was filed for record in this office on the date indicated below UBI Number: 602 220 464 Date: July 16, 2002 STATE Given under my hand and the Seal of the State of Washington at Olympia, the State Capital O 1889 Tani Reed, Secretary of State Lj City of Lind Avenue Lift Station Replacement WWP -27 -3626 CONTRACT DOCUMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Summary of Fair Practices Policy Summary of Americans with Disability Act Policy Scope of Work . Vicinity Map Instructions to Bidders Call for Bids *Proposal & Combined Affidavit & Certificate Form: Non - Collusion Anti -Trust Claims Minimum Wage Form *Dept. of Labor and Industies Certificate of Registration *Bid Bond Form *Schedule of Prices ❖Bond to the City of Renton •: -Fair Practices Policy Affidavit of Compliance ❖Contract Agreement (Contracts other than Federal - Aid FHWA) Prevailing Minimum Hourly Wage Rates (New job classifications) Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid Special Provisions Technical Specifications Standard Plans Addenda Documents marked as follows must be submitted at the time noted and must be executed by the Contractor, President and Vice President or Secretary if corporation by -laws permit. All pages must be signed. In the event another person has been duly authorized to execute contracts, a copy of the corporation minutes establishing this authority must be attached to the bid document. * Submit with Bid Submit at Notice of Award CITY OF RENTON Public Works Department 1055 South Grady Way Renton, Washington 98057 CITY 0 RENTON Denis Law, Mayor Attest: Bonnie 1. Walton, City Clerk RENTON CITY COUNCIL uncil Pr sident CITY OF RENTON SUMMARY OF FAIR PRACTICES POLICY ADOPTED BY RESOLUTION N0. 4085 it is the policy of the City of Renton to promote and provide equal treatment and service ' to all citizens and to ensure equal employment opportunity to all persons without regard to their race; religion /creed; national origin; ancestry; sex; age over 40; sexual orientation or gender identity; pregnancy; HIV /AIDS and Hepatitis C status; use of a guide dog /service animal; marital status; parental /family status; military status; or veteran's status, or the presence of a physical, sensory, or mental disability, when the City of Renton can reasonably accommodate the disability, of employees and applicants for employment and fair, non - discriminatory treatment to all citizens. All departments of the City of Renton shall adhere to the following guidelines: (1) EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES - The City of Renton will ensure all employment related activities included recruitment, selection, promotion, demotion, training, retention and separation are conducted in a manner which is ' based on job - related criteria which does not discriminate against women, minorities and other protected classes. Human resources decisions will be in accordance with individual performance, staffing requirements, governing civil service rules, and labor contract agreements. (2) COOPERATION WITH HUMAN RIGHTS ORGANIZATIONS - The City of Renton will cooperate fully with all organizations and commissions organized to promote fair practices and equal opportunity in employment. (3) CONTRACTORS' OBLIGATIONS - Contractors, sub - contractors, consultants and suppliers conducting business with the City of Renton shall affirm and subscribe to the Fair Practices and Non - discrimination policies set forth by the law and by City policy. Copies of this policy shall be distributed to all City employees, shall appear in all I operational documentation of the City, including bid calls, and shall be prominently displayed in appropriate city facilities. CONCURRED IN by the City Council of the City of Renton, Washington, this 7th day of March______., 2011 . CITY 0 RENTON Denis Law, Mayor Attest: Bonnie 1. Walton, City Clerk RENTON CITY COUNCIL uncil Pr sident I I I I I I I this 4th drry Of October 1993. CITY OF RENTON Mayor Attest- City Clerk RENTON CITY COUNCIL: Cbuncil President CITY OF RENTON SUM,1ABY0FA4&R1CANS WITH DISABHMESACTPOIXY ADOPTED BYRESOLUTIONNO. 3007 The policy of the City of Renton is to promote and afford equal treatment and service to all citizens and to assure: employment opportunity to persons with disabilities, when the City of Renton can reasonably accommodate the disability. This policy shall be based on the principles of equal employment opportunity, the Americans With Disabilities Act and other applicable guidelines as set forth in federal, state and local laws. All departments of the City of Renton shall adhere to the following guidelines: (1) EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES - All activities relating to employment such as recruitment, selection, promotion, termination and training shall be conducted in a non- discriminatory manner. Personnel decisions will be based on individual performance, staffing requirements, and in accordance with the Americans With Disabilities Act and other applicable laws and regulations. (2) COOPERATION WITH HUMAN RIGHTS ORGANIZATIONS - The City of Renton will cooperate fully with all organizations and commissions organized to promote fair practices and equal opportunity for persons with disabilities in employment and receipt of City services, activities and programs. (3) AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT POLICY - The City of Renton Americans With Disabilities Act Policy will be maintained to facilitate equitable representation within the City work force and to assure equal employment opportunity and equal access to City services, activities and programs to all people with disabilities. It shall be the responsibility and the duty of all City officials and employees to carry out the policies and guidelines as set forth in this policy (4) CONTRACTORS' OBLIGATION - Contractors, subcontractors, consultants and suppliers conducting business with the City of Renton shall abide by the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act and promote access to services, activities and programs for people with disabilities. Copies of this policy shall be distributed to all City employees, shall appear in all operational documentation of the City, including bid calls, and shall be prominently displayed in appropriate City facilities. CONCURRED IN by the City Council of the City of Renton, Washington, I I I I I this 4th drry Of October 1993. CITY OF RENTON Mayor Attest- City Clerk RENTON CITY COUNCIL: Cbuncil President CITY OF RENTON Lind Avenue Lift Station Replacement WWP -27 -3626 SCOPE OF WORK The work involved under the terms of this contract document shall be full and complete installation of the facilities, as shown on the plans and as described in the construction specifications, to include but not be limited to: The construction of the Lind Avenue Lift Station'Replacement, including below -grade wet well and valve vault, approximately 98 linear feet of 12" gravity sanitary sewer pipeline and 2 manholes, approximately 167 linear feet of 8" force main pipe, above -grade motor control building, standby generator and abandonment of the existing lift station. The Work also consists of pavement rehabilitation, a crosswalk installation, electrical conduit extension and service modifications. Any contractor connected with this project shall comply with all Federal, State, County, and City codes and regulations applicable to such work and perform the work in accordance with the plans and specifications of this contract document. A total of 120 working days will be allowed for the completion of this project. rl t F1 Ij t 1 Lind Avenue Lift ,Station Replacement Vicinity Map ' INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Sealed bids for this proposal will be received by the City of Renton at the office of the Renton City Clerk, Renton City Hall, until the time and date specified in the Call for Bids. At this time the bids will be publicly opened and read, after which the bids will be considered and the award made as early as practicable. No proposal may be changed or withdrawn after the time set for receiving bids. Proposals shall be submitted on the forms attached hereto. 2 Any omissions, discrepancies or need for interpretation should be brought, in writing, to the attention of the Project Engineer. Written addenda to clarify questions that arise may then be issued. No oral statements by Owner, Engineer, or other representative of the owner shall, in any way, modify the contract documents, whether made before or after letting the contract. 3 The work to be done is shown in the plans and / or specifications. Quantities are understood to be only approximate. Final payment will be based on actual quantities and at the unit price bid. The City reserves the right to add or to eliminate of that work as deemed necessary. portions 4. Plans may be examined and copies obtained at the Public Works Department Office. Bidders shall satisfy themselves as to the local conditions by inspection of the site. 5. The bid price for any item must include the performance of all work necessary for completion of that item as described in the specifications. 6. The bid price shall be stated in terms of the units indicated and as to a total amount. In the event of errors, the unit price bid will govern. illegible figures will invalidate the bid, 7. The right is reserved to reject any and /or all bids and to waive informalities if it is deemed advantageous to the City to do so. 8. A certified check or satisfactory bid bond made payable without reservation to the Director of Finance of the City of Renton in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid shall accompany each bid proposal. Checks will be returned to unsuccessful bidders immediately following the decision as to award of contract. The check of the successful bidder will be returned provided he enters into a contract and furnishes a satisfactory performance bond covering the full amount of the work within ten days after receipt of notice of intention to award contract. Should he fail, or refuse to do so, the check shall be forfeited to the City of Renton as liquidated damage for such failure. 9. All bids must be self - explanatory. No opportunity will be offered for oral explanation except as the City may request further information on particular points. t10. The bidder shall, upon request, furnish information to the City as to his financial and practical ability to satisfactorily perform the work. 11. Payment for this work will be made in Cash Warrants. 12. The contractor shall obtain such construction insurance (e.g. fire and extended coverage, worker's compensation, public liability, and property damage as identified within Special Provisions, Specification Section 1 -07.18 "Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance ". 13. The contractor, prior to the start of construction, shall provide the City of Renton a detailed bar chart type construction schedule for the project. 14 Before starting work under this contract, the Contractor is required to supply information to the City of Renton on all chemical hazards Contractor is bringing into the work place and potentially exposing City of Renton Employees. 15. Payment of retainage shall be done in accordance with Section 1- 09.9(1) "Retainage ". 16. Basis For Approval The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder. The bidder shall bid on all bid items set forth in the bid forms (including all alternate bid items) to be considered responsive for award. The Total Bid Price, as indicated on the Schedule of Prices, will be used to determine the successful low responsive bidder. Partial bids will not be accepted. The owner reserves the right to award either or none of the alternate bid items to meet the needs of the City. The intent is to award to only one BIDDER. 17. Trench Excavation Safety Systems As required by RCW 39.04.180, on public works projects in which trench excavation will exceed a depth of four feet, any contract therefor shall require adequate safety systems for the trench ' excavation that meet the requirements of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act, Chapter 49.17 RCW. These requirements shall be included in the Bid Schedule as a separate item. The costs of trench safety systems shall not be considered as incidental to any other contract item and any attempt to include the trench safety systems as an incidental cost is prohibited. 18. Payment of Prevailing Wages In accordance with Revised Code of Washington Chapters 39.12 and 49.28 as amended or supplemented herein, there shall be paid to all laborers, workmen or mechanics employed on this contract the prevailing rate of wage for an hour's work in the same trade or occupation in the area of work regardless of any contractual relationship which may exist, or be alleged to exist, between the CONTRACTOR and any laborers, workmen, mechanics or subconsultants. The most recent issue of the prevailing wage rates are included within these specifications under section titled "Prevailing Minimum Hourly Wage Rates ". The Contractor is Responsible for obtaining updated issues of the prevailing wage rate forms as they become available during the duration of the contract. The wage rates shall be included as part of any subcontracts the Contractor may enter into for work on this project. I19. Pollution Control Requirements Work under this contract shall meet all local, state and federal requirements for the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct the work in accordance with all applicable pollution control laws. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with and be liable for all penalties, damages, and violations under Chapter 90.48 RCW, in performance of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall also comply with Article 4 in the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency Regulation III regarding removal and encapsulation of asbestos materials. 20. Standard Specifications All work under this contract shall be performed in accordance with the following standard specifications except as may be exempted or modified by the City of Renton Supplemental j Specifications, Special Provisions other sections of these contract documents. These standard specifications are hereby made a part of this contract and shall control and guide all activities within this project whether referred to directly, paragraph by paragraph, or not. 1. WSDOT /APWA "2010 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction" and "Division 1 APWA Supplement" hereinafter referred to by the abbreviated title "Standard Specifications." A. Any reference to "State," "State of Washington, "Department of Transportation," " WSDOT," or any combination thereof in the WSDOT /APWA standards shall be modified to read "City of Renton," unless specifically referring to a standard specification or test method. B. All references to measurement and payment in the WSDOT /APWA standards shall be detected and the measurement and payment provisions of Section 1- 09.14, Measurement and Payment (added herein) shall govern. 21. A preliminary geotechnical engineering report has been completed based on subsurface 1 explorations that are adjacent to the new lift station site and is available for informational purposes only. A copy may be obtained on -line through Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc., at http: / /www.bxwa.com. Click on "bxwa.com "; "Posted Projects ", "Public Works ", "City of Renton", "Projects Bidding ". The Bidders shall familiarize themselves adequately with the project site and existing subsurface condition as needed to submit their bid. Upon approval of the City, the Bidder may make such subsurface explorations and investigations as they see fit. The Bidder shall be responsible for protection of all existing facilities, utilities and other buried or surface improvements and shall restore the site to the satisfaction of the City. 22 Bidder's Checklist ❑ It is the responsibility of each bidder to ascertain if all the documents listed on the attached index are included in their copy of the bid specifications. If documents are missing, it is the sole responsibility of the bidder to contact the City of Renton to obtain the missing documents prior to bid opening time. ❑ Have you submitted, as part of your bid, all documents marked in the index as "Submit With Bid "? ❑ Has bid bond or certified check been enclosed? ❑ Is the amount of the bid guaranty at least 5 percent of the total amount of bid including sales tax? ❑ Has the proposal been signed? ❑ Have you bid on ALL ITEMS and ALL SCHEDULES? ❑ Have you submitted the Subcontractors List (if required) ❑ Have you reviewed the Prevailing Wage Requirements? ❑ Have you certified receipt of addenda, if any? ❑ Have you submitted the Dept. of Labor & Industries Certificate of Registration form? CAG -13 -046 CITY OF RENTON CALL FOR BIDS Lind Avenue Lift Station Replacement W W P -27 -3626 Sealed bids will be received until 2:30 .m. Tuesday, April 16, 2013, at the City Clerk's office, 7th P Y p Y floor and will be opened and publicly read in conference room Conference Room 511 on the 5th ' floor, Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton WA 98057 for the Lind Avenue Lift Station Replacement project. The work to be performed within 120 working days from the Notice to Proceed Date under this contract shall include, but not be limited to: The construction of the Lind Avenue Lift Station Replacement, including below -grade wet well and valve vault, approximately 98 linear feet of 12" gravity sanitary sewer pipeline and 2 manholes, approximately 167 linear feet of 8" force main pipe, above -grade motor control building, standby generator and abandonment of the existing lift station. The Work also consists of pavement rehabilitation, a crosswalk installation, electrical conduit extension and service modifications. Any contractor connected with this project shall comply with all Federal, State, County, and City codes and regulations applicable to such work and perform the work in accordance with the plans and specifications of this contract document. I The City reserves the right to reject an and /or all bids and to waive any and /or all informalities. � tY g 1 Y Bid documents will be available March 26, 2013. Plans, specifications, addenda, and the plan holders list for this project are available on -line through Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc., at http: / /www.bxwa.com. Click on "bxwa.com "; "Posted Projects ", "Public Works ", "City of Renton ", "Project's Bidding ". (Note: Bidders are encouraged to "Register as a Bidder," in order to receive automatic email notification of future addenda and to be placed on the "Bidders List. ") If a bidder has any questions regarding the project, please- contact the Project Manager, John Hobson, at 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057 or (425) 430 -7279. A certified check or bid bond in the amount of five percent (5%) of the total of each bid must accompany each bid. The City's Fair Practices, Non - Discrimination, and Americans with Disability Act Policies shall apply. 'J. 64"L6,1_1 Bonnie I. Walton, City Clerk [;r17>IJ�T�:A Daily Journal of Commerce Daily Journal of Commerce Daily Journal of Commerce � I March 26, 2013 April 2, 2013 April 9, 2013 I�_ " i I � I � I � I � I it Lind Avenue Lift Station Replacment W W P -27 -3626 Proposal & Combined Affidavit & Certificate Form TO THE CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON Ladies and/or Gentlemen: The undersigned hereby certify that the bidder has examined the site of the proposed work and have read and thoroughly understand the plans, specifications and contract governing the work embraced in this improvement, and the method by which payment will be made for said work, and hereby propose to undertake and complete the work embraced in this improvement, or as much thereof as can be completed with the money available, in accordance with the said plans, specifications and contract and the schedule of prices. The undersigned further certifies and agrees to the following provisions: NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Being duly sworn, deposes and says, that he is the identical person who submitted the foregoing proposal or bid, and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other Bidder on the foregoing work or equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself or to any other person any advantage over other Bidder or Bidders. AND CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI -TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice overcharges resulting from anti -trust violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such over - charges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti -trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants and represents that such of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception. I3\0i11 `Page 12 Proposal & Combines Affidavit & Certificate Form Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see wnvw.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale L iMINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, deposed, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, I will pay each classification of laborer, workman, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work; not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract. I have read the above and foregoing statements and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. FOR: PROPOSAL, NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT, ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI -TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT Name of Bidder's Firm Signature of Authorized Representative of Budder *: Printed Name: ���� / ..5 t c° 11 Title: a„,­, 1n &-• — SO/C 4^ Lev Address: .�0 fir. (a'cc �s^ /�Se 1���� 004 / 0C _— _ , // v/ Contact Name (please print): G P�'A I-- /70 im C-4 S t- , Phone: 3 �v s �%� —off — Email: _ Q �� c� �a(- � . *The above signature must be notarized using the applicable notary language found on pages 3 and 4. If business is a CORPORATION, please complete this section: Name of President of Corporation / Name of Secretary of Corporation Corporation Organized and e laws of With Main Office i tate of Washington at ' If business is a PARTNERSHIP ai LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, lease complete this section: Name: // Title (Partner, Member, Manager): II Proposal & Affidavit /Certificate - Page 2 of 4 08-COMBINED PROP and TRIPLE FORM August 2012 FINAL.doc Page 13 Minimum Wage Affidavit Form Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see wv,,vr.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale INDIVIDUAL FORM ' STATE ASHINGTON } ss County of On this day of before me personally appeared to me known to be the individuals) de ibed in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and ' acknowledged under oath that (he /she /they) signed and sealed the same as __ (his, her, their) fre and voluntary act and deed, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned. GIVEN under my hand and official seal the day and year last ove written. (SEAL) _ Notary Public in and r the State of Washington, residing at _ Print Name: _ My commission expires: _ CORPORATION FORM TE OF WASHINGTON ) ss County of } On this __ day _ before me personally appeared __ to me known to be the (President, Secretary, Treasurer) of the corporation that executed the foregoing I rument, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said Corp ation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that (he /she /the are authorized to execute said instrument. GIVEN under my hand and official seal the day a ear last above written. (SEAL) ' Notary Pu ' in and for the State of Washington, re i ing at Print Name: ' My commission expires: Proposal & Affidavit /Certificate - P e 3 of 4 08—COMBINED PROP and TRIPLE FORM August 2012 FINAL.doc 'Page 14 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see w\M1w.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale � I 11 � I 1I � I II I I PARTNERSHIP FORM STATE WASHINGTON ) ss County of __ _ ___ ) On this _ _ day of _ _ before me personally appeared to me known to be a General Par r of the partnership known as that executed the foregoing instrume and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said partners " , for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that (he/she( the a authorized to execute said instrument. GIVEN under my hand and official seal the day and-vNs4r last above written. (SEAL) Notary Pub ' in and for the State of Washington, re ' ing at Print Name: My commission expires: LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (LLC) FORM STATE OF WASHINGTON } : ss County of Warn } 001 this _ day Of 20L before me personally appeared to me known to be a Managing Member of the Limited Liability Company known as _��} and that he /she /they executed the foregoing instrument, an ackno edged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said Limited Liability Company, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that k r, (he /she /they) are authorized to execute said instrument. GIVEN under mi,,jAj nd official seal the day and year last a OVE .��`` p *.O ary �ubllc i �Go f•*9 m.f : Washington, n 30: '�G � « ?�= Print Name: ��00 OZI C written. e State of O �,�p X016• `���� My commission expires: JI i /�,NINGTO�````\�� 1/N1111111t�� 08—COMBINED PROP and TRIPLE FORM August 2012 FINAL.doc Proposal & Aff idavit /Certificate - Page 4 of 4 rPage 15 Provided to guilders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see vim- ,w.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale Department of Labor and Industries Certificate of Registration Name on Registration:.s_ Registration Number: ��l�(1T/3����%�✓ Expiration Date: . —') L, .Nolte: A copy of the certificate will be requested as part of contract execution when project is awarded. EQUITY BUILDERS LLC 5066 E 26TH DR BELLINGHAM WA 98226 epartrrer,t of Labor and Industries Certificate of Registration Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Ccnditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale ' BID BOND FORM ' Herewith find deposit in the form of a certified check, cashier's check, cash, r bVe:total'bid. n the amount of $ which amount is not less than five percent oft f Signature *Lind Avenue LIft Station Replacement, #CAG -13 -046, WWP -27 -3626 Know All Men by These Presents: That we; Equity Builders. LLC as Principal, and The Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America as. Surety, are held and firmly, bound unto the City of Renton, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Five Percent (8 %) of Total Bid Amount Dollars,. for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The: condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the: Principal for * See Above according to—the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Rrincipaj . therefore, and the. Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance. with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure to :do: so, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the, penal amount of the deposit specified in cal't for bids; then this obligation. shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and. remain In full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the: amount of this: bond.. SIGNEQ;. SEALED AND DATED THIS:. 16th DAY OF', April 20: 13 Equity Builders, LLC Principal Travel asua t d 5 Co pany of America Surety Julie M. Glover, Attorney —in —Fact IReceived return of deposit in the sum of $ �rovided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale TRAVELERS WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER POWER OF ATTORNEY Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company Attorney -In Fact No. 224156 St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Certificate No. 004809900 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, that Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies "), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Darlene Jakielski, Julie M. Glover, M.J. Cotton, Nancy J. Osborne, S.M. Scott, Steven K. Bush, Michael A. Murphy, Jim W. Doyle, Brandon K. Bush, Andy D. Prill, Jim S. Kuich, Chad M. Epple, Steve Wagner, Theresa A. Lamb, Brett N. Meier, and Ellen M. Bell of the City of Bothell , State of Washington , their true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their .business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted'in any ctions or- proceedings allowed by law. 10th be IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to{igned an eir corpo at seals to be hereto affixed, this day of April 2012�YYY } Farmington Casualty Company >v St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty 'Ins ia"n a Company � Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance tlnderweiters, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company JP�S� ANp I,Np sue YY'Y'_•o .[, G 4 gPOR4 v 9 rF w i a HARTFORD, i � HAfifFORE1, '9 1951 s �= m CONN. 0 oowt e N lass EALio: o +SEAL;3 ;�Oo 's aat ��+�J� �O yj .p �j � Attu State of Connecticut By: City of Hartford ss. /GeorgA Thompson, 94mor Pice President On this the 10th day of April 2012 , before me personally appeared George W. Thompson, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. 0•Tb7 In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2016. p�UG * Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public 58440 -6 -11 Printed in U.S.A. WITHOUT THE R This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United;States Fi deliity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies -thich is in =full forceaud effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and Ah' the seals of said`Companies this / � "� day of !r� / 20 Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Sec tary �a i `j? b "3 b` '1 ' � � 9F• •L8 '� �"2�' $H 6 '' , T L D n O � 1 .! 97a 7 _N .a„ o" 7iC1(r.9jPOJ�RA� T ED �i- ' - ' M7 m ° ���O a., . S 1 S �E . .. .A..•.M . L .G F a ,J,D � em , n I s ; � } f W �}a o: ;J / , 1SpP O. ARS. _ A�R_ A L T 'P a Wd D m ., 1s 4 - c.0. / i, A 'w6 m p r�lYl RH1S`- To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1- 800 - 421 -3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney -In -Fact number, the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER CITY OF RENTON PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ' LIND AVENUE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT TOTAL BID PRICE NOT INCLUDING ALTERNATE BID ITEMS WILL BE USED TO DETERMINE t � SUCCESSFUL LOW RESPONSIVE BIDDER ' (Note: The bid price shall be stated in figures only, in terms of the units indicated and as to a total amount. In the event of errors or where conflict occurs, the unit price bid shall govern. Illegible figures will invalidate the bid) SEE SECTION 1 -09.14 OF THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR INFORMATION ON BID ITEMS. 'ITEkj APPROX. ITEM UNIT PRICE AMOUNT NO. QUANTITY Dollars Cents. Dollars Cents. 1 1 Schedule A Mobilization & Demobilization 00 $ 14 n, clOo . z' p� $ 40 . 0 D , e Lump Sum per Lump Sum 2 1 Site Work and Utilities $ Itel 000" $ 61 e 000 � _ per. Lump um Lump Sum 3 1 Traffic Control $ 10,006, $ ' 0L10 Lump Sum per Lump Sum O ° 0 1D 4 1 Trench Safety and Shoring $ / J Q0d „ $ per Lunip Sum Lump Sum ' 010 �o 6(p 00 b 1 Dewatering $ $ per Lu4 Sum Lump Sum 6 1 Lift Station Structural $ L-` , QC��, $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum 7 1 Electrical Building Structural $ 2y , DUD, $ �� f per Lump'Sum ' Lump Sum 8 1 Lift Station Pumps and Motors j 1 $ `A �� 000. j ��y� LO . $ �f S�� Lump Sum per Lump Sum 9 1 Mechanical �- $ X01 OaD, Lump Sum per Lump Sum 10 1 Electrical $ 1 1Z , 000. 09- $; 't Tl/DO Lump Sum per Lump Sum ' 11 1 $ L—I VW $ °— 11 WD Lump Sum Lift Station Finishes per Lump Sum Operation and Maintenance Manuals and 12 1 On- Site Owner Training $2,500.00 $2,500.00 Lump Sum per Lump Sum 'Page 18 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see w \Arw.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale � I CITY OF RENTON PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT LIND AVENUE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT 5 of TOTAL BID PRICE (NOT INCLUDING ALTERNATE BID ITEMS) WILL BE USED TO DETERMINE SUCCESSFUL LOW RESPONSIVE BIDDER Note: The bid price shall be stated in figures only, in terms of the units indicated and as to a total amount. In the event of-errors or where conflict occurs, the unit price bid shall govern. Illegible figures will invalidate the bid) SEE SECTION 1 -09.14 OF THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR INFORMATION ON BID ITEMS. ITEq APPROX. ITEM UNIT PRICE AMOUNT NO. QUANTITY Dollars Cents. Dollars Cents. 13 1 Construction Records $5.000.00 $5;000.00 per Lump Sum Lurup Sum 14 1 Abandonment of Existing Lift Station $ :ano o $ �� Lump Sum per Lump Sum 15 1 Pedestrian Crossing System Lump Sum per Lump Sum Subtotal $ 9.50% Sales Tax $ (QQ� cjq I , Total Bid Price q $ �p q O � ,�j � i ,. The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder. The bidder shall bid on all bid items set forth in the bid forms to be considered responsive for award. The Total Bid Price, as indicated on the Schedule of Prices, will be used to determine the successful low responsive bidder. Partial bids will not be accepted. The intent is to award to only one BIDDER. 'Page 5 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale IBOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON Bond No. 105910714 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned Equity Builders, LLC as principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton in the penal sum of $698,391.00 for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or person representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at Bellingham Washington, this day of 2013. Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: t WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Public Works Construction Contract CAG -13 -046 providing for construction of Lind Avenue Lift Station Replacement (project name) ' the principal is required to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the contract; and WHEREAS, the principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, if the principal shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted ' under said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and materialmen, and all persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said City of Renton harmless from any loss or damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any subcontractor in the performance of said work, and shall indemnify and hold the City of Renton harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in the contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the City of Renton, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. Equity Builders, LLC Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Principal Surety 1 Signature Signole Julie M. Glover Attorney -in -Fact Title Title THE RED BORDER This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seat by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United *.States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companles' which-is in�full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and -Ahlthesials of said'Companies this day of odI 20� Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Sec tary Coe •' '"6 \�/ i PItY ANp J @ , . y JP ,........, q yJ s S ok 4r LP L9.� NAHTFORD, e cm. s�ti i9a .SEAL; %D CONN. � COPUL ? N 6 < To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1- 800 - 421 -3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney -In -Fact number, the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER POWER OF ATTORNEY TRAVELERSFarmington Casualty Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company Attorney -In Fact No. 224156 Certificate No. 0 0 4 8 1 0 7 2 9 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, that Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and - Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies "), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Darlene Jakielski, Julie M. Glover, M.J. Cotton, Nancy J. Osborne, S.M. Scott, Steven K. Bush, Michael A. Murphy, Jim W. Doyle, Brandon K. Bush, Andy D. Prill, Jim S. Kuich, Chad M. Epple, Steve Wagner, Theresa A. Lamb, Brett N. Meier, and Ellen M. Bell of the City of Bothell , State of Washington , their true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their,business of.guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or pernu_le&in any cations or- proceedings allowed by law. 10th IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to e signed =and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this day of April 2012y I~`q �aj1Y Farmington Casualty Comany St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty 1nsuranci. Company; Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company y � ' O1 P9P�c8Ary I2 �b . " �j L a t n 0 � e 977 b� ��1O9RPO5RA1 T Ep v Nr r ;.~.1...— ... : PORAJ j SEAL' � t 1�AOROf3FN46N9gF. )DY , '$ � � < n � y �' ' sH i *� »gtl" n� ��� alr : aN�a I °! "• �a sy +° � . '�P r�Y! State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. By: A:� /Georg99 Thompson, enior ice President 10th April 2012 On this the day of , before me personally appeared George W. Thompson, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. eowox In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2016. 58440 -6 -11 Printed in U.S.A. Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public CITY OF RENTON FAIR PRACTICES POLICY AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE t�eA,�7�af tr r LZ4r hereby confirms and declares that: (Name o contract /subcontractor /consultant) I. It is the policy of the above -named contractor /subcontractor /consultant, to offer equal opportunity to all qualified employees and applicants for employment without regard to their race; religion /creed; national origin; ancestry; sex; the presence of a physical, sensory, or mental disability; age over 40; sexual orientation or gender identity; pregnancy; HIV /AIDS and Hepatitis C status; use of a guide dog /service animal; marital status; parental /family status; military status; or veteran's status. II. The above -named contractor /subcontractor /consultant complies with all applicable federal, state and local laws governing non - discrimination in employment. III. When applicable, the above -named contractor /subcontractor /consultant will seek out and negotiate with minority and women contractors for the award of subcontracts. Print Agent epresentative's Name Print Agent /Representative's Title ent /Representative's Signature Date Signed Instructions: This document MUST be completed by each contractor, subcontractor, consultant and /or supplier. Include or attach this document(s) with the contract. CONTRACTS OTHER THAN FEDERAL -AID FHWA THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 'L2) day of by and between THE CITY OF RENTON, Washington, a municipal corporation of the State of Wa ington, hereinafter referred to as "CITY" and Equity Builders LLC, hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR." WITNESSETH: 1) The Contractor shall within the time stipulated, (to -wit: within One Hundred and Twenty (120) working days from date of commencement hereof as required by the Contract, of which this agreement is a component part) perform all the work and services required to be performed, and provide and furnish all of the labor, materials, appliances, machines, tools, equipment, utility and transportation services necessary to perform the Contract, and shall complete the construction and installation work in a workmanlike manner, in connection with the City's Project (identified as No. CAG -13 -046 for improvement by construction and installation of: Work for the Lind Avenue Lift Station Replacement, per the "Scope of Work" included herein. All the foregoing shall be timely performed, furnished, constructed, installed and completed in strict conformity with the plans and specifications, including any and all addenda issued by the City and all other documents hereinafter enumerated, and in full compliance with all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations of the City of Renton and any other governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover. It is further agreed and stipulated that all of said labor, materials, appliances, machines, tools, equipment and services shall be furnished and the construction installation performed and completed to the satisfaction and the approval of the City's Public Works Director as being in such conformity with the plans, specifications and all requirements of or arising under the Contract. The Contractor agrees to use recycled materials whenever practicable. 2) The aforesaid Contract, entered into by the acceptance of the Contractor's bid and signing of this agreement, consists of the following documents, all of which are component parts of said Contract and as fully a part thereof as if herein set out in full, and if not attached, as if hereto attached. a) This Agreement b) Instruction to Bidders c) Bid Proposal d) Specifications e) Maps and Plans f) Bid g) Advertisement for Bids h) Special Provisions, if any i) Technical Specifications, if any 3 If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the work or an art thereof, with such diligence as will insure P YP � g its completion within the time specified in this Contract, or any extension in writing thereof, or fails to ' complete said work with such time, or if the Contractor shall be adjudged a bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver shall be appointed on account of the Contractor's insolvency, or if he or any of his subcontractors should violate any of the provisions of this ' Contract, the City may then serve written notice upon him and his surety of its intention to terminate the Contract, and unless within ten (10) days after the serving of such notice, such violation or non - compliance of any provision of the Contract shall cease and satisfactory arrangement for the correction thereof be ' made, this Contract, shall, upon the expiration of said ten (10) day period, cease and terminate in every respect. In the event of any such termination, the City shall immediately serve written notice thereof upon the surety and the Contractor and the surety shall have the right to take over and perform the Contract, ' provided, however, that if the surety within fifteen (15) days after the serving upon it of such notice of termination does not perform the Contract or does not commence performance thereof, the City itself may take over the work under the Contract and prosecute the same to completion by Contract or by any other method it may deem advisable, for the account and at the expense of the Contractor, and his surety shall be liable to the City for any excess cost or other damages occasioned the City thereby. In such event, the City, if it so elects, may, without liability for so doing, take possession of and utilize in completing said Contract ' such materials, machinery, appliances, equipment, plants and other properties belonging to the Contractor as may be on site of the project and useful therein. 4) The foregoing provisions are in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights or remedies available to the City. ' 5) Contractor agrees and covenants to hold and save the City, its officers, agents, representatives and employees harmless and to promptly indemnify same from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, liability of every type and nature including all costs and legal expenses incurred by reason of any work arising under or in connection with the Contract to be performed hereunder, including loss of life, ' personal injury and /or damage to property arising from or out of any occurrence, omission or activity upon, on or about the premises worked upon or in any way relating to this Contract. This hold harmless and indemnification provision shall likewise apply for or on account of any patented or unpatented invention, ' process, article or appliance manufactured for use in the performance of the Contract, including its use by the City, unless otherwise specifically provided for in this Contract. ' The Contractor agrees to name the City as an additional insured on a noncontributory primary basis. In the event the City shall, without fault on its part, be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against Contractor, then Contractor shall proceed and hold the City harmless and he shall pay all costs, expenses ' and reasonable attorney's fees incurred or paid by the City in connection with such litigation. Furthermore, Contractor agrees to pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney's fees that may be incurred or paid by City in the enforcement of any of the covenants, provisions and agreements hereunder. Nothing herein shall require the Contractor to indemnify the City against and hold harmless the City, from claims, demands or suits based solely upon the conduct of the City, its officers or employees and provided ' further that if claims or suits are caused by or result from the concurrent negligence of (a) the Contractor's agents or employees and (b) the City, its agents, officers and employees, and involves those actions covered by RCW 4.24.115, this indemnity provision with respect to claims or suits based upon such concurrent ' negligence shall be valid and enforceable only to the extent of the Contractor's negligence or the negligence of the Contractor's agents or employees. Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this agreement is subject to RCW 4.24.115, then, in the event of liability for damages arising out of bodily injury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of the contractor and the city, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers, the contractor's liability hereunder shall be only to the extent of the contractor's negligence. ' It is further specifically and expressly understood that the indemnification provided herein constitute the contractor's waiver of immunity under the Industrial Insurance Act, Title 51 RCW, solely for the purposes 1 t of this indemnification. This waiver has been mutually negotiated by the parties. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this agreement. 6) Any notice from one party to the other party under the Contract shall be in writing and shall be dated and signed by the party giving such notice or by its duly authorized representative of such party. Any such notice as heretofore specified shall be given by personal delivery thereof or by depositing same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail. 7) The Contractor shall commence performance of the Contract no later than 10 calendar days after Contract final execution, and shall complete the full performance of the Contract not later than One Hundred and Twenty (120) working days from the date of commencement. For each and every working day of delay after the established day of completion, it is hereby stipulated and agreed that the damages to the City occasioned by said delay will be the sum of per Section 1 -08.9 of Standard Specifications as liquidated damages (and not as a penalty) for each such day, which shall be paid by the Contractor to the City. 8) Neither the final certificate of payment not any provision in the Contract nor partial or entire use of any installation provided for by this Contract shall relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall be under the duty to remedy. any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within the period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the work, unless a longer period is specified. The City will give notice of observed defects as heretofore specified with reasonable promptness after discovery thereof, and Contractor shall be obligated to take immediate steps to correct and remedy any such defect, fault or breach at the sole cost and expense of Contractor. Defective or Unauthorized Work. The City reserves its right to withhold payment from Contractor for any defective or unauthorized work. Defective or unauthorized work includes, without limitation: work and materials that do not conform to the requirements of this Agreement; and extra work and materials furnished without the City's written approval. If Contractor is unable, for any reason, to satisfactorily complete any portion of the work, the City may complete the work by contract or otherwise, and Contractor shall be liable to the City for any additional costs incurred by the City. "Additional costs" shall mean all reasonable costs, including legal costs and attorney fees, incurred by the City beyond the maximum Contract price specified above. The City further reserves its right to deduct the cost to complete the Contract work, including any Additional Costs, from any and all amounts due or to become due the Contractor. r The Contractor agrees the above one year limitation shall not exclude or diminish the City's rights under r any law to obtain damages and recover costs resulting from defective and unauthorized work discovered after one year but prior to the expiration of the legal time period set forth in RCW 4.16.040 limiting actions upon a contract in writing, or liability expressed or implied arising out of a written agreement. Final Payment: Waiver of Claims. THE CONTRACTOR'S ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT (EXCLUDING WITHHELD RETAINAGE) SHALL CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF CONTRACTOR'S CLAIMS, EXCEPT THOSE PREVIOUSLY AND PROPERLY MADE AND IDENTIFIED BY rCONTRACTOR AS UNSETTLED AT THE TIME FINAL PAYMENT IS MADE AND ACCEPTED. 9) The Contractor and each subcontractor, if any, shall submit to the City such schedules of quantities and ' costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and miscellaneous data pertaining to the Contract as may be requested by the City from time to time. ' 10) The Contractor shall furnish a surety bond or bonds as security for the faithful performance of the Contract, including the payment of all persons and firms performing labor on the construction project under this Contract or furnishing materials in connection with this Contract; said bond to be in the full amount of the Contract price as specified in Paragraph 12. The surety or sureties on such bond or bonds must be duly licensed as a surety in the State of Washington. r 11) The Contractor shall verify, when submitting first payment invoice and annually thereafter, possession of a current City of Renton business license while conducting work for the City. The Contractor shall require, and provide verification upon request, that all subcontractors participating in a City project possess a current City of Renton business license. The Contractor shall provide, and obtain City approval of, a traffic control plan prior to conducting work in City right -of -way. 12) The total amount of this contract is the sum of _ $ 698,391.00 ' num rs Six Hundred Ninety Eight Thousand �Three Hundred Ninety One and xx/100 including Washington State Sales Tax. Payments will be made to Contractor as specified in the "Special rProvisions" of this Contract. 13) INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The parties intend that an Independent Contractor - Employer ' Relationship will be created by this Agreement and that the Contractor has the ability to control and direct the performance and details of its work, the City being interested only in the results obtained under this Agreement. ' 14) LIMITATION OF ACTIONS. CONTRACTOR MUST, IN ANY EVENT, FILE ANY LAWSUIT ARISING FROM OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT WITHIN 120 CALENDAR DAYS FROM THE DATE THE CONTRACT WORK IS COMPLETE OR CONTRACTOR'S ABILITY TO FILE THAT CLAIM OR SUIT SHALL BE FOREVER BARRED. THIS SECTION FURTHER LIMITS ANY APPLICABLE STATUTORY LIMITATIONS PERIOD. r15) Non - Waiver of Breach. The failure of the City to insist upon strict performance of any of the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, or to exercise any option 1 conferred by Agreement reement in one or more instances shall not be construed to be a waiver or g relinquishment of those covenants, agreements or options, and the same shall be and remain in full force ' and effect. 16) Written Notice. All communications regarding this Agreement shall be sent to the parties at the addresses listed on the signature page of the Agreement, unless notified to the contrary. Any written notice hereunder shall become effective three (3) business days after the date of mailing by registered or certified mail, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if sent to the addressee at the address stated in this Agreement or such other address as may be hereafter specified in writing. 17) Assignment. Any assignment of this Agreement by either party without the written consent of the non- ' assigning party shall be void. If the non- assigning party gives its consent to any assignment, the terms of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and no further assignment shall be made without additional written consent. ' 18) Modification. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of the city and Contractor. 19) Compliance with Laws. The Contractor agrees to comply with all federal, state, and municipal laws, rules, and regulations that are now effective or in the future become applicable to Contractor's business, equipment, and personnel engaged in operations covered by this Agreement or accruing out of the performance of those operations. 20) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which will together constitute this one Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City has caused these presents to be signed by its Mayor and attested by its City ' Clerk and the Contractor has hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above - written. CONTRACTOR L��OF;rN President/Partner /Owner Mayor Denis Law ATTE/S_T'. AFL, it � � ��?�i � .l.C/G ���.07'✓ Secretary Bonnie I. W a t o n, City Clerk Firm Name ' check one ❑ Individual ❑ Partnership ❑ Corporation Incorporated in LLG I' Attention: If business is a CORPORATION name of the corporation should be listed in full and both President and ' Secretary must sign the contract, OR if one signature is permitted by corporation by -laws, a copy of the by -laws shall be furnished to the City and made a part of the contract document. ' If business is a PARTNERSHIP, full name of each partner should be listed followed by d/b /a (doing business as) and firm or trade name; any one partner may sign the contract. ' If business is an INDIVIDUAL PROPRIETORSHIP, the name of the owner should appear followed by d/b /a and name of the company. � I � I � I UI,' � I � I � I I PREVAILING MINIMUM r Fll HOURLY WAGE RATES Department of Labor and Industries 4a� srergo� Prevailing Wage (360) 902 -5335 www.hiLwa.t;rt VlTGttiC+i L.iCCnSinfr. /Prey \Vase 4• -_ i? yr !!a9 tta . '11iis form must be typed or printed in ink. s Fill in all blanks or tile form will be returned for correcttost fscc lnsfrtletions). • Please allow a mtnimutn of 10 working days for processing. • Once approved, your form will be posted online at ►coos:{ /inrtrcss.wa. L+ ovllni;CwiutrublSearchFt}r.astt Your Company,lnformation r: Ana STATEMENT OF INTENT TO PAS' PREVAILING WAGES Public Works Contract $40.00 Filing Fee Required Intent ID # (Assigned by Lt&I) Agency Information Your- Company Name Project Name Contract Number ABC Company, Inc. ❑ Yes ON. ra, <;4 Road Repair ^= 201 I.OiB Your Address Awarding Agency 1234 Main Stmet WA State Department of Transpofiation City State, Zip+4 Awarding Agency Address Olympia WA 98501 -1234 XYZ Company. Inc. PO Box 47354 x Your Contractor Registration Number Your UBI Number City State Zip+4 AHCCt•0123M 1 234 567 89 SLJPERFA123AA 321456967 Olympia - WA ' 98501 Your Industrial Insurance Account Number Awarding Agcttcy Contact Narstc Pi" Number 1!I,11l -It 0 Yes John Dcle Your Entail Address (required far notiftcatialt of approval) Your Phone Number prevailingwage@lni,*,R.gov (555) 555.5555 lAdditional Details,r. 01/01/2011 Job Site Address/Directions State Street Q Plum Street Coritruct Dctulls ,1BId Due Datg:(Prime Conti €$tar s} Award Date (Pritne Contrac(or's) 0R/01P1n1f)a `' 08/10/2010 snlea tee j or time and materials, if applicable. 7. 1000.00 t; f• A.RRA Funds, Yeatherizatlaa or EtiergyEfficient Funds Does this project utilize American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) funds? Does this prtrjnat utilize any weatherization or energy efficiency upgrade funds ❑ Yes ON. ra, <;4 ;: (ARRA ar ottieivrise)7 ) Yes 0 N Prime Contractor's Company Information . Hiring Contractor's.Coinptiay laforination Prime Contractor's Company Nume Prime Conttaatur's Intent Nunliber Hgink Contractor's Company Name XYZ Company. Inc. 123456,. : Sope`r,``Pavers, inc. Hiring Contractor's Contractor Registration Number Hiring Contractor's UBI Number Prime Contractor's Registration Number Prime Contractor's UBI Nunibei;" J XY "LtN *0423AA 987654321 SLJPERFA123AA 321456967 Employment Information Do you intend to use ANY subconnaci iis? Q Yes r; ®'No Wii[ employees perinrm work on this project? 0 Yes D. No Will ALL work be subcontracted? Cj xYes ' ® No Do you intend to use apprentice cmplayees7 ®Yes [I No § `...,^, Number of Ownellf}peiaiors who own at least 3 pr of the company tvho will perform work on the project: ❑ None (0) ® One (t) ❑ Two (2) 0 Three (3) Crafis/Frades/Oecupations -'(Do not list apprjft tees. They arc listed an the Affidavit of Wages Paid only.) '' Number of Rate, or Hourly Rate of Hourly If an cmployce` works in tuore than one trade, cnsuM that all hours worked in each trade are reported below. Workers Pay Usual ("Fringe") For ndditianat cm ftshrndes/ticculanttotis'please useWtidendum A. Benefits Laborer AspltaltRakerg 2 39.28 5.00 Power Equipment Operator - Asphalt Plaiit Operator 1 48.04 2.35 Truett Driver - Asphalt &fix {over 16 Yd's) 1 46.47 0.00 SI naitire Stock • I hereby certifv that I have read and understand the instructions to complete this form and that the information, including any addenda, are correct and that all workers I empioy on this Title: NOTICE: If the priate contract Is at a cost of over one million dollars (51.000,000.00), RC \S' 39.04.370 tequtrns you to complete the F,HB 2805 (RCN 39.04.370) Addendum and attach it to your Affidavit or wages or Pnid when your work an the project concludes. This is only a nollce. The ERB 2805 Addendum is not subnsi"ed eith this Intent. SAMPLE • F700-029-DOD Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages 03 -2011 1) Department of Labor and Industries srAr�os Prevailing Wage Program (360) 902 -5335 ��w c° s \vtv\v.lni.\va. its +vll'radcsLiccnsine�l'trvlVugc rr# Your Address 1234 Main Street mkt zaee � °y • This form must be typed or printed in ink. State WA • Fill in ALL blanks or the form will be returned far correction (see Instructions). • Please allow a minimum of 10 working days for processing. + Once approved, your foot will be posted online at Your UBI Number 123456789 hE1�rS:/ /for) dens.wa.ao \'!Ilti �nN'lapnl))SCafL' h f'4r.asU ZFp 98501 AFFIDAVIT OF WAGES PAID Public Works Contract $40.00 Filing Fee Required Affidavit ID # (Assigned by L &1): SAMPLE Your Corn an Ioforrttatlon Indicate (including 'Awardln j &eitcy Iaformailon - Your Company Name ABC Company Project Name Road Re air Contmet Number 123 -456 Your Address 1234 Main Street Awarding Agency WA St Department of Transportation City Olympia State WA ?zp+4 98501 -1234 Awarding Agency Address PO Box 123 Your Contractor Registration Number ABCCI *0123AA Your UBI Number 123456789 City State Olympia WA ZFp 98501 +4 Your Industrial insurance Account Number I 1 i,l 11 -1) Awarding Agency Contact Name Phone John Doe (555) Number 555 -5555 Your Email Address (required for notification ofapproml) revailin wu e r ini.wa. ov Your Phone Number 555 555 -5555 County Where Work Was Performed City Thurston lolympia Where Work Was Performed Additional Details " Contract Details 3:= Job Start Date (mmlddlyyyy) 2/112011 Your Date Work Completed (mm/ddlyyyy) 3/l/2011 Bid Due Data (Prime Contractor's) we 111/2011 1/512011 Date (Prime Contractor's) Job Site AddressWirections Plum and State Street Your Approved intent ID ii 123456 Total Dollar Amount ofyour. Contract sales tax). $10,000.00 EIIB 2805 (RCW 39.04370) - Is the Prime Contractor's Contact at s cost of over one million dollars S 1,000 Sfyou answered "Yes" w the Ii IiB 2805 question and the Award Date is 4l1120I0 or ? ❑ Ye` ®1 \° !star u must complete and submit the F.ItB 2805 CW 39.04.370 Addendum. IARRA "Funds Does this project utilize American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) funds? 0 Yes ® No (ARRA or En enzy Efficient Funds Does this project utilize any weatherization or energy eliEciency upgrade funds or otherwise)? © Yes ® No Prime Contractor's Company .It[urmritlon." HIrInit Contractor's Coutpainy Information Prime Contractor's Company Name X YZ Company Hiring Contractor's Company Name CBA Com an Prime Contractor's Registration Number XYZCI*0123AA Prime Contractor's UBI Number 1987654321 Hiring Contractors Registration Number CBACI *0123AA hiring Contractor's UBI Number 456789123 Employment Information. Did you use ANX A € subcontractors? Q Yes (A- ddendam B ilegaIrQd) ® No TDid employees perform work on this project? ®Yes ❑ No t Was A work subcontracted? ❑ Yes AAddendum B Rt tnlredl ®No Did you use apprentice employees? ❑ Yes ® No INumber of OwnertOperators who own ut least 30% of the company who performed work on this project: 1You must list the First and Last Nauta s or any Owner/Opera tor performing work hot ❑ None (0) (D One (1) ❑ Two (2) ❑ Three (3) 'I. €st your Craftsff'radestOccupations Helow - For Journey Level Workers you must provide all of the infom)ation below. OwnerfOpemt°rs- must provide their First and Last name no other information required. --Apprentices are not recorded below. You must use Addendum D to list Apprentices. Number of Workers Total 0 of Hours Rate Worked of Hourly Pay Itnte of Huuriy Usual ( "Fringe ") Benefits General Labor 2 153 41.23 8.54 Carpenter 5 210 52.26 10.13 signature Block I hereby certify that I have read and understand the instructions to complete this form and that the information on the form and any addenda is correct and that all wurkcrs I employed on this Public Works Project were paid no less titan the Prevailing Wage Rnlc(s ) as deterrmned b • the Industrial Statistician of the Department of labor and Industries. Print Name: Jane Doe Print Title: Bookkeeper Signature: Date :315/201 I For I. I Use OnF APPROYEM Department of Labor anti Industries By Industrial Statistician SAMPLE - F7004)07 -000 Affidavit of Wages Paid 3 -2011 �I �EI i I�I ii f! I� State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360 - 902 -5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504 -4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 3/18/2013 .....M...., County .r ...,... Trade _, ..__. Jab Classification -Wag e Holiday Overtime Note King Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $40.83 5D 1H King Boilermakers Journey Level $62.34 5N 1C King Brick Mason Brick And Block Finisher $42.21 5A 1 M `King Brick Mason Journey Level $49.07 5A 1M King Brick Mason Pointer- Caulker - Cleaner $49.07 5A 1 M King Building Service Employees Janitor $19.98 5S 2F King Building Service Empto ewes Traveling Waxer /shampooer $20.39 5S 2F King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Scaffold) $24.52 5S 2F King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner(non- scaffold) $23.66 5S 2F King Cabinet Makers In Shop) Journey Level $22.74 1 King Carpenters Acoustical Worker $49.57 5D 1M King Carpenters Bridge, Dock And Wharf Carpenters $49.57 5D 1M g °King Carpenters Carpenter $49.57 5D 1M King Carpenters Carpenters on Stationary Tools $49.70 5D 1M King Carpenters Creosoted Material $49.67 5D 1M ° King Carpenters Floor Finisher $49.57 5D 1M King Carpenters Floor Layer $49.57 5D 1M l 4 King Carpenters Scaffold Erector $49.571 5D 1M King Cement Masons Journey Level $50.13 7A 1M King Divers Et Tenders Diver $100.28 5D 1M 8A King Divers Ft Tenders Diver On Standby $56.68 5D 1M t King Divers & Tenders Diver Tender $52.23 5D 1M King Divers & Tenders Surface Rcv Et Rov Operator $52.23 5D 1M King Divers & Tenders Surface Rcv Et Rov Operator Tender $48.67 5A 1B King Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $51.37 5D 3G King Dredge Workers Assistant Mate(deckhand) $50.86 5D 3G King Dredge Workers Boatmen $51.37 5D 3G j King Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $51.42 5D 3G King Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $52.99 ' 5D 3G I "E,%, %jx i v a King Dredge Workers Maintenance $51.11 5D 3G King Dredge Workers Mates $51.37 5D 3G King Dredge Workers Oiler $50.99 5D 3G King Drywall Applicator Journey Level $49.74 5D 1H King Drywall Tapers Journey Level $49.79 5P 1 E King Electrical Fixture Maintenance Journey Level $25.34 5L 1E Workers King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $64.241 7C 2W King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer (tunnel) $69.07 7C 2W King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder $62.04 7C 2W King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder (tunnel) $66.65 7C 2W King Electricians - Inside Construction Stock Person $34.19 7C 2W King Electricians - Inside Journey Level $59.85 7C 2W King Electricians - Inside Journey Level (tunnel) $64.24 7C 2W King Electricians - Motor Shop Craftsman $15.37 1 King Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $14.69 1 King Electricians - Powertine Construction Cable Splicer $64.95 5A .4A King Electricians - Powerline Construction Certified Line Welder $59.37 5A 4A King Electricians - Powertine Construction Groundperson $42.16 5A 4A King Electricians - Powerline Construction Head Groundperson $44.50 5A 4A King Electricians - Powerline Construction Heavy Line Equipment Operator $59.37 5A 4A King Electricians - Powertine Construction Jackhammer Operator $44.50 5A 4A King Electricians - Powerline Construction Journey Level Lineperson $59.37 5A 4A King Electricians - Powertine Construction Line Equipment Operator $49.95 5A 4A King Electricians - Powertine Construction Pole Sprayer $59.37 5A 4A a King Electricians - Powertine Construction Powderperson $44.50 5A 4A King Electronic Technicians Journey Level $31.00 1 King Elevator Constructors Mechanic $77.70 7D 4A King Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $84.24 7D 4A King Fabricated Precast Concrete All Classifications - In- Factory Work Only $14.60 5B 2K Products King Fence Erectors Fence Erector $15.18 1 King Fla gers Journey Level $34.61 7A 2Y King Glaziers Journey Level $52.76 7L 1Y King Heat 8 Frost Insulators And Asbestos Workers Journeyman $56.93 5.1 15 King Heatin Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $68.52 7F 1E King Hod Carriers & Mason Tenders Journey Level $42.11 7A 2Y King Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaner Journey Level $9.24 1 King Inland Boatmen Boat Operator $52.32 5B 1K 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 i 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 t t 1 u u i u &%. ✓ vl i v King Inland Boatmen Cook $48.89 5B 1K King Inland Boatmen Deckhand $48.96 5B 1 K King Inland Boatmen Deckhand Engineer $49.95 5B 1K King Inland Boatmen Launch Operator $51.16 5B 1K King Inland Boatmen Mate $51.16 5B 1K King Inspection /Cleaning /Sealing Of Cleaner Operator, Foamer Operator $31.49 1 Sewer &t Water Systems By Remote Control King Inspection /Cleaning /Seating Of Grout Truck Operator $11.48 1 Sewer &t Water Systems By Remote Control King Inspection /Cleaning /Seating Of Head Operator $24.91 1 Sewer &t Water Systems By Remote Control King Inspection /Cteaning,/Sealing Of Technician $19.33 1 Sewer &t Water Systems By Remote Control King t Inspection /Cleaning /Seating, Of Tv Truck Operator $20.45 1 Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King Insulation Applicators Journey Level $49.57 5D 1 M King Ironworkers Journeyman $59.02 7N 10 King Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating Screed $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Batch Weighman $34.61 7A 2Y King Laborers Brick Pavers $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Brush Cutter $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Burner $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Caisson Worker $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Carpenter Tender $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Caulker $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Cement Dumper - paving $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $40.83 7A I 2Y King Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $40.83 7A 2Y =King Laborers Chipping Gun (under 30 Lbs.) $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Chipping Gun(30 Lbs. And Over) $41.59 7A 2Y >King Laborers Choker Setter $40.83 7A 2Y ;King Laborers Chuck Tender $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Clary Power Spreader $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Clean -up Laborer $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Concrete Dumper /chute Operator $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $40.83 7A 2Y `King Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Concrete Saw Operator /core Driller $41.59 7A 2Y I King Laborers Crusher Feeder $34.61 7A 2Y sKing Laborers Curing Laborer $40.83 7A 2Y nn 11 n Inn n King Laborers Demolition: Wrecking Et Moving (incl. Charred Material) $40.83 7A 2Y a King Laborers Ditch Digger $40.83 7A 2Y 'King Laborers Diver $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Drill Operator hydraulic, diamond) $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Dry Stack Walls $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Dump Person $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Epoxy Technician $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Erosion Control Worker $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Faller Et Bucker Chain Saw $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Fine Graders $40.831 7A 2Y King Laborers Firewatch $34.61 7A 2Y :King Laborers Form Setter $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $40.83 7A 2Y s King Laborers General Laborer $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Grade Checker Et Transit Person $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Grinders $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Grout Machine Tender $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Groutmen (pressure)including Post Tension Beams $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Guardrail Erector $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level A) $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level B) $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level C) $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers High Scaler $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Jackhammer $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Laserbeam Operator $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Maintenance Person $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Manhole Builder - mudman $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Material Yard Person $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Motorman -dinky Locomotive $41.59 7A 2Y `King i Laborers Nozzleman (concrete Pump, Green Cutter When Using Combination Of High Pressure Air Et Water On Concrete Et Rock, Sandblast, Gunite, Shotcrete, Water Bla $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Pavement Breaker $41.59 7A 2Y 'King Laborers Pilot Car $34.61 7A 2Y King Laborers Pipe Layer Lead $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Pipe Layer /tailor $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Pipe Reliner $41.59 7A 2Y 'King Laborers Pipe Wrapper $41.59 7A 2Y . 'King Laborers Pot Tender $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Powderman $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Powderman's Helper $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Power Jacks $41.59 7A 2Y I- «.__. iir- - ` - - - - --- - ---- n-- I-- ----1-- I._ - -I - - -- --- nn 11 n Inn In t t t t t t King Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $41.59 7A 2Y I King Laborers Raker - Asphalt $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Re- timberman $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Rigger /signal Person $41.59 7A 2Y z 'King Laborers Rip Rap Person $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Rivet Buster $41.59 7A 2Y ;King Laborers Rodder $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Scaffold Erector $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Scale Person $40.83 7A 2Y =King Laborers Sloper (over 20") $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Sloper Sprayer $40.83 7A 2Y s 'King Laborers Spreader (concrete) $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Stake Hopper $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Stock Piler $40.83 7A 2Y 'King Laborers Tamper ft Similar Electric, Air Et Gas Operated Tools $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Tamper (multiple Et Self- propelled) $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Timber Person - Sewer (lagger,. Shorer Ft Cribber) $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite) $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Topper $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Track Laborer $40.83 7A 2Y a King Laborers Track Liner (power) $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $37.01 7A 2Y 8R King Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $37.01 7A 2Y 8R King Laborers Truck Spotter $40.83 7A 2Y i King Laborers Tugger Operator $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Tunnel Work Compressed Air Worker 0 -30 psi $55.89 7A 2Y King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 30.01 -44.00 psi $60.92 7A 2Y King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 44.01 -54.00 psi $64.60 7A 2Y 8Q `King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 54.01 -60.00 psi $70.30 7A 2Y King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 60.01 -64.00 psi $72.42 7A 2Y 8� King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 64.01 -68.00 psi $77.52 7A 2Y 8�C t King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 68.01 -70.00 psi $79.42 7A 2Y 8Q } King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 70.01 -72.00 psi $81.42 7A 1H aa King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 72.01 -74.00 psi $83.42 7A 1H 6 King Laborers Tunnel Work -Guage and Lock Tender $42.21 7A 2Y King Laborers Tunnel Work -Miner $42.21 7A 2Y aa nn 11 n in n l n iur,%.vvi tv King Laborers Vibrator $41.59 7A 2Y r King Laborers Vinyl Seamer $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Watchman $31.46 7A 2Y King Laborers Welder $41.59 7A 2Y tKing Laborers Well Point Laborer $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Window Washer /cleaner $31.46 7A 2Y King Laborers - Underground Sewer 8t General Laborer Et Topman $40.83 7A 2Y Water King Laborers - Underground Sewer Et Pipe Layer $41.59 7A 2Y Water King Landscape Construction Irrigation Or Lawn Sprinkler Installers $13.56 1 King Landscape Construction Landscape Equipment Operators Or Truck Drivers $28.17 1 King Landscape Construction Landscaping or Planting Laborers $17.87 1 King Lathers Journey Level $49.74 5D 1H King Marble Setters Journey Level $49.07 5A 1M King Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Fitter $15.86 1 King Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Laborer $9.78 1 King Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Machine Operator $13.04 1 King Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Painter $11.10 1 King Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Welder $15.48 1 6 King Millwright Journey Level $50.67 5D 1M King Modular Buildings Cabinet Assembly $11.56 1 T King Modular Buildings Electrician $11.56 1 King Modular Buildings Equipment Maintenance $11.56 1 King Modular Buildings Plumber $11.56 1 King Modular Buildines Production Worker $9.40 1 King Modular Buildings Tool Maintenance $11.56 1 King Modular Buildings Utility Person $11.56 1 King Modular Buildings Welder $11.56 1 King Painters Journey Level $36.53 6Z 2B King Pile Driver Journey Level $49.82 5D 1M King Plasterers Journey Level $48.23 7Q 1 R King Playground Ft Park Equipment Installers Journey Level $9.19 1 King Plumbers 8 Pipefitters Journey Level $71.69 6Z 1G King Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $52.19 7A 3C 8P ;King Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper) $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Bobcat $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Brooms $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cableways $52.19 7A 3C 2P King Power Equipment Operators IChipper $51.70 7A 3C 8P 8 I- - - - -I /l - - -- - --- - ---n-- I-- ----1--I -___ 1._.._-T---1-- I ---- -'.- -- nn /1 n Inn In I' I ri t f! I J �I t i� i uEj%. , vi • v King Power Equipment Operators Compressor $48.92 7A 3C 8P 'King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $52.19 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine -laser Screed $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure. $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons. Through 44 Tons $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 Tons, Or 150' Of Boom (including Jib With $52.74 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 Tons, or 150' of boom (including jib with attachments); Overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175' in height, base to boom. $52.74 7A 3C 8P g r King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 200 Tons To 300 Tons, Or 250' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $53.31 7A 3C 8P t King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $52.19 7A 3C 8P `King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A -frame - 10 Tons And Under $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction 100 Tons Through 199 Tons $53.31 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction Over 200 Tons $53.87 7A 3C 8P King g Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Over 300 Tons Or 300' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $53.87 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Through 19 Tons With Attachments A -frame Over 10 Tons $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Crusher $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer /deck Winches (power) $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $52.19 7A 3C 8_P King J Power Equipment Operators Dozer Quad 9, HD 41, D10 and Over $52.19 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Dozers D -9 Et Under $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $51.28 7A 3C 8P :-King Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Elevator And Man -lift: Permanent $48.92 7A 3C 8P nn 11 n inn I n I—_ ". / /t_.. .---____ - --1- - "I - - __.--- nn /1n /nn'In t t t t t t And Shaft Type King Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco Et Similar Equipment $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With Attachments $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker /stakeman $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch /Auger $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. Et Over $52.19 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off -road Equipment Under 45 Yards $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal /directional Drill Locator $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal /directional Drill Operator $51.70 7A 3C 2P King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts /boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts /boom Trucks, 10 Tons And Under $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. Et Over $52.74 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $52.19 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment 0 erators Locomotives, All $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $52.74 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Mixers: Asphalt Plant $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Grader - Non- finishing $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Graders, Finishing $52.19 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And /or Shield $52.19 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution Et Mulch Seeding Operator $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Outside Hoists (elevators And Manlifts), Air Tuggers,strato $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And Over $52.74 7A 3C 8P f I—_ ". / /t_.. .---____ - --1- - "I - - __.--- nn /1n /nn'In t t t t t t J t J t t i u�a i vi i v 'King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons $52.19 7A 3C 8P a E King Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $51.70 7A 3C 8P ' King Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Pumps - Water $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $52.19 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment $52.19 7A 3C 8P i King Power Equipment Operators Rigger And Bellman $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Rollagon $52.19 7A 3C 813 King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi -lift Materials $51.28 7A 3C 8P 'King Power Equipment Operators Roto -mill, Roto - grinder $51.70 7A 3C 8P I King Power Equipment Operators Saws - Concrete $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete Et Carry All $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, Self - propelled: 45 Yards And Over $52.19 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Service Engineers - Equipment $51.28 7A 3C 8P ;King Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete /gunite Equipment $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons. $51.28 7A 3C 8P j King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $52.19 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons $52.74 7A 3C 8P ' King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $53.31 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Slipform Pavers $52.19 7A 3C 8P i King Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider Et Screedman $52.19 7A 3C 813 King Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $51.701 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $51.28 7A 3C 813 King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Over 175'in Height, Base To Boom $53.31 7A 3C 8P i King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base To Boom $52.74 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $52.19 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines $51.28 7A 3C 8P nn n n inn, 1-1 ■ u6%. 1 v vi i v King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler /driver - 100 Tons And Over $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler /driver Under 100 Tons $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Welder $52.19 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Asphalt Plant Operators $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Assistant Engineer $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Barrier Machine (zipper) $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Bobcat $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Brooms $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Bump Cutter $51.70 7A 3C 8P a Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cableways $52.19 7A 3C 2P Underground Sewer E: Water King Power Equipment Operators- Chipper $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Compressor $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Concrete Finish Machine -laser Screed $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure. $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $51.70 7A 3C 8P i Y Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Conveyors $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer £t Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 Tons, Or 150' Of Boom (including Jib With $52.74 7A 3C 8P 4 Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 200 Tons To 300 Tons, Or 250' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $53.31 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water 11 t r� t t L� fl J 1 "8� i-i vi i v King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, _ Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $52.19 7A 3C 8P g Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Cranes: A -frame - 10 Tons And Under $48.92 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Cranes: Friction 100 Tons Through 199 Tons $53.31 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Friction Over 200 Tons $53.87 7A 3C 2P Underground Sewer Et Water ;King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Over 300 Tons Or 300' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $53.87 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water `King t a Power Equipment Operators- Underaround Sewer Et Water Cranes: Through 19 Tons With Attachments A -frame Over 10 Tons $51.28 7A 3C 8P a King Power Equipment Operators- Crusher $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Deck Engineer /deck Winches (power) $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underoround Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Derricks, On Building Work - $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Dozer Quad 9, HD 41, D10 and Over $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underaround Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Dozers D -9 Et Under $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Drilling Machine $51.70 7A 3C 8P King n Power Equipment Operators- Elevator And Man -lift: Permanent And Shaft Type $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water "King Power Equipment Operators- Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco Er Similar Equipment $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With Attachments $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Gradechecker /stakeman $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Guardrail Punch $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underaround Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Guardrail Punch /Auger $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer £t. Water King Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail.End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. Et Over $52.19 7A 3C 8P g Underaround Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off -road Equipment Under 45 Yards $51.70 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal /directional Drill Locator $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal /directional Drill $51.70 7A 3C 8P 1_u.--- „C__`.-- - - ____ ---- n-- I------ 1-- I-- ._ /.___— T--- I- -I - -.- nn 11 n inn I � i uE,%. i � vi i v i Underground Sewer Et Water Operator King Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts /boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts /boom Trucks, 10 Tons And Under $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer $ Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. Ft Over $52.74 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators -. Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Plant Feed $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Locomotives, All $51.70 7A 3C 8P i : Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Material Transfer Device $51.70 7A 3C 8P %King Power Equipment Operators- Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $52.74 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Mixers: Asphalt Plant $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer €t Water King Power Equipment Operators- Motor Patrol Grader - Non- finishing $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer €t Water `King Power Equipment Operators- Motor Patrol Graders, Finishing $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And /or Shield $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution Et Mulch Seeding Operator $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Outside Hoists (elevators And Manlifts), Air Tuggers,strato $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And Over $52.74 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Pavement Breaker $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King i Power Equipment Operators- Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water King Power Equipment Operators- Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer it Water King Power Equipment Operators- Posthole Digger, Mechanical $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer €t Water King Power Equipment Operators- Power Plant $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Pumps - Water $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water i uE'%. i ✓ vl i v King Power Equipment Operators- Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators Underground Sewer Et Water Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom $48.92 7A 3C 8P King ,King Power Equipment Operators- Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment Rigger And Bellman $52.19 $48.92 7A 7A 3C 3C 8P 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water (King Power Equipment Operators- Rollagon $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power E uipment Operators- Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $48.92 2 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi -lift Materials $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Roto -mill, Roto - grinder $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Saws - Concrete $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer £t Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Scrapers - Concrete Et Carry All $51.28 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Scrapers, Self - propelled: 45 Yards And Over $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Service Engineers - Equipment $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water }King Y Power Equipment Operators- Shotcrete /gunite Equipment $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons. $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $51.70 7A 3C 8P '+ i Underground Sewer Et Water a King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons $52.74 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $53.31 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King i Power Equipment Operators- Slipform Pavers $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water ;King Power Equipment Operators- Spreader, Topsider Et Screedman $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Subgrader Trimmer $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Bucket Elevators $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King . s Power Equipment Operators- Tower Crane Over 175'in Height, Base To Boom $53.31 7A 3C 8P g Underground Sewer Et Water °King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base To Boom $52.74 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water 'King Power Equipment Operators- Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $52.19 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water 1 usaJ i T vi i v King Power Equipment Operators- Trenching Machines $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler /driver - 100 Tons And Over $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler /driver Under 100 Tons $51.28 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water =King Power Equipment Operators- Welder $52.19 7A 3C 8P Under round Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Wheel Tractors, Farman Type $48.92 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Yo Yo Pay Dozer $51.70 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Journey Level In Charge $42.91 5A 4A King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Spray Person $40.73 5A 4A King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Equipment Operator $41.29 5A 4A . King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer $38.38 5A 4A King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer Groundperson $28.95 5A 4A `King i Refrigeration Et Air Conditioning Journey Level $70.46 6Z 1G Mechanics King Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $49.07 5A 1M King Residential Carpenters Journey Level $28.20 1 King Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $22.641 1 King Residential Dawall Applicators Journey Level $38.60 5D 1M `King Residential Drywall Tapers Journey Level $49.79 5P 1E King Residential Electricians JOURNEY LEVEL $30.44 1 King Residential Glaziers Journey Level $35.10 7L 1 H King Residential Insulation Applicators Journey Level $26.28 1 King Residential Laborers Journey Level $23.03 1 King Residential Marble Setters Journey Level $24.09 1 King Residential Painters Journey Level $24.46 1 King Residential Plumbers Et Pipefitters Journey Level $34.69 1 King Residential Refrigeration Et Air Journey Level $70.46 6Z 1G Conditioning Mechanics King Residential Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $41.30 7F 1 R King Residential Soft Floor La, emirs Journey Level $41.78 5A 3D King Residential Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Journey Level $40.81 5C 211 Protection) King Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $49.07 5A 1M King Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $45.43 5A 1M King Residential Terrazzo /Tile Finishers Journey Level $21.46 1 King Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $25.17 1 King Roofers Journey Level $43.90 5A 1 R i CL6 . i ✓ vi i v King Roofers Using Irritable Bituminous Materials $46.90 5A 1 R King Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $68.52 7F 1 E King Shipbuildine Et Ship Repair Boilermaker $39.66 7M 1 H King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Carpenter $38.241 70 3B ;King Shipbuildinpp Repair Electrician $37.82 70 3B King Shipbuilding, Et Ship Repair Heat Et Frost Insulator $56.93 5.1 1S King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Laborer $36.78 70 3B King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Machinist $37.81 70 3B King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Operator $40.15 70 3B ;King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Painter $37.81 70 3B King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Pipefitter $37.77 70 3B King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Rigger $37.76 70 3B King ShipbuiLding Shipbuilding Et Ship Re air Sandblaster $36.78 70 3B King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Sheet Metal $37.74 70 3B i King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Shipfitter $37.76 .70 3B fiKing Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Trucker $37.61 70 3B King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Warehouse $37.65 70 3B King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Welder /Burner $37.76 70 3B King Sion Makers Et Installers (Electricat) Sign Installer $22.92 1 King I Sian Makers Et Installers (Electricat) Sign Maker $21.36 1 King Sion Makers Et Installers (Non- Sign Installer $27.28 1 Electrical} g King Sign Makers Et Installers (Non- Sign Maker $33.25 1 Electrical) King Soft Floor Lam Journey Level $41.78 5A 3D King Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $12.44 1 =King Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Protection) Journey Level $69.59 5C 1X lKing i Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Journey Level $13.23 1 t Structural) King Stone Masons Journey Level $49.07 5A 1M King Street And Parking Lot Sweeper Journey Level $19.09 1 Workers King Survey Assistant Construction Site Surveyor $51.28 7A 3C 8P i King Surveyors Chainman $50.76 7A 3C 8P j, King Sur� Construction Site Surveyor $52.19 7A 3C 8P King Telecommunication Technicians Journey Level $22.76 1 gKing Telephone Line Construction - Cable Splicer $35.09 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Hole Digger /Ground Person $19.22 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Installer (Repairer) $33.63 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Special Aparatus Installer 1 $35.09 5A 2B Outside King I Telephone Line Construction - Special Apparatus Installer II $34.37 5A 2B Outside I- - - __IW - a...___ --- - ---n- tL _- ___I- _1_- _ /._.._ «T---I--I ---- -- .--- nn 1/ n /n ^I� ALL t 1 � SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 u t 1� 11 11 1 F1 11 11 t SPECIAL PROVISIONS ..................................................................:.................................. .............................10 1 -01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS ........................................:............................................ .............................10 1 -01.1 General ............................................................................................................... .............................10 1 -01.3 Definitions ......................................................................................................... .............................10 1 -02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS .................................................................. .............................12 1 -02.1 Prequalification of bidders ............................................................................... .............................12 1 -02.2 Plans and Specifications ................................................................................... .............................12 1 -02.5 Proposal Forms ................................................................................................. .............................12 1 -02.6 Preparation of Proposal .................................................................................... .............................13 1- 02.6(1) Proprietary Information ............................................................................... .............................13 1 -02.7 Bid Deposit ........................................................................................................ .............................13 1 -02.9 Delivery of Proposal ......................................................................................... .............................13 1 -02.12 Public Opening of Proposals ........................................................................... .............................14 1 -02.13 Irregular Proposals .......................................................................................... .............................14 1 =02.14 Disqualification of Bidders ............................................................................. .............................14 1 -02.15 Pre Award Information ..............................................:.................................... .............................14 1 -03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT ............................................................ .............................15 1 -03.1 Consideration of Bids ...................:.................................................................... .............................15 1 -03.2 Award of Contract ............................................................................................. .............................15 1 -03.3 Execution of Contract ....................................................................................... .............................15 1 -03.4 Contract Bond ................................................................................................... .............................15 1 -03.7 Judicial Review .................................................................................................. .............................16 1 -04 SCOPE OF WORK .................................................................................................. .............................16 1 -04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents .............................................................. .............................16 1 -04.3 Contractor - Discovered Discrepancies .............................................................. .............................16 1 -04.4 Changes ............................................................................................................. .............................17 1 -04.8 Progress Estimates and Payments .................................................................... .............................17 1 -04.11 Final Cleanup .................................................................................................. .............................17 1 -05 CONTROL OF WORK ............................................:................................................ .............................17 1 -05.4 Conformity With and Deviation from Plans and Stakes .......................:.......... .............................17 1- 05.4(3) Contractor Supplied Surveying .................................................................... .............................18 1- 05.4(4) Contractor Provided As -Built Information .................................................. .............................18 1 -05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work ............................................... .............................19 1 -05.10 Guarantees ...................................................................................................... .............................19 1 1 -05.11 Final Inspection ........................................................................................... .............................20 1- 05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date ..................................................................... .............................20 1- 05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date ......................................... ............................20. , 1- 05.11(3) Operational Testing .................................................................................... .............................21 1 -05.12 Final Acceptance ............................................................................................. .............................21 1 -05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor ................................. .............................21 1 -05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors ............................................................. .............................22 1 -05.16 Water and Power ............:............................................................................... .............................22 1 -05.17 Oral Agreements ............................................................................................. .............................22 1 -05.18 Contractor's Daily Diary .................................................................................. .............................22 1 -06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL ....................................................................................... .............................23 1 -06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use .................................................................. .............................23 1- 06.2(1) Samples and Tests for Acceptance ................................:.............................. .............................23 1- 06.2(2) Statistical Evaluation of Materials for Acceptance ...................................... .............................23 1 -07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC .......................:........ .............................23 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed ......................................................................................... .............................23 1 -07.2 State Sales Tax ................................................................................................... .............................24 1- 07.2(1) General ......................................................................................................... .............................24 1- 07.2(2) State Sales Tax - Rule 171 ............................................................................ .............................25 1- 07.2(3) State Sales Tax - Rule 170 ............................................................................ .............................25 1- 07.2(4) Services ......................................................................................................... .............................25 1 -07.6 Permits and Licenses ......................................................................................... .............................25 1 -07.9 Wages ................................................................................................................ .............................26 1- 07.9(5) Required Documents .................................................................................... .............................26 1 -07.11 Requirements for Non - Discrimination ........................................................... .............................26 1- 07.11(11) City of Renton Affidavit of Compliance ................................................... .............................26 1 -07.12 Federal Agency Inspection .............................................................................. .............................26 1 -07.13 Contractor's Responsibility for Work ............................................................. .............................26 : 1- 07.13(1) General ....................................................................................................... .............................26 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control ................................................. .............................26 1 -07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property ......................................................... .............................26 1- 07.16(1) Private /Public Property .............................................................................. ............................26. 1 -07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities ......................................................................... .............................28 1- 07.17(1) Interruption of Services ............................................................................. .............................29 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance ........................................... .............................29 1- 07.18(1) General ....................................................................................................... .............................29 1- 07.18(2) Coverages .................................................................................................... .............................29 1- 07.18(3) Limits ..................................................................................................:....... .............................31 1- 07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance: ............................................................................................................ 31 1- 07.18(5) Indemnification: ...................................................................................................................... 31 1 -07.22 Use of Explosives ............................................................................................ .............................32 1 -07.23 Public Convenience and Safety ...................................................................... .............................32 1- 07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic ......................................................................... .............................32 1- 07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours ............................................... .............................33 1 -07.24 Rights -of- Way .................................................................................................. .............................33 1 -07.28 Confined Space Entry ...................................................................................... .............................34 1 -08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ........................................................................... .............................34 1 -08.0 Preliminary Matters .......................................................................................... .............................34 1- 08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference ........................................................................ .............................35 1- 08.0(2) Hours of Work .............................................................................................. .............................35 1- 08.0(3) Reimbursement for Overtime Work of Contracting Agency Employees .... .............................36 1 -08.1 Subcontracting .................................................................................................. .............................36 1 -08.2 Assignment ....................................................................................................... .............................37 1 -08.3 Progress Schedule ............................................................................................. .............................37 1 -08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work ............................................. .............................38 1 -08.5 Time For Completion ........................................................................................ .............................38 1 -08.6 Suspension of Work .......................................................................................... .............................39 1 -08.7 Maintenance During Suspension ..................................................................... .............................39 1 -08.9 Liquidated Damages ......................................................................................... .............................40 1 -08.11 Contractor's Plant and Equipment ................................................................. .............................40 1 -08.12 Attention to Work ........................................................................................... .............................40 1 -09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .......................................................................... .............................40 1 -09.1 Measurement of Quantities ............................................................................. .............................40 1 -09.3 Scope of Payment ............................................................................................. .............................41 1 -09.6 Force Account ................................................................................................... .............................42 1 -09.7 Mobilization ...................................................................................................... .............................42 1 -09.9 Payments ........................................................................................................... .............................42 1- 09.9(1) Retainage ...................................................................................................... .............................43 1- 09.9(2) Contracting Agency's Right to Withhold and Disburse Certain Amounts .. .............................43 1- 09.9(3) Final Payment ............................................................................................... .............................44 3 1 -09.11 Disputes and Claims ........................................................................................ .............................45 1- 09.11(2) Claims ......................................................................................................... .............................45 1- 09.11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction .............................................................. .............................45 1 -09.13 Claims and Resolutions .................................................................................... .............................45 1- 09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less ............................................................................. .............................45 1- 09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration .................................................................. .............................45 1- 09.13(3)B Procedures to Pursue Arbitration ............................................................ .............................45 1 -09.14 Payment Schedule .......................................................................................... .............................46 1- 09.14(1) Scope .......................................................................................................... .............................46 1- 09.14(2) Bid Items ..................................................................................................... .............................46 1 -10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL .......................................................................... .............................51 1 -10.1 General .............................................................................................................. .............................51 1- 10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor .......................................................................... .............................52 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans ..................................................................................... .............................52 1 -10.3 Flagging, Signs, and All Other Traffic Control Devices ..................................... ...................:.........52 1- 10.3(3) Construction Signs ........................................................................................ .............................52 1 -10.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................53 1 -10.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................53 1 -11 RENTON SURVEYING STANDARDS ....................................................................... .............................53 1- 11.1(1) Responsibility for Surveys ............................................................................ .............................53 1- 11.1(2) Survey Datum and Precision ........................................................................ .............................53 1- 11.1(3) Subdivision Information ............................................................................... .............................53 1- 11.1(4) Field Notes .................................................................................................... .............................54 1- 11.1(5) Corners and Monuments ............................................................................. .............................54 1- 11.1(6) Control or Base Line Survey ......................................................................... .............................54 1- 11.1(7) Precision Levels ............................................................................................ .............................54 1- 11.1(8) Radial and Station -- Offset Topography ...................................................... .............................55 1- 11.1(9) Radial Topography ........................................................................................ .............................55 1- 11.1(10) Station - -Offset Topography ........................................................................ .............................55 1- 11.1(11) As -Built Survey ........................................................................................... .............................55 1- 11.1(12) Monument Setting and Referencing ......................................................... .............................55 1 -11.12 Materials ......................................................................................................... .............................56 1- 11.12(1) . Property /Lot Corners ................................................................................. .............................56 1- 11.12(2) Monuments ................................................................................................ .............................56 1- 11.12(3) Monument Case and Cover ....................................................................... .............................56 4 J I 1 2 -01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP ............................................. .............................56 2 -01.1 Description ........................................................................................................ .............................56 2 -01.2 Disposal of Usable Material and Debris ........................................................... .............................56 2 -01.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................56 2 -02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTIONS ................................................ .............................57 2- 02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, and Curbs ...........:.................................. .............................57 2 -02.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................57 2 -02.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................57 2 -03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT .................................................... .............................57 2 -03.3 Construction Requirements ..............................:............................................... .............................57 2 -03.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... ....:........................58 2 -03.5 Payment .....................................................................................:...................... .............................58 2 -04 HAUL ..................................................................................................................... .............................59 2 -04.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................59 2 -06 SUBGRADE PREPARATION ................................................................................... .............................59 2 -06.5 Measurement and Payment ............................................................................ .............................59 2 -09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION .................................................................................... .............................59 2 -09.1 Description ........................................................................................................ .............................59 2- 09.3(1)D Disposal of Excavated Material ................................................................. .............................59 2 -09.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... ................:............59 2 -09.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................59 5 -04 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT ......................................................................... .............................60 5 -04.2 Materials ........................................................................................................... .............................60 5 -04.3 Construction Requirements ..........................................................................:... .............................60 5- 04.3(5) Conditioning the Existing Surface ................................................................ .............................61 5- 04.3(5)A Preparation of Existing Surface ................................................................. .............................61 5- 04.3(7)A Mix Design .................................................................................................. .............................62 5- 04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing —HMA Mixture ................................... .............................62 5- 04.3(10)B Control ...................................................................................................... .............................62 5 -04.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................62 5- 04.5(1)A Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Mixture ........................................ .............................62 5- 04.5(1)B Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Compaction ................................. .............................63 5 -06 TEMPORARY RESTORATION IN PAVEMENT AREAS ............................................. .............................63 5 -06.1 Description ........................................................................................................ .............................64 5 -06.2 Materials ........................................................................................................... .............................64 5 n 5 -06.3 Construction Requirements .............................................................................. .............................64 7 -01 DRAINS ................................................................................................................. .............................64 7 -01.2 Materials ........................................................................................................... .............................64 7 -01.3 Construction Requirements .............................................................................. .............................64 7 -01.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................65 7 -02 CULVERTS ............................................................................................................. .............................65 7 -02.2 Materials ........................................................................................................... .............................65 7 -04 STORM SEWERS ................................................................................................. .............................65 7 -04.2 Materials ........................................................................................................... .............................65 7 Measurement -04.4 .................................................................................................... .............................65 7 -04.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................65 7 -05 MANHOLES, INLETS, AND CATCH BASINS ........................................................... .............................66 7 -05.3 Construction Requirements .............................................................................. .............................66 7- 05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade .......................................... .............................66 7- 05.3(2) Abandon Existing Manholes ...............:........................................................ .............................67 7- 05.3(2)A Abandon Existing Sanitary Sewer Pipes .................................................... .............................67 7- 05.3(3) Connections to Existing Manholes ............................................................... .............................67 7- 05.3(5) Manhole Coatings ........................................................................................ .............................68 7 -05.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................68 7 -05.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................68 7 -08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS .................................................. .............................68 7 -08.3 Construction Requirements .............................................................................. .............................68 7- 08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe ................................................................. ............................... ..................... 68 7- 08.3(1)D Pipe Foundation ........................................................................................ .............................68 7-08.3(2)A Survey ine and Grade ...... ............................... ........................................ ............................... Y 69 7- 08.3(2)B Pipe Laying — General ................................................................................. .............................69 7- 08.3(2)E Rubber Gasketed Joints .............................................................................. .............................69 7- 08.3(2)H Sewer Line Connections ............................................................................ .............................70 �. 7- 08.3(2)) Placing PVC Pipe .......................................................................................... .............................70 7- 08.3(3)A Backfilling Sanitary Sewer Trenches .......................................................... .............................70 7 -08.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................71 7 -08.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................71 7 -09 PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR WATER MAINS .............................................................. .............................71 7- 09.3(15)A Ductile Iron Pipe ...................................................................................... .............................71 7- 09.3(15)B Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (4 inches and Over) .................................. .............................71 4 7- 09.3(17) Laying Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings with Polyethylene Encasement ..... .............................71 i 7- 09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains ................................................................ .............................72 7- 09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead -Man Block ........................................ .............................72 7- 09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test .. ............................... ........................................ .........:..................... 7- 09.3(24)A Flushing and ............................................................................................. .............................73 7- 09.3(24)D Dry Calcium Hypochlorite ........................................................................ .............................74 7- 09.3(24)K Retention Period ...................................................................................... .............................74 7- 09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing ....................................................................... .............................74 7- 09.3(25) Joint Restraint Systems .............................................................................. .............................74 7 -09.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................75 7 -09.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................76 7 -12 VALVES FOR WATER MAINS ................................................................................. .............................76 7- 12.3(1) Installation of Valve Marker Post ................................................................. .............................76 7- 12.3(2) Adjust, Existing Valve Box to Grade .............................................................. .............................76 7 -12.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................77 7 -12.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................77 7 -14 HYDRANTS ............................................................................................................ .............................77 7-14.3(l). Setting Hydrants ........................................................................................... .............................77 7- 14.3(3) Resetting Existing Hydrants ......................................................................... .............................78 7- 14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants ............................................................................ .............................78 7 -14.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................78 7 -15 SERVICE CONECTIONS .......................................................................................... .....:.......................78 7 -15.3 Construction Details ......................................................................................... .............................78 7 -15.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................79 7 -17 SANITARY SEWERS ............................................................................................... .............................79 7 -17.2 Materials ........................................................................................................... .............................79 7 -17.3 Construction Requirements...... ........................... 79 7- 17.3(1) Protection of Existing Sewerage Facilities ................................................... .............................79 7- 17.3(2)H Television Inspection ................................................................................. .............................79 7 -17.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................79 7 -17.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................80 8 -09 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS ............................................................................. .............................80 8 -09.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................80 8 -13 MONUMENT CASES ............................................................................................. .............................81 8 -13.1 Description ........................................................................................................ .............................81 1 -04.2 i 03/20/2013 Revise the second paragraph to read: The successful bidder shall provide an executed contract bond for the full contract amount. This contract bond shall: 1. Be on the Contracting Agency- furnished form; 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: ' a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and Addenda b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the 2. Office of the Insurance Commissioner; 3. Be conditioned upon the faithful performance of the Contract by the Contractor within the prescribed Technical Specifications time; - 4. Guarantee that the surety shall indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure: Contract Plans a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the 6. Contractor) to faithfully perform the Contract, or b. Of the Contractor (subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all Amendments to the Standard Specifications laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tie subcontractors, material person, or any other 8. person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out Work; I 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and WSDOT /APWA Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond must be signed by the president or vice- president, unless accompanied by a written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney or a letter to such effect by the president or vice - president). 1 -03.7 Judicial Review Revise the last sentence to read: The venue of all causes of action arising from the advertisement, award, execution, and performance of the Contract shall be in the Superior Court of the County where the Contracting Agency's headquarters are located. 1 -04 SCOPE OF WORK At 1 -04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions Specifications, and Addenda I Revise the second paragraph to read: Any inconsistency in the parts of the Contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): ' 1. Addenda 2. Proposal Form 3. Technical Specifications 4. Special Provisions 5. Contract Plans 6. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans (if any) 7. Amendments to the Standard Specifications 8. WSDOT /APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 9. WSDOT /APWA Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 1 -04.3 Contractor - Discovered Discrepancies Section 1 -04.3 is a new section: Upon receipt of award of contract, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare all the components of the Contract Documents and other instructions, and check and verify all field measurements. The Contractor shall, .prior to ordering material or performing Work, report in writing to the Engineer any error, inconsistency, or -= omission in respect to design or mode of construction, which is discovered. If the Contractor, in the course of this study or in the accomplishment of the Work, finds any discrepancy between the Plans and the physical �^ conditiomof the locality as represented in the Plans, or any such errors or omissions in respect to design or L mode of construction in the Plans or in the layout as given by points and instructions, it shall be the - Contractor's duty to inform the Engineer immediately in writing, and the Engineer will promptly check the same. Any Work done after such discovery, until correction of Plans or authorization of extra Work is given, if the Engineer finds that extra Work is involved, will be done at the Contractor's risk. If extra Work is involved, 16 �i. .03/20/2013 the procedure shall be as provided in Section 1- 04.4 of the Standard Specifications. 1 -04.4 Changes The last two paragraphs are replaced with the following: Renton does not have a formal policy or guidelines on cost reduction alternatives, but will evaluate such proposals by the Contractor on a case -by -case basis. 1 -04.8 Progress Estimates and Payments Section 1 -04.8 is supplemented as follows: The Contractor is encouraged to provide to the Engineer prior to progress payments an estimate of "Lump Sum" Work accomplished to date. The Engineer's calculations and decisions shall be final in regard to the actual percentage of any lump sum pay item accomplished and eligible for payment unless another specific method of calculating lump sum payments is provided elsewhere in the Specifications. 1 -04.11 Final Cleanup Section 1 -04.11 is supplemented as follows: All salvage material as noted on the Plans and taken from any of the discarded facilities shall, at the Engineer's discretion, be carefully salvaged and delivered to the City shops. Any cost incurred in salvaging and delivering such items shall be considered incidental to the project and no compensation will be made. The Contract price for "Finish and Cleanup, Lump Sum," shall be full compensation for all Work, equipment and materials required to perform final cleanup. If this pay item does not appear in the Contract Documents then final cleanup shall be considered incidental to the Contract and to other pay item and no further compensation shall be made. 1 -05 CONTROL OF WORK 1 -05.4 Conformity With and Deviation from Plans and Stakes Section 1 -05.4 is supplemented with the following: If the project calls for the Contractor supplied surveying, the Contractor shall provide all required survey Work, including such Work as mentioned in Sections 1 -05, 1 -11 and elsewhere in these Specifications as being provided by the Engineer. All costs for this survey Work shall be included in "Contractor Supplied Surveying," per lump sum. The Engineer or the Contractor supplied surveyor will provide construction stakes and marks establishing lines, slopes, and grades as stipulated in Sections 1 -05.4 and will perform such Work per Section 1 -11. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for detailed dimensions, elevations, and excavation slopes measured from the Engineer or the Contractor supplied surveyor furnished stakes and marks. The Contractor shall provide a work site, which has been prepared to permit construction staking to proceed in a safe and orderly manner. The Contractor shall keep the Engineer or the Contractor supplied surveyor informed of staking requirements and provide at least 48 hours notice to allow the Engineer or the Contractor supplied surveyor adequate time for setting stakes. The Contractor shall carefully preserve stakes, marks, and other reference points, including existing monumentation, set by Contracting Agency forces. The Contractor will be charged for the costs of replacing stakes, markers and monumentation that were not to be disturbed but were destroyed or damaged by the Contractor's operations. This charge will be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor. Any claim by the Contractor for extra compensation by reason of alterations or reconstruction Work allegedly due to error in the Engineer's line and grade, will not be allowed unless the original control points set by the Engineer still exist, or unless other satisfactory substantiating evidence to prove the error was furnished by the Engineer. Three consecutive points set on line or grade shall be the minimum points used to determine any variation from a straight line or grade. Any such variation shall, upon discovery, be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report the Contractor shall be liable for any error in alignment or grade. 17 03/20/2013 The Contractor shall provide all surveys required other than those to be performed by the Engineer. All survey Work shall be done in accordance with Section 1 -11 SURVEYING STANDARDS of these Specifications. The Contractor shall keep updated survey field notes in a standard field book and in a format set by the Engineer, per Section 1- 11.1(4). These field notes shall include all survey Work performed by the Contractor's surveyor in establishing line, grade and slopes for the construction Work. Copies of these field notes shall be provided the Engineer upon request and upon completion of the Contract Work the field book or books shall be submitted to the Engineer and become the property of the Contracting Agency. If the survey Work provided by the Contractor does not meet the standards of the Engineer, then the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's written request, remove the individual or individuals doing the survey Work and the survey Work will be completed by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense. Costs for completing the survey Work required by the Engineer will be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. All costs for survey Work required to be performed by the Contractor shall be included in the prices bid for the various items which comprise the improvement or be included in the bid item for "Contractor Supplied Surveying" per lump sum if that item is included in the contracts. 1- 05.4(3) Contractor Supplied Surveying Section 1- 05.4(3) is a new section: When the Contract provides for Contractor Supplied Surveying, the Contractor shall supply the survey Work required for the project. The Contractor shall retain as a part of the Contractor Organization an experienced team of surveyors under the direct supervision of a professional land surveyor licensed by the State of Washington. All survey Work shall be done in accordance with Sections 1 -05.4 and 1 -11. The Contractor and /or the Surveyor shall inform the Engineer in writing of any errors, discrepancies, and omissions to the Plans that prevent the Contractor and /or the Surveyor from constructing the project in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. All errors, discrepancies, and omissions must be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer before the survey Work may be continued. The Contractor shall coordinate his Work with the Surveyor and perform his operations in a manner to protect all survey stakes from harm. The Contractor shall inform the Surveyor of the Contractor's intent to remove any survey stakes and /or points before physically removing them. The Surveyor shall be responsible for maintaining As -Built records for the project. The Contractor shall coordinate his operations and assist the Surveyor in maintaining accurate As -Built records for the project. If the Contractor and the Surveyor fail to provide, as directed by the Engineer and /or these Plans and Specifications, accurate As -Built records and other Work the Engineer deems necessary, the Engineer may elect to provide at Contractor expense, a surveyor to provide all As -Built records and other Work as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer shall deduct expenses incurred by the Engineer - supplied surveying from monies owed to the Contractor. Payment per Section 1 -04.1 for all Work and materials required for the full and complete survey Work required to complete the project and As -Built drawings shall be included in the lump sum price for "Construction Surveying, Staking, and As- Builts." . 1- 05.4(4) Contractor Provided As -Built Information Section 1- 05.4(4) is a new section: It shall be the Contractors responsibility to record the location prior to the backfilling of the trenches, by centerline station, offset, and depth below pavement, of all existing utilities uncovered or crossed during his Work as covered under this project. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to have his Surveyor locate by centerline station, offset and elevation each major item of Work done under this contract per the survey standard of Section 1 -11. Major items of Work shall include but not be limited to: Manholes, Catch basins and Inlets, Valves, vertical and Horizontal Bends, Junction boxes, Cleanouts, Side Sewers, Street Lights & Standards, Hydrants, Major Changes in Design 18 I � I I 1 03/20/2013 Grade, Vaults, Culverts, Signal Poles, and Electrical Cabinets. After the completion of the Work covered by this contract, the Contractor's Surveyor shall provide to the City Y p Y the hard covered field book(s) containing the as -built notes and one set of white prints of the project drawings ' upon which he has plotted the notes of the Contractor locating existing utilities, and one set of white prints of the project drawings upon which he has plotted the as -built location of the new Work as he recorded in the field book(s). This drawing shall bear the Surveyor's seal and signature certifying its accuracy. All costs for as -built Work shall be included in the Contract item "Construction Surveying, Staking, and As- Builts", lump sum. 1 -05.7 Removal of Defective and /or Unauthorized Work Section 1 -05.7 is supplemented as follows: Upon written notice from the Engineer, the Contractor shall promptly replace and re- execute Work by Contractor forces, in accordance with the intent of the Contract and without expense to the Owner, and shall bear the expense of making good all Work of other contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement. If the Contractor does not remove such condemned Work and materials and commence re- execution of the Work within 7 calendar days of written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the Work required by the Contract Documents, the Owner may correct and remedy such Work as may be identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. In that case, the Owner may store removed material. Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized Work, or Work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of Work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor's unauthorized Work. If sufficient funds do not remain in the Contract and the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal and storage within 10 calendar days from the date of the notice to the Contractor of the fact of such removal, the Owner may, upon an additional 10 calendar days written notice, sell such materials at public or private sale, and deduct all costs and expenses incurred from monies due to the Contractor, including costs of sale, and accounting to Contractor for the net proceeds remaining. The Owner may bid at any such sale. The Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for the amount of any deficiency from any funds otherwise due the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized Work corrected immediately, have the rejected Work removed and replaced, or have Work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public, the Property Owner and the Property Owner's property. No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency's rights provided by this section. The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency's right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor's failure to perform the Work as required. 1 -05.10 Guarantees Section 1 -05.10 is supplemented as follows: If within one year after the Acceptance Date of the Work by the Contracting Agency, defective and /or unauthorized Work is discovered, the Contractor shall promptly, upon written order by the Contracting Agency, return and in accordance with the Engineer's instructions, either correct such Work, or if such Work has been rejected by the Engineer, remove it from the project site and replace it with non - defective and authorized 19 03/20/2013 1 Work, all without cost to the Contracting Agency. If the Contractor does not promptly comply with the written order to correct defective and /or unauthorized Work, or if an emergency exists, the Contracting Agency reserves the right to have defective and /or unauthorized Work corrected or removed and replaced pursuant to Section. 1 -05.7 "Removal of Defective and /or Unauthorized Work." The Contractor agrees the above one year limitation shall not exclude or diminish the Contracting Agency's rights under any law to obtain damages and recover costs resulting from defective and /or unauthorized Work discovered after one year but prior to the expiration of the legal time period set forth in RCW 4.16.040 limiting actions upon a contract in writing, or liability expressed or implied arising out of a written agreement. The Contractor shall warrant good title to all materials, supplies, and equipment purchased for, or incorporated in the Work. Nothing contained in this paragraph, however, shall defeat or impair the right of persons furnishing materials or labor, to recover under any bond given by the Contractor for their protection, or any rights under any law permitting such persons to look to funds due the Contractor in the hands of the Contracting Agency. The provisions of this paragraph shall be inserted in all subcontracts and material contracts, and notice of its provisions shall be given to all persons furnishing materials for the Work when no formal contract is entered into for such materials. 1 -05.11 Final Inspection 1- 05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date Section 1- 05.11(1) is a new section: When the Contractor considers the Work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the Work with the Contractor to determine the status of completion. To be considered substantially complete the following conditions must be met: 1. The Contracting Agency must have full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities both from the operational and safety standpoint. 2. Only minor incidental Work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, or correction of repair Work remains to reach physical completion of the Work. The Contractor's request shall list the specific items of Work in subparagraph two above that remains to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. If after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the Work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefore. Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the Work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the Work. h Engineer ablishes the Substantial Completion Date and the The above process shall be repeated until the establishes p Contractor considers the Work physically complete and ready for Final Inspection. 1- 05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date Section 1- 05.11(2) is a new Section: When the Contractor considers the Work physically complete and ready for Final Inspection, the Contractor, by Written Notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for Final Inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the Final Inspection reveals the Work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the 20 1 03/20/2013 listed deficiencies. Corrective Work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected. If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the Written Notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon Written Notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1 -05.8. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer's right hereunder. Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the Work was considered physically complete, that date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the Contract, but shall not imply all the obligations of the Contractor under the Contract have been fulfilled. 1- 05.11(3) Operational Testing Section 1- 05.11(3) is a new section: Unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall give the Engineer a minimum of 3 working days' notice of the time for each test and inspection. If the inspection is by another authority than the Engineer, the Contractor shall give the Engineer a minimum of 3 working days' notice of the date fixed for such inspection. Required certificates of inspection by other authority than the Engineer shall be secured by the Contractor. It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore, when the Work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar Work, it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the Work for a period of time, after final inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of Work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the. Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer's guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the Contract. 1 -05.12 Final Acceptance The third and fourth sentences in paragraph 1 are deleted and replaced with: The Final Acceptance date shall be that date in which the Renton City Council formally approves acceptance of the Contract. 1 -05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor Revise the seventh paragraph to read: 21 03/20/2013 1 Whenever the Contracting Agency evaluates the Contractor's qualifications pursuant to Section 1 -02.1, the Contracting Agency will take these performance reports into account. 1 -05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors Section 1 -05.14 is supplemented as follows: The Contractor shall afford the Owner and other contractors working in the area reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their respective Work, and shall properly connect and coordinate the Contractor's Work with theirs. Other utilities, districts, agencies, and contractors who may be working within the project area are 1. Puget Sound Energy (gas and electric) 2. AT &T Broadband 3. Centuryl-ink Communications 4. City of Renton (water, sewer, transportation) 5. Soos Creek Sewer and Water District 6. Cedar River Sewer and Water District 7. Skyway Sewer and Water District 8. Private contractors employed by adjacent property owners The Contractor shall coordinate with City of Renton on tying into any existing electrical service cabinet. I 1 -05.16 Water and Power Section 1 -05.16 is a new Section: ( * * * * * *) The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the Work, unless the Contract includes power and water as a pay item. MA 1 -05.17 Oral Agreements Section 1 -05.17 is a new section: ( * * * * * *) No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Contracting Agency, either before or after execution of the Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the Contract. Such oral agreement or conversation shall be considered as unofficial information and in no way binding upon the Contracting Agency, unless subsequently put in writing and signed by the Contracting Agency. 1 -05.18 Contractor's Daily Diary Section 1 -05.18 is a new section: ( * * * * * *) The Contractor and subcontractors shall maintain and provide to the Engineer a Daily Diary Record of this Work. This diary will be created by pen entries in a hardbound diary book of the type that is commonly available through commercial outlets. The diary must contain the Project and Number; if the diary is in loose - leaf form, this information must appear on every page. The diary must be kept and maintained by the Contractor's designated project superintendent(s). Entries must be made on a daily basis and must accurately represent all of the project activities on each day. At a minimum, the diary shall show on a daily basis: 1. The day and date. 2. The weather conditions, including changes throughout the day. 3. A complete description of Work accomplished during the day with adequate references to the Plans and Contract Provisions, so that the reader can easily and accurately identify said Work in the Plans. Identify location /description of photographs or videos taken that day. 4. An entry for each and every changed condition, dispute or potential dispute, incident, accident, or occurrence of any nature whatsoever which might affect the Contractor, the Owner, or any third party in any manner. 5. Listing of any materials received and stored on- or off -site by the Contractor for future installation, to 22 03/20/2013 include the manner of storage and protection of the same. 6. Listing of materials installed during each day. 7. List of all subcontractors working on -site during each day. 8. Listing of the number of the Contractor's employees working during each day by category of employment. 9. Listing of the Contractor's equipment working on the site during each day. Idle equipment on the site shall be listed and designated as idle. 10. Notations to explain inspections, testing, stake -out, and all other services furnished by the Owner or other party during each day. 11. Entries to verify the daily (including non -Work days) inspection and maintenance of traffic control devices and condition of the traveled roadway surfaces. The Contractor shall not allow any conditions to develop that would be hazardous to the public. 12. Any other information that serves to give an accurate and complete record of the nature, quantity, and quality of Contractor's progress on each day. 13. Plan markups showing locations and dimensions of constructed features to be used by the Engineer to produce record drawings. 14. All pages of the diary must be numbered consecutively with no omissions in page numbers. 15. Each page must be signed and dated by the Contractor's official representative on the project. The Contractor may use additional sheets separate from the diary book if necessary to provide a complete diary record, but they must be signed, dated, and labeled with project name and number. It is expressly agreed between the Contractor and the Owner that the Daily Diary maintained by the Contractor shall be the "Contractor's Book of Original Entry" for the documentation of any potential claims or disputes that might arise during this contract. Failure of the Contractor to maintain this diary in the manner described above will constitute a waiver of any such claims or disputes by the Contractor. The Engineer or other Owner's representative on the job site will also complete a Daily Construction Report. 1 -06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL 1 -06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use Section 1 -06.1 is supplemented as follows: The materials and equipment lists submitted to the Engineer at the Preconstruction Conference shall include the quantity, manufacturer, and model number, if applicable, of materials and equipment to be installed under the Contract. This list will be checked by the Engineer as to conformity with the Contract Documents. The Engineer will review the lists within 10 working days, noting required corrections. The Contractor shall make required corrections and file 2 corrected copies with the Engineer within one week after receipt of required corrections. The Engineer's review and acceptance of the lists shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for suitability for the intended purpose, nor for deviations from the Contract Documents. 1- 06.2(1) Samples and Tests for Acceptance Section 1- 06.2(1) is supplemented a follows: The finished Work shall be in accordance with approved samples. Approval of samples by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1-06.2(2) Statistical Evaluation of Materials for Acceptance Section 1- 06.02(2) is supplemented by adding the following: Unless stated otherwise in the special provisions, statistical evaluation will not be used by the City of Renton. 1 -07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed Section 1 -07.1 is supplemented as follows: 23 03/20/2013 The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain, at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for protection of workers and the public; shall post danger signs warning against known or unusual hazards; and shall designate as Safety Supervisor, a responsible employee on the construction site whose duty shall be the enforcement of safety. The name and position of such person so designated shall be reported in writing to the Engineer by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, at all times, enforce strict discipline and good order among all employees and shall not employ any person unfit or not skilled in the Work assigned to him /her. Necessary sanitation conveniences for the use of the workers on the job, properly secluded from public observation, shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor. Incases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply. The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well -known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital or doctor's care, and persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to Work on f the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safet Y. efficienc Y. and adequacy of the Contractor's plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons and property in the performance of the Work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures, in, on, or near the project site. 1 -07.2 State Sales Tax Delete this section, including its sub - sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: 1- 07.2(1) General The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the state sales tax. Sections 1- 07.2(1) through 1- 07.2(4) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. The Contractor shall include all Contractor -paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1- 07.2(3) describes this exception. The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract - related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.050). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper state fund. 24 1 03/20/2013 1- 07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 WAC 458 -20 -171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., which.are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as part of the street or road drainage system, and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For Work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the Work. 1- 07.2(3) State Sales Tax — Rule 170 WAC 458 -20 -170, and its related rules, applies to the constructing and repairing of new or existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to; the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or. roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. For Work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. 1- 07.2(4) Services The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 1 -07.6 Permits and Licenses Section 1 -07.6 is supplemented as follows: The permits, easements, and right of entry documents that have been acquired are available for inspection and review. j The Contractor shall be required to comply with all conditions of the permits, easements, and rights of entry, at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor is required to indemnify the Owner from claims on all easements and rights of entry. All other permits, licenses, etc., shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall comply with the special provisions and requirements of each. Permits, permission under franchises, licenses and bonds of a temporary nature necessary for and during the prosecution of the Work, and inspection fees in connection therewith shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. If the Owner is required to secure such permits, permission under franchises, licenses and bonds, and pay the fees, the costs incurred by the Owner thereby shall be charged against the Contractor and deducted from any funds otherwise due the Contractor. 25 03/20/2013 1 -07.9 Wages 1- 07.9(5) Required Documents Delete the first sentence of the third paragraph, and replace it with the following: 1 * * * * * *% The Contractor must submit weekly- certified payrolls for the Contractor and all subcontractors and lower tier subcontractors, regardless of project's funding source. 1 -07.11 Requirements for Non - Discrimination 1- 07.11(11) City of Renton Affidavit of Compliance Section 1- 07.11(11) is new: ( * * * * * *) Each Contractor, Subcontractor, Consultant, and or Supplier shall complete and submit a copy of the "City of Renton Fair Practices Policy Affidavit of Compliance ". A copy of this document will be bound in the bid documents. 1 -07.12 Federal Agency Inspection Section 1 -07.12 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) Required Federal Aid Provisions The Required Contract Provisions Federal Aid Construction Contracts (FHWA 1273) and the amendments thereto supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications and are made a part of this contract; provided, however, that if any of the provisions of FHWA 1273, as amended, are less restrictive than Washington State Law, then the Washington State Law shall prevail. The provisions of FHWA 1273, as amended, included in this contract require that the Contractor insert the FHWA 1273 and amendments thereto in each subcontract, together with the wage rates which are part of the FHWA 1273, as amended. Also, a clause shall be included in each subcontract requiring the subcontractors to insert the FHWA 1273 and amendments thereto in any lower tier subcontracts, together with the wage rates. The Contractor shall also ensure that this Section, REQUIRED FEDERAL AID PROVISIONS, is inserted in each subcontract for subcontractors and lower tier subcontractors. For this purpose, upon request to the Project Engineer, the Contractor will be provided with extra copies of the FHWA 1273, the amendments thereto, the applicable wage rates, and this Special Provision. 1 -07.13 Contractor's Responsibility for Work 1- 07.13(1) General Section 1- 07.13(1) is supplemented as follows: ( * * * * * *) During unfavorable weather and other conditions, the Contractor shall pursue only such portions of the Work as shall not be damaged thereby. No portion of the Work whose satisfactory quality or efficiency will be affected by unfavorable conditions shall be constructed while these conditions exist, unless the Contractor shall be able to overcome said unfavorable conditions by special means or precautions acceptable to the Engineer,.. 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control Delete the first paragraph, and replace it with the following: ( * * * * * *) In an effort to prevent, control, and stop water pollution and erosion within the project, thereby protecting the Work, nearby land, streams, and other bodies of water, the Contractor shall perform all Work in strict accordance with all Federal, State, and local laws and regulations governing waters of the State, as well as permits acquired for the project. 1 -07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property 1- 07.16(1) Private /Public Property Section 1- 07.16(1) is supplemented by adding the following: {� ( * * * * * *) The Contracting Agency will obtain all easements and franchises required for the project. The Contractor shall 26 , ' 03/20/2013 limit his operation to the areas obtained and shall not trespass on private property. The Contracting Agency may provide certain lands, as indicated in connection with the Work under the Contract together with the right of access to such lands. The Contractor shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his equipment or materials. The Contractor shall provide, with no liability to the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto not shown or described that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials. He shall construct all access roads, detour roads, or other temporary Work as required by his operations. The Contractor shall confine his equipment, storage of material, and operation of his workers to those areas shown and described and such additional areas as he may provide. A. General. All construction Work under this contract on easements, right -of -way, over private property or franchise, shall be confined to the limits of such easements, right -of -way or franchise. All Work shall be accomplished so as to cause the least amount of disturbance and a minimum amount of damage. The Contractor shall schedule his Work so that trenches across easements shall not be left open during weekends or holidays and trenches shall not be open for more than 48 hours. B. Structures. The Contractor shall remove such existing structures as may be necessary for the performance of the Work and, if required, shall rebuild the structures thus removed in as good a condition as found. He shall also repair all existing structures that may be damaged as a result of the Work under this contract. C. Easements, cultivated areas and other surface improvements. All cultivated areas, either agricultural or lawns, and other surface improvements which are damaged by actions of the Contractor shall be restored as nearly as possible to their original condition. Prior to excavation on an easement or private right -of -way, the Contractor shall strip topsoil from the trench or construction area and stockpile it in such a manner that it may be replaced by him, upon completion of construction. Ornamental trees and shrubbery shall be carefully removed with the earth surrounding their roots wrapped in burlap and replanted in their original positions within 48 hours. All shrubbery or trees destroyed or damaged, shall be replaced by the Contractor with material of equal quality at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. In the event that it is necessary to trench through any lawn area, the sod shall be carefully cut and rolled and replaced after the trenches have been backfilled. The lawn area shall be cleaned by sweeping or other means, of all earth and debris. The Contractor shall use rubber wheel equipment similar to the small tractor -type backhoes used by side sewer contractors for all Work, including excavation and backfill, on easements or rights -of -way, which have lawn areas. All fences, markers, mailboxes, or other temporary obstacles shall be removed by the Contractor and immediately replace, after the trench is backfilled, in their original position.. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Agency and Property Owner at least 24 hours in advance of any Work done on easements or rights- ' of -way. Damage to existing structures outside of easement areas that may result from dewatering and /or other construction activity under this contract shall be restored to their original condition or better. The original condition shall be established by photographs taken and /or inspection made prior to construction. All such Work shall be done to the satisfaction of the Property Owners and the Contracting Agency at the expense of the Contractor. D. Streets. The Contractor will assume all responsibility of restoration of the surface of all streets (traveled ways) used by him if damaged. In the event the Contractor does not have labor or material immediately available to make necessary repairs, the Contractor shall so inform the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will make the necessary repairs and the cost of such repairs shall be paid by the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for identifying and documenting any damage that is pre- existing or caused by others. Restoration of excavation in City streets shall be done in accordance with the City of Renton Trench Restoration Requirements, which is available at the Public Works Department Customer Services counter on the 6th floor, Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way. 1 27 03/20/2013 1 -07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities Section 1 -07.17 is supplemented by adding: Existing utilities indicated in the Plans have been plotted from the best information available to the Engineer. Information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing underground utilities or services at or contiguous to the project site are based on information and data furnished to the Owner and the Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and the Owner and the Engineer do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. It is to be understood that other aboveground or underground facilities not shown in the Plans may be encountered during the course of the Work. All utility valves, manholes, vaults, or pull boxes which are buried shall be conspicuously marked in a fashion acceptable to the Owner and the Engineer by the Contractor to allow their location to be determined by the Engineer or utility personnel under adverse conditions, (inclement weather or darkness). Where underground main distribution conduits, such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, or telephone, are shown on the Plans, the Contractor, for the purpose of preparing his bid, shall assume that every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. The Contractor shall check with the utility companies concerning any possible conflict prior to commencing excavation in any area. The Contractor shall resolve all crossing and clearance problems with the utility company concerned. No excavation shall begin until all known facilities, in the vicinity of the excavation area, have been located and marked. In addition to the Contractor having all utilities field marked before starting Work, the Contractor shall have all utilities field marked after they are relocated in conjunction with this project. Call Before You Dig The 48 -Hour Locators 1- 800 - 424 -5555 At least 2 and not more than 10 working days prior to commencing any excavations for utility potholing or for any other purpose under this Contract, the Contractor shall notify the Underground Utilities Location Center by telephone of the planned excavation and progress schedule. The Contractor is also warned that there may be utilities on the project that are not part of the One Call system. They must be contacted directly by the Contractor for locations. The Contractor shall make arrangements 48 hours in advance with respective utility owners to have a , representative present when their utility is exposed or modified, if the utility chooses to do so. Existing utilities for telephone, power, gas, water, and television cable facilities shall be adjusted or relocated by the appropriate utility company unless otherwise noted in the Plans. These adjustments may be completed before the Contractor begins Work, or may be performed in conjunction with the Contract Work. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for coordination with the utility companies and arranging for the movement or adjustment, either temporary or permanent, of their facilities within the project limits. See also Section 1 -05.14 of these Special Provisions. ' If or when utility conflicts occur, the Contractor shall continue the construction process on other aspects of the project whenever possible. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for reason of delay caused by the actions of any utility company, and the Contractor shall consider such costs to be incidental to the other items of the Contract. Utility Potholing Potholing may be included as a bid item for use in determining the location of existing utilities in advance of the Contractor's operations. If potholing is not included as a bid item then it shall be considered incidental to other Work. The Contractor shall submit all potholing requests to the Engineer for approval, at least 2 working ' days before potholing is scheduled. Additionally, the Contractor shall provide potholing at the Engineer's request. In no way shall the Work described under Utility Potholing relieve the Contractor of any of the responsibilities described in Section 1 -07.17 of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions, and elsewhere in the 28 1 03/20/2013 Contract Documents. 1- 07.17(1) Interruption of Services Section 1- 07.17(1) is a new section: Whenever in the course of the construction operation it becomes necessary to cause an outage of utilities, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the affected users and the Engineer not less than 48 hours in advance of such outage. The Contractor shall make reasonable effort to minimize the duration of outages, and ' shall estimate the length of time service will be interrupted and so notify the users. In the case of any utility outage that has exceeded or will exceed four hours, user contact shall again be made. Temporary service, if needed, will be arranged by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. Overhead lighting outages shall not exceed 24 hours. All cost to the Contractor for providing temporary overhead lighting to meet above requirements shall be incidental -to the various unit and Lump sum items of the Contract; no separate payment will be made. 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Section 1 -07.18 is deleted replaced by the following new section and subsections: 1- 07.18(1) General The Contractor shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect, from the Contract Execution Date to the Completion Date, public liability and property damage insurance with an insurance company(ies) or through sources approved by the State Insurance Commissioner pursuant to RCW 48. ' The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency. Insurance shall provide coverage to the Contractor, all subcontractors, Contracting Agency and the Contracting Agency's consultant. The coverage shall protect against claims for bodily injuries, personal injuries, including accidental death, as well as claims for property damages which may arise from any act or omission of the Contractor or the subcontractor, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. ' If warranted work is required the Contractor shall provide the City proof that insurance coverage and limits established under the term of the Contract for work are in full force and effect during the period of warranty work. ' The Contracting Agency may request a copy of the actual declaration pages(s) for each insurance policy effecting coverage(s) required on the Contract prior to the date work commences. Failure of the Contractor to fully comply during the term of the Contract with the requirements described herein will be considered a material breach of contract and shall be caused for immediate termination of the Contract at the option of the Contracting Agency. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or Lump Sum prices of the contract and no additional payment will be made. ' 1- 07.18(2) Coverages All coverage provided by the Contractor shall be in a form and underwritten by a company acceptable to the Contracting Agency. The City requires that all insurers: 1. Be licensed to do business within the State of Washington. 2. Coverage to be on an "occurrence" basis (Professional Liability and Pollution coverage are acceptable when written on a claims -made basis). The City may also require proof of professional liability coverage be provided for up to two (2) years after the completion of the project. 3. The City may request a copy of the actual declaration page(s) for each insurance policy affecting coverage(s) required by the Contract prior to the date work commences. 4. Possess a minimum A.M. best rating of AVII (A rating of A XII or better is preferred.) If any insurance carrier possesses a rating bf less than AVII, the City may make an exception. 29 03/20/2013 The City reserves the right to approve the security of the insurance coverage provided by the insurance company(ies), terms, conditions, and the Certificate of Insurance. Failure of the Contractor to fully comply during the term of the Contract with these requirements will be , considered a material breach of contract and shall be cause for immediate termination of the contract at the option of the City. The Contractor shall obtain and maintain the minimum insurance coverage set forth below. By requiring , such minimum insurance, the City of Renton shall not be deemed or construed to have assessed the risks that may be applicable to the Contractor. The Contractor shall assess its own risks and if it deems appropriate and /or prudent, maintain higher limits and /or broader coverage. ' Coverage shall include: A. Commercial General Liability - ISO 1993 Form or equivalent. Coverage will be written on an occurrence basis and include: • Premises and Operations (including CG2503; General Aggregate to apply per project, if applicable) • Explosion, Collapse, and Underground Hazards. • Products /Completed Operations • Contractual Liability (including Amendatory Endorsement CG 0043 or equivalent which includes defense coverage assumed under contract) • Broad Form Property Damage • Independent Contractors • Personal /Advertising Injury • Stop Gap Liability B. Automobile Liability including all • Owned Vehicles • Non -Owned Vehicles • Hired Vehicles C. Workers' Compensation • Statutory Benefits (Coverage A) - Show Washington Labor & Industries Number D. Umbrella Liability (when necessary) • Excess of Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability. Coverage should be as broad as primary. E. Professional Liability - (whenever the work under this Contract includes Professional Liability, including Advertising activities) the (CONTRACTOR) shall maintain professional liability covering wrongful acts, errors and /or omissions of the (CONTRACTOR) for damage sustained by reason of or in the course of operations under this Contract. F. Pollution Liability - the City may require this coverage whenever work under this Contract involves pollution risk to the environment. This coverage is to include sudden and gradual coverage for third party liability including defense costs and completed operations. Contractor shall name City of Renton, and its officers, officials, agents, employees and volunteers as Additional Insured (ISO Form CG 2010 or equivalent). The Contractor shall provide City of Renton Certificates of Insurance prior to commencement of work. The City reserves the right to request copies of insurance policies, if at their sole discretion it is deemed appropriate. Further, all policies of insurance described above shall: A. Be on a primary basis not contributory with any other insurance coverage and /or self- insurance carried by City of Renton. B. Include a Waiver of Subrogation Clause. C. Severability of Interest Clause (Cross Liability) D. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all Additional Insured's with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice. E. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five business days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at 30 i� t ' 03/20/2013 I 1 0 the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. 1- 07.18(3) Limits LIMITS REQUIRED Providing coverage in these stated amounts shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from liability in excess of such limits. The Contractor shall carry the following limits of liability as required below: Commercial General Liability General Aggregate* $2,000,000 ** Products /Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000 ** Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 Personal /Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Fire Damage (Any One Fire) $50,000 Medical Payments (Any One Person) $5,000 Stop Gap Liability $1,000,000 * General Aggregate to apply per project (ISO Form CG2503 or equivalent) * *Amount may vary based on project risk Automobile Liability Bodily Injury /Property Damage $1,000,000 (Each Accident) Workers' Compensation Statutory Benefits - Coverage A Variable (Show Washington Labor and Industries Number) Umbrella Liability Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $1,000,000 Products /Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Professional Liability (If required) Each Occurrence/ Incident /Claim $1,000,000 Aggregate . $2,000,000 Pollution Liability (if required) to apply on a per project basis Per Loss $1,000,000 Aggregate $1,000,000 The City may require the Contractor to keep professional liability coverage in effect for up to two (2) years after completion of the project. ' The Contractor shall promptly advise the CITY OF RENTON in the event any general aggregates are reduced for any reason, and shall reinstate the aggregate at the Contractor's expense to comply with the ' minimum limits and requirements as stated above and shall furnish to the CITY OF RENTON a new certificate of insurance showing such coverage is in force. 1- 07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance: Within 20 days of award of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide evidence of insurance by submitting to the Contracting Agency the Certificate of Insurance (ACORD Form 25s or equivalent) conforming to items as specified in Sections 1- 07.18(1), 1- 07.18(2), and 1- 07.18(3) as revised above. ' 1- 07.18(5) Indemnification: Contractor shall hold harmless, indemnify and defend the City of Renton and the Property Owner (Providence Health & Services — Washington, a Washington nonprofit corporation), its officers, employees ' and agents, from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, liability, loss, expenses, damages and judgments of any nature whatsoever, including costs and attorney's fees in defense thereof, for injury, sickness, disability or death to persons or damage to property or business, caused by or arising out of Contractor's negligent or intentional acts, errors or omissions in Contractor's use of this easement and ' placement of Contractor's facilities thereon and arising during Contractor's construction of its facilities. 1 31 03/20/2013 ' 1 -07.22 Use of Explosives , Section 1 -07.22 is supplemented by the following: Explosives shall not be used without specific authority of the Engineer, and then only under such restrictions as may be required by the proper authorities. Explosives shall be handled and used in strict compliance with WAC ' 296 -52 and such local laws, rules and regulations that may apply. The individual in charge of the blasting shall have a current Washington State Blaster Users License. The Contractor shall obtain, comply with, and pay for such permits and costs as are necessary in conjunction with blasting operations. 1 -07.23 Public Convenience and Safety ' 1- 07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic Revise the second paragraph to read: ( * * * * * *) To disrupt public traffic as little as possible, the Contractor shall permit traffic to pass through the Work with the least possible inconvenience or delay. The Contractor shall maintain existing roads, streets, sidewalks, ' driveways, and paths within the project limits, keeping them open, and in good, clean, safe condition at all times. Deficiencies caused by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. Deficiencies not caused by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the Contractor when directed by ' the Engineer, at the Contracting Agency's expense. The Contractor shall also maintain roads, streets, sidewalks, driveways, and paths adjacent to the project limits when affected by the Contractor's operations. Snow and ice control will be performed by the Contracting Agency on all projects. Cleanup of snow and ice , control debris will be at the Contracting Agency's expense. The Contractor shall perform the following: 1. Remove or repair any condition resulting from the Work that might impede traffic or create a hazard. ' 2. Keep existing traffic signal and highway lighting systems in operation as the Work proceeds. (The Contracting Agency will continue the route maintenance on such system.) ' 3. Maintain the striping on the roadway at the Contracting Agency's expense. The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling when to renew striping, subject to the approval of the Engineer. When the scope of the project does not require Work on the roadway, the Contracting Agency will.be responsible for ' maintaining the striping. 4. Maintain existing permanent signing. Repair of signs will be at the Contracting Agency's expense, except those damaged due to the Contractor's operations. 5. Keep drainage structures clean to allow for free flow of water. Cleaning of existing drainage structures will ' be at the Contracting Agency's expense when approved by the Engineer, except when flow is impaired due to the Contractor's operations. Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented by adding the following: ( * * * * * *) The Contractor shall be responsible for controlling dust and mud within the project limits and on any street, ' which is utilized by his equipment for the duration of the project. The Contractor shall be prepared to use watering trucks, power sweepers, and other pieces of equipment as deemed necessary by the Engineer, to avoid creating a nuisance. , Dust and mud control shall be considered as incidental to the project, and no compensation will be made for this section. Complaints of dust, mud, or unsafe practices and /or property damage to private ownership will be transmitted ' 32 t 03/20/2013 to the Contractor and prompt action in correcting them will be required by the Contractor. The Contractor shall maintain the roads during construction in a suitable condition to minimize affects to vehicular and pedestrian traffic. All cost to maintain the roads shall be borne by the Contractor. At least one -way traffic shall be maintained on all cross - streets within the project limits during working hours. One lane shall be provided in each direction for all streets during non - working hours. The Contractor shall provide one drivable roadway lane and maintain convenient access for local and commuter traffic to driveways, businesses, and buildings along the line of Work throughout the course of the project. Such access shall be maintained as near as possible to that which existed prior to the commencement of construction. This restriction shall not apply to the paving portion of the construction process. The Contractor shall notify and coordinate with all property owners and tenants of street closures, or other restrictions which may interfere with their access at least 24 hours in advance for single - family residential property, and at least 48 hours in advance for apartments, offices, and commercial property. The Contractor shall give a copy of all notices to the Engineer. When the abutting owners' access across the right -of -way line is to be eliminated and replaced under the Contract by other access, the existing access shall not be closed until the replacement access facility is available. All unattended excavations shall be properly barricaded and covered at all times. The Contractor shall not open any trenches that cannot be completed and refilled that same day. Trenches shall be patched or covered by a temporary steel plate, at the Contractor's expense, except in areas where the roadway remains closed to public traffic. Steel plates must be anchored. 1- 07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours Revise the first paragraph to read: Unless otherwise approved, the Contractor shall maintain two -way traffic during construction. The Contractor shall build, maintain in a safe condition, keep open to traffic, and remove when no longer needed: 1. Detours and detour bridges that will accommodate traffic diverted from the roadway, bridge, sidewalk, driveway, or path during construction, 2. Detour crossings of intersecting highway, and Temporary approaches. 1 -07.24 Rights -of -Way Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: Street right -of -way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor's construction activities shall be confined within these limits unless arrangements for use of private property are made. ' Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights -of -way and easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the completion of the Work. Exceptions to this are noted in the Contract Documents or brought to the Contractor's attention by a duly issued addendum. Whenever any of the, Work is accomplished on or through property other than public right -of -way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement agreement obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private property. Copies of the easement agreements are included in the Contract Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have been obtained ' by the Engineer. Whenever easements or rights -of -entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, these areas are so noted on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the Work in areas where right -of -way, ' easements, or rights -of -entry have not been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right -of -way or easement is available or that the right -of -entry had been received. If the Contractor is delayed L� 33 03/20/2013 due to acts of omission on the part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining easements, rights of entry of right - of -way, the Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of contract. Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contactor. This includes entry onto , easements and private property where private improvements must be adjusted. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability of the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the Work or not, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued under this Contract. The statement shall be ' signed by the private property owner, or proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily accomplished. The , statement shall include the parcel number, address and date of signature. Written releases must be filed with the Engineer before the Completion Date will be established. 1 -07.28 Confined Space Entry ' Section 1 -07.28 is new: The Contractor shall: , 1. Review and be familiar with the City's Public Works Confined Space Entry Program. 2. Review documented information about the City confined spaces in which entry is intended as listed and t described in the City's Attribute and Map Book. This information includes identified hazards for each permit- required confined space. 3. Each contractor shall have their own confined space entry program. Upon request of the City they will provide a statement confirming they are in compliance with their confined space entry program including requirements for confined space training for employees associated with the project in Renton. ' 4. Be responsible for following all confined space requirements established by the provisions in WAC 296 -809 and its chapters. 5. Coordinate entry operations with the City of Renton when employees from the contractor will be working in or near City confined spaces. 6. Discuss entry operations with the City of Renton including the program followed during confined space entry. ' 7. Debrief the City on any hazards confronted or created at the completion of entry operations. "Danger, 8. Place signs stating, Follow Confined Space Entry Procedure before Entering" at each confined space to be entered. Never leave the confined space open and unattended. The contractor's or consultant's point of contact with the City in regard to confined space entry will be the City's assigned construction inspector. 1 -08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1 -08.0 Preliminary Matters Section 1 -08.0 is a new section with subsection: , 34 1 03/20/2013 ' 1- 08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference, Section 1- 08.0(1) is a new subsection: The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with copies of the Contract Documents per Section 1 -02.2 "Plans and Specifications ". Additional documents may be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. Prior to undertaking each part of the Work the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents, and check and verify pertinent figures shown therein and all applicable field measurements. The Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy, which the Contractor may discover. After the Contract has been executed, but prior to the Contractor beginning the Work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited. The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction meeting: 4 Contractor's plan of operation and progress schedule (3+ copies) 4 Approval of qualified subcontractors (bring list of subcontractors if different from list submitted with bid) + List of materials fabricated or manufactured off the project + Material sources on the project + Names of principal suppliers 4 Detailed equipment list, including "Rental Rate Blue Book" hourly costs (both working and standby rates) + Weighted wage rates for all employee classifications anticipated to be used on Project + Cost percentage breakdown for lump sum bid item(s) + Shop Drawings (bring preliminary list) + Traffic Control Plans (3+ copies) + Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control Plan In addition, the Contractor shall be prepared to address: Bonds and insurance Project meetings — schedule and responsibilities Provision for inspection for materials from outside sources Responsibility for locating utilities Responsibility for damage Time schedule for relocations, if by other than the Contractor Compliance with Contract Documents Acceptance and approval of Work Labor compliance, payrolls, and certifications Safety regulations for the Contractors' and the Owner's employees and representatives Suspension of Work, time extensions Change order procedures Progress estimates, procedures for payment Special requirements of funding agencies Construction engineering, advance notice of special Work Any interpretation of the Contract Documents requested by the Contractor Any conflicts or omissions in Contract Documents Any other problems or questions concerning the Work Processing and administration of public complaints Easements and rights -of -entry Other contracts The franchise utilities may be present at the preconstruction conference, and the Contractor should be prepared for their review and discussion of progress schedule and coordination. ' 1- 08.0(2) Hours of Work Section 1- 08.0(2) is a new subsection: Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Contracting Agency, the normal straight 35 03/20/2013 time working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8 -hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. of a working day with a maximum 1 -hour lunch break and a 5 -day Work week. The normal straight time 8 -hour working period for the Contract shall be established at the preconstruction conference or prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. If a Contractor desires to perform Work on holidays, Saturdays, Sundays, or before 7:00 a.m. or after 5:00 P.M. on any day, the Contractor shall apply in writing to the Engineer for permission to Work such times. Permission to Work longer than an 8 -hour period between 7:00 a.m. an 5:00 p.m. is not required. Such requests shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than noon on the working day prior to the day for which the Contractor is requesting permission to Work. Permission to Work between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. during weekdays and between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. on weekends or holidays may also be subject to noise control requirements. Approval to continue Work during these hours may be revoked at any time the Contractor exceeds the Contracting Agency's noise control regulations or complaints are received from the public or adjoining property owners regarding the noise from the Contractor's operations. The Contractor shall have no claim for damages or delays should such permission be revoked for these reasons. Permission to Work Saturdays, Sundays, holidays or other than the agreed upon normal straight time working hours Monday through Friday may be given subject to certain other conditions set forth by the Contracting Agency or the Engineer. These conditions may include but are not limited to: requiring the Engineer or such assistants as the Engineer may deem necessary to be present during the Work; requiring the Contractor to reimburse the Contracting Agency for the cost of engineering salaries paid Contracting Agency employees " worked during such times; considering the Work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as working days with regards to the Contract Time; and considering multiple Work shifts as multiple working days with respect to Contract Time even though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24 -hour period. Assistants may include, but are not limited to, survey crews; personnel from the material testing labs; inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees when in the opinion of the Engineer such Work necessitates their presence. 1- 08.0(3) Reimbursement for Overtime Work of Contracting Agency Employees Section 1- 08.0(3) is a new subsection: Where the Contractor elects to Work on a Saturday, Sunday, holiday, or longer than an 8 -hour Work shift on a regular working day, as defined in the Standard Specifications, such Work shall be considered as overtime Work. On all such overtime Work an inspector will be present, and a survey crew may be required at the discretion of the Engineer. The Contractor shall reimburse the Contracting Agency for the full amount of the straight time plus overtime costs for employees and representative(s) of the Contracting Agency required to Work overtime hours. The Contractor by these Specifications does hereby authorize the Engineer to deduct such costs from the amount due or to become due the Contractor. 1 -08.1 Subcontracting Revise the second paragraph to read: The Contractor shall not subcontract Work unless the Engineer approves in writing. Each request to subcontract shall be on the form the Engineer provides. If the Engineer requests, the Contractor shall provide proof that subcontractor has the experience, ability, and equipment the Work requires. The Contractor shall require each subcontractor to comply with Section 1 -07.9 and to furnish all certificates and statements required by the Contract. The Contractor shall require each subcontractor of every tier to meet the responsibility criteria stated in RCW 39.06, and shall include these requirements in every subcontract of every tier. Section 1 -08.1 is supplemented as follows: Written requests for change in subcontractors shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer at least 7 calendar days prior to start of a subcontractor's Work. The Contractor agrees that he /she is fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of all subcontractors and lower -tier subcontractors, and persons either directly or indirectly employed by the subcontractors, as well as for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. The 36 u II 1 03/20/2013 Contractor shall be required to give personal attention to the Work that is sublet. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for making sure all subcontractors submit all required documentation, forms, etc. 1 -08.2 Assignment The second paragraph of Section 1 -08.2 is modified as follows: The Contractor shall not assign any moneys due or to become due to the Contractor hereunder without the prior written consent of the Owner. The assignment, if approved, shall be subject to all setoffs, withholdings, and deductions required by law and the Contract. 1 -08.3 Progress Schedule Section 1 -08.3 is supplemented as follows: The progress schedule for the entire project shall be submitted 7 calendar days prior to the Preconstruction Conference. The schedule shall be prepared using the critical path method (CPM), preferably using Microsoft Project or equivalent software. The schedule shall contain this information, at a minimum: 1. Construction activities, in sufficient detail that all activities necessary to construct a complete and functional project are considered. Any activity that has a scheduled duration exceeding 30 calendar days shall be subdivided until no sub - element has a duration exceeding 30 calendar days. The schedule shall clearly indicate the activities that comprise the critical path. For each activity not on the critical path, the schedule shall show the float, or slack, time. 2. Procurement of material and equipment. 3. Submittals requiring review by the Engineer. Submittal by the Contractor and review by the Engineer shall be shown as separate activities. 4. Work to be performed by a subcontractor, agent, or any third party. 5. Allowances for delays that could result from normal inclement weather (time extensions due to inclement weather will not be allowed). 6. Allowances for the time required by utilities (Owner's and others) to locate, monitor, and adjust their facilities as required. The Engineer may request the Contractor to alter the progress schedule when deemed necessary in the opinion of the Engineer, in the interest of public safety and welfare of the Owner, or for coordination with any other activity of other contractors, the availability of all or portions of the job site, or special provisions of this Contract, or to reasonably meet the completion date of the project. The Contractor shall provide such revised schedule within 10 days of request. If, at any time, in the opinion of the Engineer, the progress of construction falls significantly behind schedule, the Contractor may be required to submit a plan for regaining progress and a revised schedule indicating how the remaining Work items will be completed within the authorized contract time. The Contractor shall promptly report to the Engineer any conditions that the Contractor feels will require revision of the schedule and shall promptly submit proposed revisions in the progress schedule for acceptance by the Engineer. When such changes are accepted by the Engineer, the revised schedule shall be followed by the Contractor. 1 Weekly Schedule. The Contractor shall submit a weekly progress schedule to the Engineer which sets forth specific Work to be performed the following week, and a tentative schedule for the second week. Failure to Maintain Progress Schedule. The Engineer will check actual progress of the Work against the progress schedule a minimum of two times per month. Failure, without just cause, to maintain progress in accordance with the approved schedule shall constitute a breach of Contract. If, through no fault of the Contractor, the proposed construction schedule cannot be met, the Engineer will require the Contractor to submit a revised schedule to the Engineer for acceptance. The approved revisions will thereafter, in all respects, apply in lieu of the original schedule. Failure of the Contractor to follow the progress schedule submitted and accepted, including revisions thereof, shall relieve the Owner of any and all responsibility for furnishing and making available all or any portion of the job site, and will relieve the Owner of any responsibility for delays to the Contractor in the performance of the 1 37 03/20/2013 Work. The cost of preparing the progress schedule, any supplementary progress schedules, and weekly schedules shall be considered incidental to the Contract and no other compensation shall be made. 1 -08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work Section 1 -08.4 is replaced with the following: Notice to Proceed will be given after the Contract has been executed and the Contract bond and evidence of insurances have been approved and filed by the Owner. The Contractor shall not commence the Work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the project site within ten days of the Notice to Proceed date. The Work thereafter shall be prosecuted diligently, vigorously, and without unauthorized interruption until physical completion of the Work. There shall be no voluntary shutdowns or slowing of operations by the Contractor without prior approval of the Engineer. Such approval shall not relieve the Contractor from the contractual obligation to complete the Work within the prescribed Contract Time. 1 -08.5 Time For Completion The first five paragraphs of Section 1 -08.5 are deleted and replaced with the following: The Work shall be physically completed in its entirety within the time specified in the Contract Documents or as extended by the Engineer. The Contract Time will be stated in "working days ", shall begin on the Notice To Proceed date, or the date identified in the Notice to Proceed as "the first working day ", and shall end on the Contract Completion date. A non - working day is defined as a Saturday, a Sunday, a day on which the Contract specifically suspends Work, or one of these holidays: January 1, third Monday of January, Memorial Day, July 4, Labor Day, November 11, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day. The day before Christmas shall be a holiday when Christmas Day occurs on a Tuesday or Friday. The day after Christmas shall be a holiday when Christmas Day occurs on a Monday, Wednesday, or Thursday. When Christmas Day occurs on a Saturday, the two preceding working days shall be observed as holidays. When Christmas day occurs on a Sunday, the two working days following shall be observed as holidays. When holidays other than Christmas fall on a Saturday, the preceding Friday will be counted as a non - working day and when they fall on a Sunday the following Monday will be counted as a non- working day. The Contract Time has been established to allow for periods of normal inclement weather that, from historical records, is to be expected during the Contract Time, and during which periods, Work is anticipated to be performed. Each successive working day, beginning with the Notice to Proceed date and ending with the Physical Completion date, shall be charged to the Contract Time as it occurs except a day, or part of a day, which is designated a non - working day or an Engineer determined unworkable day. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a weekly report showing (1) the number of working days charged against the Contract Time for the preceding week; (2) the Contract Time in working days; (3) the number of working days remaining in the Contract Time; (4) the number of non - working days; and (5) any partial or whole days the Engineer declared unworkable the previous week. This weekly report will be correlated with the Contractor's current approved progress schedule. If the Contractor elects to work 10 hours a day and 4 days a week (a 4 -10 schedule), and the fifth day of the week in which a 4 -10 shift is worked would ordinarily be charged as a working day, then the fifth day of that week will be charged as a working day whether or not the Contractor works on that day. The Contractor will be allowed 10 calendar days from the date of each report in which to file a written protest of an alleged discrepancy in the Contract Time as reported. Otherwise, the report will be deemed to have been accepted by the Contractor as correct. The requirements for scheduling the Final Inspection and establishing the Substantial Completion, Physical Completion, and Completion Dates are specified in Sections 1 -05.11 and 1- 05.12. Revise the seventh paragraph to read: The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the Contract after all the Contractor's obligations under the Contract have been performed by the Contractor. The following events 38 u H t t 1 03/20/2013 Imust occur before the Completion Date can be established: 1. The physical Work on the project must be complete; and 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the Contract and required by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the Contract. The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a completion date: a. Certified Payrolls (Federal -aid Projects) b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents c. Annual Report of Amounts Paid as MBE /WBE Participants or Quarterly Report of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the Contract Provisions. d. FHWA 47 (Federal -aid Projects) e. Final Contract Voucher Certification f. Property owner releases per Section 1 -07.24 Section 1 -08.5 is supplemented as follows: ( * * * * * *) Within 10 calendar days after execution of the Contract by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency with copies of purchase orders for all equipment items deemed critical by the Contracting Agency, including but not limited to signal controller materials, lighting standards, and signal standards required for the physical completion of the Contract. Such purchase orders shall disclose the estimated delivery dates for the equipment. All items of Work that can be performed without delivery of the critical items shall start and be completed as soon as possible. At that time, the Engineer may suspend the Work upon request of the Contractor until the critical items are delivered to the Contractor, if the Contracting Agency received a purchase order within 10 calendar days after execution of the Contract by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor will be entitled to only one such suspension of time during the performance of the Work and during such suspension shall not perform any additional Work on the project. Upon delivery of the critical items, contract time will resume and continue to be charged in accordance with Section 1 -08. 1 -08.6 Suspension of Work Section 1 -08.6 is supplemented as follows: Owner may at any time suspend the Work, or any part thereof, by giving notice to the Contractor in writing. The Work shall be resumed by the Contractor within 14 calendar days after the date fixed in the written notice from the Owner to the Contractor to do so. The Contractor shall not suspend Work under the Contract without the written order of the Owner. t If it has been determined that the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time, the amount of such extension shall be only to compensate for direct delays, and shall be based upon the Contractor's diligently pursuing the Work at a rate not less than that which would have been necessary to complete the original Contract Work on time. 1 -08.7 Maintenance During Suspension Revise the second paragraph to read: At no expense to the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide through the construction area a safe, smooth, and unobstructed roadway, sidewalk, driveway, and path for public use during suspension (as required in Section 1 -07.23 or the Special Provisions). This may include a temporary road or detour. 39 1 . 03/20/2013 1 -08.9 Liquidated Damages , Section 1 -08.9 is supplemented as follows: In addition, the Contractor shall compensate the Owner for actual engineering inspection and supervision costs and any other expenses and legal fees incurred by the Owner as a result of such delay. Such labor costs will be billed to the Contractor at actual costs, including administrative overhead costs. In the event that the Owner is required to commence any lawsuit in order to enforce any provision of this Contract or to seek redress for any breach thereof, the Owner shall be entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, from the Contractor. 1 -08.11 Contractor's Plant and Equipment , Section 1 -08.11 is a new Section: The Contractor alone shall at all times be responsible for the adequacy, efficiency, and sufficiency of his and his subcontractor's plant and equipment. The Owner shall have the right to make use of the Contractor's plant and equipment in the performance of any Work on the site of the Work. The use by the Owner of such plant and equipment shall be considered as extra Work and paid for accordingly. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assumes any responsibility, at any time, for the security of the site from the time the Contractor's operations have commenced until final acceptance of the Work by the Engineer and the Owner. The Contractor shall employ such measures as additional fencing, barricades, and watchmen service, as he deems necessary for the public safety and for the protection of the site and his plant and equipment. The Owner will be provided keys for all fenced, secured areas. 1 -08.12 Attention to Work , Section 1 -08.12 is a new section: The Contractor shall give his personal attention to and shall supervise the Work to the end that it shall be prosecuted faithfully, and when he is not personally present on the Work site, he shall at all times be represented by a competent superintendent who shall have full authority to execute the same, and to supply materials, tools, and labor without delay, and who shall be the legal representative of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be liable for the faithful observance of any instructions delivered to him or to his authorized representative. 1 -09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1 -09.1 Measurement of Quantities Section 1 -09.1 is supplemented by adding the following: Lump Sum. The percentage of lump sum Work completed, and payment will be based on the cost percentage breakdown of the lump sum bid price(s) submitted at the preconstruction conference. The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of costs for each lump sum bid item. The breakdown shall list the items included in the lump sum together with a unit price of labor, materials, and equipment for each item. The summation of the detailed unit prices for each item shall add up to the lump sum bid. The unit price values may be used as a guideline for determining progress payments or deductions or additions in payment for ordered Work changes. Cubic Yard Quantities. The Contractor shall provide truck trip tickets for progress payments only in the following manner. Where items are specified to be paid by the cubic yard, the following tally system shall be used. All trucks to be employed on this Work will be measured to determine the volume of each truck. Each truck shall be clearly numbered, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and there shall be no duplication of numbers. 40 1 t �j 03/20/2013 Duplicate tally tickets shall be prepared to accompany each truckload of material delivered on the project. All tickets received that do not contain the following information will not be processed for payment: 1 Truck number 2 Quantity and type of material delivered in cubic yards 3 Drivers name, date and time of delivery 4 Location of delivery, by street and stationing on each street 5 Place for the Engineer to acknowledge receipt 6 Pay item number 7 Contract number and /or name It will be the Contractor's responsibility to see that a ticket is given to the Engineer on the project for each truckload of material delivered. Pay quantities will be prepared on the basis of said tally tickets. Loads will be checked by the Engineer to verify quantity shown on ticket. Quantities by Ton. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to see that a certified weight ticket is given to the Inspector on the project at the time of delivery of materials for each truckload delivered. Pay quantities will be prepared on the basis of said tally tickets, delivered to Inspector at time of delivery of materials. Tickets not receipted by Inspector will not be honored for payment. Each truck shall be clearly numbered to the satisfaction of the Engineer and there shall be no duplication of numbers. Duplicate tickets shall be prepared to accompany each truckload of material delivered to the project. All tickets received that do not contain the following information will not be processed for payment: 1. Truck number 2. Truck tare weight (stamped at source) 3. Gross truckload weight in tons (stamped at source) 4. Net load weight (stamped at source) 5. Driver's name, date, and time of delivery 6. Location for delivery by street and stationing on each street 7. Place for the Engineer to acknowledge receipt 8. Pay item number 9. Contract number and /or name 1 -09.3 Scope of Payment Section 1 -09.3 is supplemented by adding the following: The bid items listed in Section 1 -09.14 will be the only items for which compensation will be made for the Work described in each section of the Standard Specifications when the Contractor performs the specified Work. Should a bid item be listed in a "Payment" clause but not in the Proposal Form, and Work for that item is performed by the Contractor and the Work is not stated as included in or incidental to a pay item in the Contract and is not Work that would be required to complete the intent of the Contract per Section 1 -04.1, then payment for that Work will be made as for Extra Work pursuant to a Change Order. The words "Bid Item;' "Contract Item," and "Pay Item," and similar terms used throughout the Contract Documents are synonymous., If the "payment" clause in the Specifications relating to any unit bid item price in the Proposal Form requires that said unit bid item price cover and be considered compensation for certain Work or material essential to the item, then the Work or material will not be measured or paid for under any other unit bid item which may appear elsewhere in the Proposal Form or Specifications. Pluralized unit bid items appearing in these Specifications are changed to singular form. Payment for bid items listed or referenced in the "Payment" clause of any particular section of the Specifications shall be considered as including all of the Work required, specified, or described in that particular section. Payment items will generally be listed generically in the Specifications, and specifically in the bid form. When items are to be "furnished" under one payment item and "installed" under another payment item, such ' items shall be furnished FOB project site, or, if specified in the Special Provisions, delivered to a designated site. Materials to be "furnished," or "furnished and installed" under these conditions, shall be the responsibility of 1 41 03/20/2013 the Contractor with regard to storage until such items are incorporated into the Work or, if such items are not to be incorporated into the Work, delivered to the applicable Contracting Agency storage site when provided for in the Specifications. Payment for material "furnished," but not yet incorporated into the Work, may be made on monthly estimates to the extent allowed. 1 -09.6 Force Account Section 1 -09.6 is supplemented as follows: Owner has estimated and included in the proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become a part of the Contractor's total bid. However, the Owner does not warrant expressly or by implication that the actual amount of Work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of Work actually authorized by the Engineer. 1 -09.7 Mobilization Section 1 -09.7 is supplemented as follows: Mobilization shall also include, but not be limited to, the following items: the movement of Contractor's personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the project site; the establishment of an office, buildings, and other facilities necessary for Work on the project; providing sanitary facilities for the Contractor's personnel; and obtaining permits or licenses required to complete the project not furnished by the Owner. This item shall also include providing the Engineer and the Inspectors with access to telephone, facsimile machine, and copy machine during all hours the Contractor is working on the jobsite; and a table and chair for their use when needed. Payment will be made for the following bid item(s): "Mobilization & Demobilization," Lump Sum. 1 -09.9 Payments Delete the third paragraph and replace it with the following: Progress payments for completed Work and material on hand will be based upon progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at the preconstruction meeting. The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor commences the Work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the Work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payment. The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the final payment. The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following: 1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of Work completed multiplied by the unit price. 2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — the estimated percentage complete multiplied by the Bid Forms amount for each lump sum item, or per the schedule of values for that item. 3. Materials on Hand — 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to job site or other storage area approved by the Engineer. 4. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra Work as determined by the Engineer. Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: 1. Retainage per Section 1- 09.9(1); 42 t 1 03/20/2013 2. The amount of Progress Payments previously made; and 3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the Contract Documents. Progress payments for Work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any Work has been satisfactorily completed. Payments will be made by check or electronic transfer, issued. by the Contracting Agency's fiscal officer, against ' the appropriate fund source for the project. Payments received on account of Work performed by a subcontractor are subject to the provisions of RCW 39.04.250. Section 1 -09.9 is supplemented as follows: Applications for.payment shall be itemized and supported to the extent required by the Engineer by receipts or other vouchers showing payment for materials and labor, payments to subcontractors, and other such evidence of the Contractor's right to payment as the Engineer may direct. The Contractor shall submit a progress report with each monthly request for a progress payment. The progress report shall indicate the estimated percent complete for each activity listed on the progress schedule (see Section 1- 08.3). 1- 09.9(1) Retainage Section 1- 09.9(1) is supplemented as follows: The retained amount shall be released as stated in the Standard Specifications if no claims have been filed against such funds as provided by law, and if the Owner has no unsatisfied claims against the Contractor. In the event claims are filed, the Owner shall withhold, until such claims are satisfied, a sum sufficient to satisfy all claims and to pay attorney's fees. In addition, the Owner shall withhold such amount as is required to satisfy any claims by the Owner against the Contractor, until such claims have been finally settled. Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor, if requested, delivers to the Owner a complete release of all liens arising out of this Contract, or receipts in full in I lieu thereof, and, if required in either case, an affidavit that so far as the Contractor has knowledge or information, the release and receipts include all labor and materials for which a lien could be filed: but the Contractor may, if any subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a bond satisfactorily to the Engineer to indemnify the Owner against the lien. If any lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall reimburse to the Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable engineer's and attorney's fees. 1- 09.9(2) Contracting Agency's Right to Withhold and Disburse Certain Amounts Section 1- 09.9(2) is a new section: In addition to monies retained pursuant to RCW 60.28 and subject to RCW 39.04.250, RCW 39.12 and RCW 39.76, the Contractor authorizes the Engineer to withhold progress payments due or deduct an amount from any payment or payments due the Contractor which, in the Engineer's opinion, may be necessary to cover the Contracting Agency's costs for or to remedy the following situations: 1. Damage to another contractor when there is evidence thereof and a claim has been filed. 2. Where the Contractor has.not paid fees or charges to public authorities of municipalities, which the Contractor is obligated to pay. 3. Utilizing material tested and inspected by the Engineer, for purposes not connected with the Work (Section 1- 05.6). 4. Landscape damage assessments per Section 1- 07.16. 5. For overtime Work performed by City personnel per Section 1- 08.1(4). 6. Anticipated or actual failure of the Contractor to complete the Work on time: a. Per Section 1 -08.9 Liquidated Damages; or b. Lack of construction progress based upon the Engineer's review of the Contractor's approved progress schedule, which indicates the Work will not be complete within the contract time. When calculating an anticipated time overrun, the Engineer will make allowances for weather delays, approved unavoidable delays, and suspensions of the Work. The amount withheld under this subparagraph will be based upon the liquidated damages amount per day set forth 1 43 03/20/2013 in Contract Documents multiplied by the number of days the Contractor's approved progress schedule, in the opinion of the Engineer, indicates the Contract may exceed the Contract Time. 7. Failure of the Contractor to perform any of the Contractor's other obligations under the Contract, including but not limited to: a. Failure of the Contractor to provide the Engineer with a field office when required by the Contract Provisions. b. Failure of the Contractor to protect survey stakes, markers, etc., or to provide adequate survey Work as required by Section 1 -05.5. c. Failure of the Contractor to correct defective or unauthorized Work (Section 1- 05.8). d. Failure of the Contractor to furnish a Manufacture's Certificate'of Compliance in lieu of material testing and inspection as required by Section 1 -06.3. e. Failure to submit weekly payrolls, Intent to Pay Prevailing Wage forms, or correct Underpayment to employees of the Contractor or subcontractor of any tier as required by Section 1 -07.9. f. Failure of the Contractor to pay worker's benefits (Title 50 and Title 51 RCW) as required by Section 1- 07.10. g. Failure of the Contractor to submit and obtain approval of a progress schedule per Section 1- 08.3. The Contractor authorizes the Engineer to act as agent for the Contractor disbursing such funds as have been withheld pursuant to this Section to a party or parties who are entitled to payment. Disbursement of such funds, if the Engineer elects to do so will be made only after giving the Contractor 15 calendar days prior written notice of the Contracting Agency's intent to do so, and if prior to the expiration of the 15- calendar day period, 1. No legal action has commenced to resolve the validity of the claims, and 2. The Contractor has not protested such disbursement. A proper accounting of all funds disbursed on behalf of the Contractor in accordance with this Section will be made. A payment made pursuant to this section shall be considered as payment made under the terms and conditions of the Contract. The Contracting Agency shall not be liable to the Contractor for such payment made in good faith. 1- 09.9(3) Final Payment Section 1- 09.9(2) is a new section: Upon Acceptance of the Work by the Contracting Agency, the final amount to be paid the Contactor will be calculated based upon a Final Progress Estimate made by the Engineer. Acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be and shall operate as a release: 1. To the Contracting Agency of all claims and all liabilities of the Contractor, other than claims in stated amounts as may be specifically excepted in writing by the Contractor; 2. For all things done or furnished in connection with the Work; 3. For every act and neglect by the Contracting Agency; and 4. For all other claims and liability relating to or arising out of the Work. A payment (monthly, final, retainage, or otherwise) shall not release the Contractor or the Contractor's Surety from any obligation required under the terms of the Contract Documents or the Contract Bond; nor shall such payment constitute a waiver of the Contracting Agency's ability to investigate and act upon findings of non- compliance with the WMBE requirements of the Contract; nor shall such payment preclude the Contracting Agency from recovering damages, setting penalties, or obtaining such other remedies as may be permitted by law. Before the Work will be accepted by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall submit an. affidavit, on the form provided by the Engineer, of amounts paid to certified disadvantaged (DB), minority (MBE) or women business enterprises (WBE) participating in the Work. Such affidavit shall certify the amounts paid to the DB, MBE or WBE subcontractors regardless of tier. On federally funded projects the Contractor may also be required to execute and furnish the Contracting Agency an affidavit certifying that the Contractor has not extended any loans, gratuity or gift and money pursuant to Section 1 -07.19 of these Specifications. If the Contractor fails, refuses, or is unable to sign and return the Final Progress Estimate' or any other documents required for the final acceptance of the Contract, the Contracting Agency reserves the right to 44 t t 1 �1 �i 03/20/2013 establish a completion date and unilaterally accept the Contract. Unilateral acceptance will occur only after the Contractor has been provided the opportunity, by written request from the Engineer, to voluntarily submit such documents. If voluntary compliance is not achieved, formal notification of the impending unilateral acceptance will be provided by certified letter from the Engineer to the Contractor that will provide 30 calendar days for the Contractor to submit the necessary documents. The 30- calendar day deadline shall begin on the date of the postmark of the certified letter from the Engineer requesting the. necessary documents. This reservation by the Contracting Agency to unilaterally accept the Contract will apply to contracts that are completed in accordance with Section 1 -08.5 for contracts that are terminated in accordance with Section 1- 08.10. Unilateral acceptance of the Contract by the Contracting Agency does not in any way relieve the Contractor of the provisions under contract or of the responsibility to comply with all laws, ordinances, and federal, state, and local regulations that affect the Contract. The date the Contracting Agency unilaterally signs the Final Progress Estimate constitutes the final acceptance date (Section 1- 05.12). 1- 09.11 Disputes and Claims 1- 09.11(2) Claims Paragraph 5 is revised as follows: Failure to submit with the Final Application for Payment such information and details as described in this section for any claim shall operate as a waiver of the claims by the Contractor as provided in Section 1 -09.9. 1- 09:11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction 1 Paragraph 1, Sentence 1 is revised as follows: ( * * * * * *) ...such claims or causes of action shall be brought in the Superior Court of the county where the Work is performed. 1 -09.13 Claims and Resolutions 1- 09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less Delete this Section and replace it with the following: ( * * * * * *) The Contractor and the Contracting Agency mutually agree that those claims that total $250,000 or less, submitted in accordance with Section 1 -09.11 and not resolved by nonbonding ADR processes, shall be resolved through litigation, unless the parties mutually agree in writing to resolve the claim through binding arbitration. 1- 09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration Revise the third paragraph to read: ( * * * * * *) 1 The Contracting Agency and the Contractor mutually agree to be bound by the decision of the arbitrator, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in the Superior Court of the county in which the Contracting Agency's headquarters are located. The decision of the arbitrator and the specific basis for the decision shall be in writing. The arbitrator shall use the Contract as a basis for decisions. I fi 1 1- 09.13(3)B Procedures to Pursue Arbitration Section 1- 09.13(3)B is supplemented by adding: ( * * * * * *) The findings and decision of the board of arbitrators shall be final and binding on the parties, unless the aggrieved party, within 10 days, challenges the findings and decision by serving and filing a petition for review by the superior court of King County, Washington. The grounds for the petition for review are limited to showing that the findings and decision: 1. Are not responsive to the questions submitted; 2. Is contrary to the terms of the contract or any component thereof; 3. Is arbitrary and /or is not based upon the applicable facts and the law controlling the issues submitted to arbitration. The board of arbitrators shall support its decision by setting forth in writing their findings and conclusions based on the evidence adduced at any such hearing. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the statutes of the State of Washington and court decisions governing such procedure. 45 03/20/2013 t The costs of such arbitration shall be borne equally by the City and the Contractor unless it is the board's , majority opinion that the Contractor's filing of the protest or action is capricious or without reasonable foundation. In the latter case, all costs shall be borne by the Contractor. 1 -09.14 Payment Schedule Measurement and Payment Schedule for Bid Items in This Project Proposal Section 1 -09.14 is a new section: GENERAL j 1- 09.14(1) Scope Section 1- 09.14(1) is a new section: A. Payment for the various items of the bid sheets, as further specified herein, shall include all compensation to be received by the Contractor for furnishing all tools, equipment, supplies, and manufactured articles, and for all labor, operations, and incidentals appurtenant to the items of Work being described, as necessary to complete the various items of the Work all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, including all appurtenances thereto, and including all costs of compliance with the regulations of public agencies having jurisdiction, including Safety and Health Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA). No separate payment will be made for any item that is not specifically set forth in the Bid Schedules, and all costs therefore shall be included in the prices named in the Bid Schedules for the various appurtenant items of Work. The Owner shall not pay for material quantities, which exceed the actual measured amount used and approved by the Engineer. C. It is the intention of these specifications that performance of work under bid items shall result in complete construction, in proper operating condition, of improvements identified in these written specifications and accompanying plans. Work and material not specifically listed in the proposal but required in the Plans, Specifications, and general construction practice, shall be included in the bid price. No separate payment will be made for these incidental items. t D. The Owner will not pay for materials until delivered and installed per these written specifications and I the accompanying plans. The only exception to this rule is for the MCC and the pumps. The Owner will pay up to 100 - percent of the invoice cost for the MCC and the pumps delivered to a secured storage area approved by the Owner. The Contractor must provide a cost proposal for all alternative bid items in order for their proposal to be considered responsive. The City reserves the right to reject any bids that fail to provide a cost proposal for all alternative bid items. 1- 09.14(2) Bid Items 1- 09.14(2)A Mobilization & Demobilization (Bid Item 01) Section 1- 09.14(2)A is a new section: Measurement for Mobilization & Demobilization shall be lump sum. This bid item may not be more than ten percent (10 %) of the total amount of Bid. Payment for Mobilization & Demobilization will be made at the lump sum amount bid (NOT to exceed eighty - percent (80 %) of bid price prior to completion of construction). Based on the lump. sum Contract price for "Mobilization & Demobilization ", partial payments will be made as follows: 46 t 1 t 1 1 03/20/2013 1. When five - percent (5%) of the total Work is complete, by dollar value, at the time of measurement, excluding amounts paid for materials on hand, fifty - percent (50 %) of the amount Bid for Mobilization & Demobilization, or five - percent (5%) of the total contract amount, whichever is the least, will be paid. 2. When ten - percent (10 %) of the total Work is complete, by dollar value, at the time of measurement, excluding amounts paid for materials on hand, eighty - percent (80 %) of the amount Bid for Mobilization & Demobilization, or eight - percent (8%) of the total original Schedule A amount, whichever is the least, will be paid. 3. When the project is complete, the final twenty - percent (20 %) of Mobilization & Demobilization will be paid. Nothing herein shall be construed to limit or preclude partial payments otherwise provided by the Contract. Said lump sum price shall cover, but not be limited to, the complete cost of preparation of all necessary submittals, obtain all necessary licenses, bonds, insurance and permits, all mobilization of labor, equipment, materials onto the job site to organize the site for construction of improvements as shown on the plans and jspecified herein, site improvements to prepare for construction operations, including, temporary construction fencing, erosion and sedimentation control, provide and maintain all necessary support facilities and utilities, and maintain the site and surrounding areas during construction, provide protection of existing utilities, provide component and system testing, final clean -up of the site, and removal of all personnel and equipment off the site after contract completion. 1- 09.14(2)B Site Work and Utilities (Bid Item 02) Section 1- 09.14(2)B is a new Section: Measurement for Site Work and Utilities shall be lump sum, based on the percentage completion of work under this bid item. Payment for Site Work and Utilities will be made at the measured percentage amount for the pay period times the lump sum amount bid, said payment will be complete compensation for all labor, equipment, materials to provide all site work and utilities relating to construction of improvements as shown on the Plans and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to: pot holing in street; structure excavation; trenching; backfill and ' compaction; site grading; temporary construction fencing; temporary stormwater control including treatment and disposal; removal and disposal of unsuitable materials; select backfill, bedding; appurtenances and all other work necessary for a complete installation of all facilities including the wet well, the valve vault, the sewer manholes, asphalt restoration, parking lot striping, roadway striping, electrical building foundation, landscaping restoration and other site utilities. Site utilities include, but are not limited to: collection sewer, pressure sewer, and underground utilities that may not be covered in another bid item. Other work involved includes the protection of existing utilities located within the area of construction that may include, but not limited to: telephone, street lighting, electrical, natural gas, water mains, petroleum pipelines and drainage facilities. 1- 09.14(2)C Traffic Control (Bid Item 03) Section 1- 09.14(2)C is a new section: Measurement for Traffic Control shall be lump sum, based on the percentage total Work complete, by dollar value, at the time of measurement. iPayment for Traffic Control will be made at the measured percentage amount for the pay period times the lump sum amount bid, said payment will be complete compensation for all labor (e.g. flaggers), materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, for providing WSDOT certified Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS), certified flaggers, off -duty police officer(s) when working within 50 feet of any signalized intersection, furnishing, installing,. maintaining, removing traffic control signs, VMS information boards, construction warning and detour signs, sequential arrow boards, traffic cones, barrels, barricades and the like, steel plating, pins, shims, temporary pavement markers and striping, removing, relocating, re- installing existing roadway signs, 47 03/20/2013 preparing, revising, and implementing any traffic control /detour plans required by the Contract Documents and right -of -way use permit, and conforming to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and as directed by the Engineer and by the City's Transportation Department. Also, included in the contract price is the cost to furnish traffic control services and equipment for construction surveying, staking, and as- builting. This bid item shall also include complete costs for preparing Traffic Control Plans as necessary for approval by the permitting agency. 1- 09.14(2)D Trench Safety and Shoring (Bid Item 04) Section 1- 09.14(2)D is a new section: Measurement for Trench Safety and Shoring shall be lump sum, based on the percentage total Work complete, by dollar value, at the time of measurement. Payment for Trench Safety and Shoring will be made at the measured percentage amount for the pay period times the lump sum amount bid, said payment will be complete compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, hauling, planning, design, engineering, submittals, furnishing and constructing and removal and disposal of such temporary sheeting, shoring, and bracing complete as required for trench safety and shoring work as detailed in the contract specifications and as required by applicable codes and standards, whether shown on the Plans or not. 1- 09.14(2)E Dewatering (Bid Item 05) Section 1- 09.14(2)E is a new section: Measurement for Dewatering shall be lump sum, based on the percentage of total Work complete, by dollar value, at the time of measurement. Payment for Dewatering will be made at the measured percentage amount for the pay period times the lump sum amount bid, said payment will be complete compensation for all for all labor, equipment, materials, furnishing all plans, material, labor and equipment necessary to install a dewatering system to facilitate excavations necessary to install lift station dry vault, wet well, and gravity sewer system. The dewatering system shall include water treatment facilities to reduce turbidity, dissipate energy at the point of discharge, and aerate water. The cost shall cover all pumps, piping, power,,and any other items necessary to provide this system. 1- 09.14(2)F Lift Station Structural (Bid Item 06) Section 1- 09.14(2)F is a new section: Measurement for Lift Station Structural shall be lump sum, based on the percentage of Work complete under this bid item at the time of measurement. Payment for Lift Station Structural will be at the lump sum amount bid, which payment shall be complete compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, necessary for constructing the wet well and valve vault, complete as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications including: pre -cast concrete, and supports, miscellaneous metal work, access hatches, waterproofing, patching, repairing, and testing. Cost for installing the wet well and the valve vault is covered under Bid Item No. 2. 48 t J t J 1 r 03/20/2013 1- 09.14(2)G Electrical Building Structural (Bid Item 07) Section 1- 09.14(2)G is a new section: Measurement for Electrical Building Structural shall be lump sum, based on the percentage of Work complete under this bid item at the time of measurement. Payment for Electrical Building Structural will be made at the unit price bid per'lump sum, which payment will be complete compensation for all materials, equipment and labor necessary for constructing the electrical building structure completes as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications including: concrete foundation, masonry, miscellaneous metal work, doors, ceilings, insulation, carpentry, roof, waterproofing, electrical building HVAC, patching, and repairing. 1- 09.14(2)H Lift Station Pumps and Motors (Bid Item 08) Section 1- 09.14(2)H is a new section: Measurement for Lift Station Pumps and Motors shall be lump sum, based on the percentage of Work complete under this bid item at the time of measurement. Payment for Lift Station Pumps and Motors will be made at the unit price bid per lump sum, which payment will be complete compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, necessary for the duplex submersible pump and electric motor system as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications. Price shall include cost of materials and installation of rail system, cabling, testing, and startup. 1- 09.14(2)1 Mechanical (Bid Item 09) Section 1- 09.14(2)1 is a new section: Measurement for Mechanical shall be lump sum, based on the percentage of Work complete under this bid item at the time of measurement. Payment for Mechanical will be made at the unit price bid per lump sum, which payment will be complete compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the mechanical work shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications, including all mechanical work and equipment not listed in the other bid items. 1- 09.14(2)1 Electrical (Bid Item-10) Section 1- 09.14(2)1 is a new section: Measurement for Electrical shall be lump sum, based on the percentage of Work complete under this bid item at the time of measurement. Payment for Electrical will be made at the amount bid per lump sum, which payment will be considered complete compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the electrical work shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications including conduit, vault and wiring shown on site plan. Coordination, testing, start -up of electrical, automatic control, mechanical equipment, and telemetry equipment detailed in Division 17 of the Special Provisions shall also be paid under this bid item. 1- 09.14(2)K Lift Station Finishes (Bid Item 11) Section 1- 09.14(2)K is a new section: 49 03/20/2013 Measurement for Lift Station Finishes shall be lump sum, based on the percentage of Work complete under this bid item at the time of measurement. Payment for Lift Station Finishes, will be made at the amount bid per lump sum, which payment will be complete compensation for all labor, equipment; materials necessary for painting and coating all surfaces of the improvements as shown on the Plans and detailed in the Technical Specifications. 1- 09.14(2)L Operation and Maintenance Manuals and On -Site Owner Training (Bid Item 12) Section 1= 09.14(2)1_ is a new.section: Measurement for Operation and Maintenance Manuals and On -Site Owner Training shall be lump sum. Cost for this bid item shall be $2,500. Partial payment of up to 20 percent ($500) of the total bid item cost is allowed prior to "initial owner training ". Final 80 percent ($2,000) of payment shall not be paid until 0 &M Manuals are determined complete by the Owner and until the Engineer and the Owner are satisfied that all training has been accomplished to operate the improvements. Payment for Operation and Maintenance Manuals and On -Site Owner Training will be made at the amount bid per lump sum price which payment will be complete compensation for all labor, equipment, materials necessary to provide 3 copies of the Operations and Maintenance Manuals as described in the specifications and train the Owner's personnel on site with manufacturer certified representatives for the following items: Pumps and Motors, Power and Telemetry equipment, as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications 1- 09.14(2)M Construction Records (Bid Item 13) Section 1- 09.14(2)M is a new section: Measurement for Construction Records shall be lump sum. Cost for this bid item shall be $5,000. Payment for this work will not be made prior to the final payment. Failure to comply with the as -built requirements and furnish acceptable construction records will result in non - payment of this bid item. Payment for Construction Records will be made at the amount bid per Lump sum which payment will be complete compensation for all labor, equipment, materials necessary for providing all mark -up plans necessary for the Owner to create accurate construction records as detailed in the specifications. The work includes surveying all structures and utilities to determine their constructed locations and elevations, records of all mechanical and electrical equipment for maintenance purposes. 1- 09.14(2)N Abandonment of Existing Lift Station (Bid Item 14) Section 1- 09.14(2)N is a new section: Measurement for Abandonment of Existing Lift Station shall be lump sum, based on the percentage of Work complete under this bid item at the time of measurement. Payment for Abandonment of Existing Lift Station will be made at the amount bid per Lump sum which payment will be complete compensation for all labor, equipment, materials necessary to abandon the existing lift station as shown on the project plans including: draining, plugging and abandoning existing force main and gravity line, removal and disposal of top sections of dry and wet vaults, filling the dry and wet vault with sand, removal and disposal of all piping and pumps, all costs of salvaging of existing identified equipment items to the City, site restoration and all other items needed in order to abandon the existing lift station in accordance with the project plans . 1- 09.14(2)0 Pedestrian Crossing System (Bid Item 15) Section 1- 09.14(2)0 is a new section: t d i t 1 03/20/2013 Measurement for Pedestrian Crossing System shall be lump sum, based on the percentage of Work complete under this bid item at the time of measurement. Payment for Pedestrian Crossing System will be made at the amount bid per Lump sum which payment will be complete compensation for all labor, equipment, materials necessary to install the pedestrian crossing system as shown on the project plans including: sawcutting, removal of existing curbs and asphalt, grading, concrete curbs and gutters, CSTC, concrete ramps and walkways, detectable warning surfaces, rapid flash beacons,. plastic crosswalk, removal of existing pavement markers, pavement striping, landscaping, and all other items needed in order to install the pedestrian crossing system in accordance with the project plans . 1 1 -10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL t t IJ t t r t 1 1 -10.1 General Revise the first paragraph to read: The Contractor shall provide flaggers, signs, and other traffic control devices not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall erect and maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and other traffic control devices necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a result of the Contractor's operations which may occur on highways, roads, streets, sidewalks, or paths. No Work shall be done on or adjacent to any traveled way until all necessary signs and traffic control devices are in place. Section 1 -10.1 is supplemented by adding the following: When the bid proposal includes an item for "Traffic Control," the Work required for this item shall be all items described in Section 1 -10, including, but not limited to: 1. Furnishing and maintaining barricades, flashers, construction signing, and other channelization devices, unless a pay item is in the bid proposal for any specific device and the Special Provisions specify furnishing, maintaining, and payment in a different manner for that device; 2. Furnishing traffic control labor, equipment, and supervisory personnel for all traffic control labor; 3. Furnishing any necessary vehicle(s) to set up and remove the Class B construction signs and other traffic control devices; 4. Furnishing labor and vehicles for patrolling and maintaining in position all of the construction signs and the traffic control devices, unless a pay item is in the bid proposal to specifically pay for this Work; and 5. Furnishing labor, material, and equipment necessary for cleaning up, removing, and replacing of the construction signs and the traffic control devices destroyed or damaged during the life of the project. 6. Removing existing signs as specified or as directed by the Engineer and delivering to the City Shops, or storing and reinstalling as directed by the Engineer. 7. Preparing a traffic control plan for the project and designating the person responsible for traffic control at the Work site. The traffic control plan shall include descriptions of the traffic control methods and devices to be used by the prime Contractor, and subcontractors, _shall be submitted at or before the preconstruction conference, and shall be subject to review and approval of the Engineer. 8. Contacting police, fire, 911, and ambulance services to notify them in advance of any Work that will affect and traveled portion of a roadway. 9. Assuring that all traveled portions of roadways are open to traffic during peak traffic periods, 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m., and 3:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m., or as specified in the special provisions, or as directed by the Engineer. 10. Promptly removing or covering all non - applicable signs during periods when they are not needed. If no bid item "Traffic Control" appears in the proposal, then all Work required by these sections will be considered incidental and their cost shall be included in the other items of Work. If the Engineer requires the Contractor to furnish additional channelizing devices, pieces of equipment, or services, which could not be usually anticipated, by a prudent Contractor for the maintenance and protection 51 03/20/2013 1 of traffic, then a new item or items may be established to pay for such items. Further limitations for , consideration of payment for these items are that they are not covered by other pay items in the bid proposal, they are not specified in the Special Provisions as incidental, and the accumulative cost for the use of each individual channelizing device, piece of equipment, or service must exceed $200 in total cost for the duration of their need. In the event of disputes, the Engineer will determine what is usually anticipated by a prudent Contractor. The cost for these items will be by agreed price, price established by the Engineer, or by force account. Additional items required as a result of the Contractor's modification to the traffic control plan(s) appearing in the Contract shall not be covered by the provisions in this paragraph. If the total cost of all the Work under the Contract increases or decreases by more than 25 percent, an equitable adjustment will be considered for the item "Traffic Control" to address the increase or decrease. Traffic control and maintenance for the safety of the traveling public on this project shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and all methods and equipment used will be subject to the approval of the Owner. Traffic control devices and their use shall conform to City of Renton standards and the Manual on Uniform j Traffic Control Devices( MUTCD). The Contractor shall not proceed with any construction until proper traffic control has been provided to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any days lost due to improper traffic control will be charged against the Contractor's allowable contract time, and shall not be the cause for a claim for extra days to complete the Work. ' 1- 10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor Paragraphs 1 and 2 are revised as follows: A Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall be on the project whenever traffic control labor is required or as authorized by the Engineer. The TCS shall assure that all the duties of the TCS are performed during the duration of the Contract. During non -Work periods, the TCS shall be able to be on the job site within a 45- minute time period after notification by the Engineer. 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans Section 1- 10.2(2) is supplemented as follows: The Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that traffic control is installed and maintained in conformance to established standards. The Contractor shall continuously evaluate the operation of the traffic control plan and take prompt action to correct any problems that become evident during operation. 1 -10.3 Flagging, Signs, and All Other Traffic Control Devices Section 1 -10.3 is supplemented as follows: At the end of each working day, provisions shall be made for the safe passage of traffic and pedestrians during non - working hours. Barricades shall be reflectorized as specified in Part VI of the MUTCD, and shall be 3M- diamond grade or equivalent approved by the Engineer. Barricades shall also be equipped with flashers. 1- 10.3(3) Construction Signs Section 1- 10.3(3) paragraph 4 is supplemented as follows: No separate pay item will be provided in the bid proposal for Class A or Class B construction signs. All costs for the Work to provide Class A or Class B construction signs shall be included in the unit contract price for the various other items of the Work in the bid proposal. 52 t i] iJ F1 1 03/20/2013 t I t 1 1 -10.4 Measurement Section 1 -10.4 is replaced with: No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Traffic Control ". No adjustment in the lump sum bid amount will be made for overtime Work or for use of relief flaggers. 1 -10.5 Payment Section 1 -10.5 is replaced with: Payment for all labor, materials, and equipment described in Section 1 -10 will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for the following bid items when included in the proposal: "Traffic Control," Lump Sum. 1 -11 RENTON SURVEYING STANDARDS The following is a new section with new subsections: 1- 11.1(1) Responsibility for Surveys All surveys and survey reports shall be prepared under the direct supervision of a person registered to practice land surveying under the provisions of Chapter 18.43 RCW. All surveys and survey reports shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements established by the Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors under the provisions of Chapter 18.43 RCW. 1- 11.1(2) Survey Datum and Precision The horizontal component of all surveys shall have as its coordinate base: The North American Datum of 1983/91. All horizontal control for projects must be referenced to or in conjunction with a minimum of two of the City of Renton's Survey Control Network monuments. The source of the coordinate values used will be shown on the survey drawing per RCW 58.09.070. . The horizontal component of all surveys shall meet or exceed the closure requirements of WAC 332 - 130 -060. The control base lines for all surveys shall meet or exceed the requirements for a Class A survey revealed in Table 2 of the Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for ALTA /ACSM Land Title Surveys jointly established and adopted by ALTA and ACSM in 1992 or comparable classification in future editions of said document. The angular and linear closure and precision ratio of traverses used for survey control shall be revealed on the face of the survey drawing, as shall the method of adjustment. The horizontal component of the control system for surveys using global positioning system methodology shall exhibit at least 1 part in 50,000 precision in line length dependent error analysis at a 95 percent, confidence level and performed pursuant to Federal Geodetic Control Subcommittee Standards for GPS control surveys as defined in Geometric Geodetic Accuracy Standards & Specifications for Using GPS Relative Positioning Techniques dated August 1, 1989, or comparable classification in future editions of said document. The vertical component of all surveys shall be based on NAVD 1988, the North American Vertical Datum of 1988, and tied to at least one of the City of Renton Survey Control Network benchmarks. If there are two such benchmarks within 3000 feet of the project site a tie to both shall be made. The benchmark(s) used will be shown on the drawing. If a City of Renton benchmark does not exist within 3000 feet of a project, one must be set on or near the project in a permanent manner that will remain intact throughout the duration of the project. Source of elevations (benchmark) will be shown on the drawing, as well as a description of any benchmarks established. 1- 11.1(3) Subdivision Information Those surveys dependent on section subdivision shall reveal the controlling monuments used and the subdivision of the applicable quarter section. Those surveys dependent on retracement of a plat or short plat shall reveal the controlling monuments, measurements, and methodology used in that retracement. 53 03/20/2013 1 1 1- 11.1(4) Field Notes Field notes shall be kept in conventional format in a standard bound field book with waterproof pages. In cases where an electronic data collector is used field notes must also be kept with a sketch and a record of control and base line traverses describing station occupations and what measurements were made at each point. Every point located or set shall be identified by a number and a description. Point numbers shall be unique within a complete job. The preferred method of point numbering is field notebook, page and point set on that page. Example: The first point set or found on page 16 of field book 348 would be identified as Point No. 348.16.01, the second point would be 348.16.02, etc. Upon completion of a City of Renton project, either the field notebook(s) provided by the City or the original field notebook(s) used by the Surveyor will be given to the City. For all other Work, Surveyors will provide a copy of the notes to the City upon request. In those cases where an electronic data collector is used, a hard copy print out in ASCII text format will accompany the field notes. 1- 11.1(5) Corners and Monuments Corner: A point on a land boundary, at the juncture of two or more boundary lines. A monument is usually set at such points to physically reference a corner's location on the ground. Monument: Any physical object or structure of record, which marks or accurately references: • A corner or other survey point established by or under the supervision of an individual per Section 1- 11.1(1) and any corner or monument established by the General Land Office and its successor the Bureau of Land Management including section subdivision corners down to and including one - sixteenth corners; and • Any permanently monumented boundary, right -of -way alignment, or horizontal and vertical control points established by any governmental agency or private surveyor including street intersections but excluding dependent interior lot corners. 1- 11.1(6) Control or Base Line Survey Control or Base Line Surveys shall be established for all construction projects that will create permanent , structures such as roads, sidewalks, bridges, utility lines or appurtenances, signal or light poles, or any non - single family building. Control or Base Line Surveys shall consist of such number of permanent monuments as are required such that every structure may be observed for staking or "as- builting" while occupying one such monument and sighting another such monument. A minimum of two of these permanent monuments shall be existing monuments, recognized and on record with the City of Renton. The Control or Base Line Survey shall occupy each monument in turn, and shall satisfy all applicable requirements of Section 1 -11.1 herein. The drawing depicting the survey shall be neat, legible, and drawn to an appropriate scale. North orientation should be clearly presented and the scale shown graphically as well as noted. The drawing must be of such quality that a reduction thereof to one -half original scale remains legible. If recording of the survey with the King County Recorder is required, it will be prepared on 18 inch by 24 inch mylar and will comply with all provisions of Chapter 58.09 RCW. A photographic mylar of the drawing will be submitted to the City of Renton and, upon their review and acceptance per the specific requirements of the project, the original will be recorded with the King County Recorder. If recording is not required, the survey drawing shall be prepared on 22 inch by 34 inch mylar, and the original or a photographic mylar thereof will be submitted to the City of Renton. I The survey drawings shall meet or exceed the requirements of WAC 332 - 130 -050 and shall conform to the City of Renton's Drafting Standards. American Public Works Association symbols shall be used whenever possible, and a legend shall identify all symbols used if each point marked by a symbol is not described at each use. An electronic listing of all principal points shown on the drawing shall be submitted with each drawing. The listing should include the point number designation (corresponding with that in the field notes), a brief description of the point, and northing, easting, and elevation (if applicable) values, all in ASCII format, on IBM PC compatible media. 1- 11.1(7) Precision Levels Vertical Surveys for the establishment of benchmarks shall satisfy all applicable requirements of Sections 1 -05 54 d t 11 t t 1 11 03/20/2013 and 1 -11.1. Vertical surveys for the establishment of benchmarks shall meet or exceed the standards, Specifications and procedures of third order elevation accuracy established by the Federal Geodetic Control Committee. Benchmarks must possess both permanence and vertical stability. Descriptions of benchmarks must be complete to insure both recoverability and positive identification on recovery. 1- 11.1(8) Radial and Station -- Offset Topography Topographic surveys shall satisfy all applicable requirements of Section 1 -11.1 herein. All points occupied or back sighted in developing radial topography or establishing baselines for station - offset topography shall meet the requirements of Section 1 -11.1 herein. The drawing and electronic listing requirements set forth in Section 1 -11.1 herein shall be observed for all topographic surveys. 1- 11.1(9) Radial Topography Elevations for the points occupied or back sighted in a radial topographic survey shall be determined either by, 1) spirit leveling with misclosure not to exceed 0.1 feet or Federal Geodetic Control Committee third order elevation accuracy Specifications, OR 2) trigonometric leveling with elevation differences determined in at least two directions for each point and with misclosure of the circuit not to exceed 0.1 feet. 1- 11.1(10) Station - -Offset Topography Elevations of the baseline and topographic points shall be determined by spirit leveling and shall satisfy Federal Geodetic Control Committee Specifications as to the turn points and shall not exceed 0.1 foot's error as to side shots. 1- 11.1(11) As -Built Survey All improvements required to be "as- built" (post construction survey) per City of Renton Codes, TITLE 4 Building Regulations and TITLE 9 Public Ways and Property, must be located both horizontally and vertically by a Radial survey or by a Station offset survey. The "as- built" survey must be based on the same base line or control survey used for the construction staking survey for the improvements being "as- built ". The "as- built" survey for all subsurface improvements should occur prior to backfilling. Close cooperation between the installing Contractor and the "as- builting" surveyor is therefore required. All "as- built" surveys shall satisfy the requirements of Section 1- 11.1(1) herein, and shall be based upon control or base line surveys made in conformance with these Specifications. The field notes for "as- built" shall meet the requirements of Section 1- 11.1(4) herein, and submitted with stamped and signed "as- built" drawings which includes a statement certifying the accuracy of the "as- built ". The drawing and electronic listing requirements set forth in Section 1- 11.1(6) herein shall be observed for all "as- built" surveys. 1- 11.1(12) Monument Setting and Referencing All property or lot corners, as defined in 1- 11.1(5), established or reestablished on a plat or other recorded survey shall be referenced by a permanent marker at the corner point per 1- 11.2(1). In situations where such markers are impractical or in danger of being destroyed, e.g., the front corners of lots, a witness marker shall be set. In most cases, this will be the extension of the lot line to a tack in lead in the curb. The relationship between the witness monuments and their respective corners shall be shown or described on the face of the plat or survey of record, e.g., "Tacks in lead on the extension of the lot side lines have been set in the curbs on the extension of said line with the curb." In all other cases the corner shall meet the requirements of Section 1- 11.2(1) herein. All non - corner monuments, as defined in 1- 11.1(5), shall meet the requirements of Section 1- 11.2(2) herein. If the monument falls within a paved portion of a right -of -way or other area, the monument shall be set below the ground surface and contained within a lidded case kept separate from the monument and flush with the pavement surface, per Section 1- 11.2(3). In the case of right -of -way centerline monuments all points of curvature (PC), points of tangency (PT), street 55 03/20/2013 intersections, center, points of cul -de -sacs shall be set. If the point of intersection (PI) for the tangents of a curve fall within the paved portion of the right -of -way, a monument can be set at the PI instead of the PC and PT of the curve. For all non corner monuments set while under contract to the City of Renton or as part of a City of Renton approved subdivision of property, a City of Renton Monument Card (furnished by the city) identifying the monument; point of intersection (PI), point of tangency (PT), point of curvature (PC), one - sixteenth corner, Plat monument, street intersection, etc., complete with a description of the monument, a minimum of two reference points and NAD 83/91 coordinates, and NAVD 88 elevation shall be filled out and filed with the city. 1 -11.2 Materials 1- 11.2(1) Property /Lot Corners t Corners per 1- 11.1(5) shall be marked in a permanent manner such as 112 inch diameter rebar 24 inches in length, durable metal plugs or caps, tack in lead, etc., and permanently marked or tagged with the surveyor's identification number. The specific nature of the marker used can be determined by the surveyor at the time of installation. 1- 11.2(2) Monuments Monuments per 1- 11.1(5) shall meet the requirements as set forth in City of Renton Standard Plans page H031 and permanently marked or tagged with the surveyor's identification number. 1- 11.2(3) Monument Case and Cover Materials shall meet the requirements of Section 9 -22 and City of Renton Standard Plans page H031. 2 -01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP 2 -01.1 Description Section 2 -01.1 is supplemented as follows: The limits of clearing and grubbing (construction limits) shall be defined as being the construction limit lines as shown in the Plans. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, any trees abutting or adjacent to the limits of clearing and grubbing are damaged and require removal, the Contractor shall remove such trees. Any trees flagged by the Engineer to remain within the clearing and grubbing limits shall be left undamaged by the Contractor's operations. Any flagged trees, which are damaged, shall be replaced in kind at the Contractor's expense. Existing landscaping outside the construction limits, including but not limited to, sod, rockeries, beauty bark, decorative gravel or rock, bushes, and shrubbery shall be protected from damage. The property owners shall be responsible for removing and /or relocating irrigation equipment, trees, shrubs, curbing, ornamental plants, and any other decorative landscaping materials within the construction limits that they wish to save. The Contractor shall give property owners 10 days' written notice prior to removing landscaping materials. All landscaping materials that remain in the construction limits after that time period shall be removed and disposed of, by the Contractor, in accordance with Section 2 -01 of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, and the Plans. The Contractor shall receive approval from the Engineer prior to removal. 2 -01.2 Disposal of Usable Material and Debris Section 2 -01.2 is supplemented as follows: The Contractor shall dispose of all debris by Disposal Method No. 2 — Waste Site. 2 -01.5 Payment Section 2 -01.5 is supplemented as follows: The lump sum price for "Clearing and Grubbing" shall be full compensation for all Work described herein and shown in the Plans, including removing trees and shrubbery where shown in the Plans and directed by the Engineer. 56 F1 I n t 03/20/2013 2 -02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTIONS 2- 02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, and Curbs Section 2- 02.3(3) is revised and supplemented as follows: Item "1" is revised as follows: In removing pavement, sidewalks, driveways, and curbs, the Contractor shall haul broken -up pieces to some off - project site. The section is supplemented as follows: When an area where pavement, sidewalk, or driveway has been removed is to be opened to traffic before pavement patching has been completed, temporary mix asphalt concrete patch shall be required. Temporary patching shall be placed to a minimum depth of 2 inches immediately after backfilling and compaction are complete, and before the road is opened to traffic. MC cold mix or MC hot mix shall be used at the discretion of the Engineer. 2 -02.4 Measurement Section 2 -02.4 replaces the existing vacant section: Sawcutting existing cement and asphalt concrete pavements shall be measured by the linear foot along the sawcut, full depth. Wheel cutting of pavement will not be measured for separate payment, but shall be included in other items of Work. 2 -02.5 Payment Section 2 -02.5 is supplemented by adding: "Saw Cutting ", per lineal foot. "Remove Sidewalk ", per square yard. "Remove Curb and Gutter ", per lineal foot. "Cold Mix ", per ton "Remove Asphalt Concrete Pavement," per square yard. "Remove Cement Concrete pavement," per square yard. "Remove existing ," per All costs related to the removal and disposal of structures and obstructions including saw cutting, excavation, backfilling, and temporary asphalt shall be considered incidental to and included in other items unless designated as specific bid items in the proposal. If pavements, sidewalks, or curbs lie within an excavation area and are not mentioned as separate pay items, their removal will be paid for as part of the quantity removed in excavation. If they are mentioned as a separate item in the proposal, they will be measured and paid for as . provided under Section 2 -02.5, and will not be included in the quantity calculated for excavation. 2 -03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 2 -03.3 Construction Requirements Section 2 -03.3 is supplemented by adding the following: Roadway excavation shall include the removal of all materials excavated from within the limits shown on the Plans. Suitable excavated material shall be used for embankments, while surplus excavated material or unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Earthwork quantities and changes will be computed, either manually or by means of electronic data processing equipment, by use of the average end area method. Any changes to the proposed Work as directed by the Engineer that would alter these quantities shall be calculated by the Engineer and submitted to the Contractor for his review and verification. iAny excavation or embankment beyond the limits indicated in the Plans, unless ordered by the Engineer, shall not be paid for. All Work and material required to return these areas to their original conditions, as directed by the Engineer, shall be provided by the Contractor at his sole expense. All areas shall be excavated, filled, and /or backfilled as necessary to comply with the grades shown on the 57 03/20/2013 1 Plans. In filled and backfilled areas, fine grading shall begin during the placement and the compaction of the final layer. In cut sections, fine grading shall begin within the final six (6) inches of cut. Final grading shall produce a surface, which is smooth and even, without abrupt changes in grade. Excavation for curbs and gutters shall be accomplished by cutting accurately to the cross sections, grades and elevations shown. Care shall be taken not to excavate below the specified grades. The Contractor shall maintain all excavations free from detrimental quantities of leaves, brush, sticks, trash, and other debris until final acceptance of the Work. Following removal of topsoil or excavation to grade, and before placement of fills or base course, the subgrade under the roadway shall be proof - rolled to identify any soft or loose areas which may warrant additional compaction or excavation and replacement. The Contractor shall provide temporary drainage or protection to keep the subgrade free from standing water. Acceptable excavated native soils shall be used for fill in the area requiring fills. Care shall be taken to place excavated material at the optimum moisture content to achieve the specified compaction. Any native material used for fill shall be free of organics and debris, and have a maximum particle size of 6 inches. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent the native materials from becoming saturated with water. The measures may include sloping to drain, compacting the native materials, and diverting runoff away from the materials. If the Contractor fails to take such preventative measures, any costs or delay related to drying the materials shall be at his own expense. If the native materials become saturated, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to dry the materials, to the optimum moisture content. If sufficient acceptable native soils are not available to complete construction of the roadway embankment, Gravel Borrow shall be used. If subgrade trimmer is not required on the project, all portions of Section 2 -03 shall apply as though a subgrade trimmer were specified. If sufficient acceptable native soils, as determined by the Engineer, are not available to complete construction of the roadway embankment, Gravel Borrow meeting the requirements of Section 9 -03.14 of the Standard Specifications, shall be used. 2 -03.4 Measurement Section 2 -03.4 is supplemented by adding the following: At the discretion of the Engineer, roadway excavation, borrow excavation, and unsuitable foundation excavation - by the cubic yard (adjusted for swell) may be measured by truck in the hauling vehicle at the point of loading. The Contractor shall provide truck tickets for each load removed. Each ticket shall have the truck number, time and date, and be approved by the Engineer. 2 -03.5 Payment Section 2 -03.5 is revised as follows: Payment for embankment compaction will not be made as a separate item. All costs for embankment compaction shall be included in other bid items involved. Payment will be made for the following bid items when they are included in the proposal: "Roadway Excavation Including Haul," per cubic yard "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material," per ton "Gravel Borrow Including Haul," per ton "Roadway Excavation Including Haul" shall be considered incidental and part of the bid item(s) provided for the installation of the utility mains and appurtenances. When the Engineer orders excavation below subgrade, then payment will be in accordance with the item "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material ". �. In this case, all items of Work other than roadway excavation shall be paid at unit contract prices. The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Roadway Excavation Including Haul" shall be full pay for excavating, loading, placing, or otherwise disposing of the material. 58 1 t 03/20/2013 The unit contract price per ton for "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material' shall be full pay for excavating, loading, and disposing of the material. Payment for embankment compaction will not be made as a separate item. All costs for embankment compaction shall be included in other bid items involved. 2 -04 HAUL 2 -04.5 Payment Section 2 -04.5 is revised.and supplemented as follows: All costs for the hauling of material to, from, or on the job site shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit price of other units of Work. 2 -06 SUBGRADE PREPARATION 2 -06.5 Measurement and Payment Section 2 -06.5 is supplemented by adding the following: Subgrade preparation and maintenance including watering shall be considered as incidental to the construction and all costs thereof shall be included in the appropriate unit or lump sum contract bid prices. 2 -09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION 2 -09.1 Description Section 2 -09.1 is supplemented by adding the following: This Work also includes the excavation, haul, and disposal of all unsuitable materials such as peat, muck, swampy or unsuitable materials, including buried logs and stumps. 2- 09.3(1)D Disposal of Excavated Material Section 2- 09.3(1)D is revised as follows: The second paragraph is replaced with: All costs for disposing of excavated material within or external to the project limits shall be included in the unit contract price for structure excavation, Class A or B. The third paragraph is replaced with: If the Contract includes structure excavation, Class A or B, including haul, the unit contract price shall include all costs for loading and hauling the material the full required distance, otherwise all such disposal costs shall be considered incidental to the Work. i2 -09.4 Measurement Section 2 -09.4 is revised and supplemented as follows: Gravel backfill. Gravel backfill, except when used as bedding for culvert, storm sewer, sanitary sewer, manholes, and catch basins, will be measured by the cubic yard in place determined by the neat lines required by the Plans or by the ton as measured in conformance with Section 1 -09.2. 2 -09.5 Payment Section 2 -09.5 is revised and supplemented as follows: Payment will be made for the following bid items when they are included in the proposal: "Structure Excavation Class A ", per cubic yard. "Structure Excavation Class B ", per cubic yard. "Structure Excavation Class A Incl. Haul" , per cubic yard. "Structure Excavation Class B Incl. Haul", per cubic yard. 59 03/20/2013 Payment for reconstruction of surfacing and paving, within the limits of structure excavation, will be at the applicable unit prices for the items involved. If the Engineer orders the Contractor to excavate below the elevations shown in the Plans, the unit contract price per cubic yard for "Structure Excavation Class A or B" will apply. But if the Contractor excavates deeper than the Plans or the Engineer requires, the Contracting Agency will not pay for material removed from below the required elevations. In this case, the Contractor, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, shall replace such material with concrete or other material the Engineer approves. The unit contract price per cubic yard for the bid items listed as 1 through 4 above shall be full pay for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and pumping, or shall be included in the unit bid price of other items of Work if "Structure Excavation" or "Structure Excavation Incl Haul" are not listed as pay items in the Contract. t "Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B ", per square foot. —' The unit contract price per square foot shall be full pay for all excavation, backfill, compaction, and other Work required when extra excavation is used in lieu of constructing shoring. If select backfill material is required for backfilling within the limits of the structure excavation, it shall also be required as backfill material for the extra excavation at the Contractor's expense. Any excavation or backfill material being paid by unit price shall be calculated by the Engineer only for the neat line measurement of the excavation and shall not include the extra excavation beyond the neat line. If there is no bid item for shoring or extra excavation Class B on a square foot basis and the nature of the excavation is such that shoring or extra excavation is required as determined by the Engineer, then shoring or Iff extra excavation shall be considered incidental to the Work involved and no further compensation shall be made. "Gravel Backfill (Kind) for (Type of Excavation) ", per cubic yard or per ton. "Controlled Density Fill ", per cubic yard. F� When gravel backfill is paid by the ton, the Contractor shall take care to assure to the satisfaction of the Engineer that such per ton backfill is only being used for the specified purpose and not for purposes where backfill is incidental or being paid by cubic yard. Evidence that per ton gravel backfill is not being used for its designated purpose shall be grounds for the Engineer to deny payment for such load tickets. 5 -04 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 5 -04.2 Materials Section 5 -04.2 is revised and supplemented as follows: Delete the second and fourth paragraphs of this section. The base course shall be untreated crushed surfacing. Asphalt concrete shall meet the grading requirements for the specified mix. Temporary patch shall be cold or hot mix. 5 -04.3 Construction Requirements Section 5 -04.3 is supplemented as follows: Shoulder Restoration The existing surfacing of disturbed asphalt shoulders shall be removed to a minimum depth of 6 inches below original street grade to provide for placement of the new subgrade and paving. The subgrade shall be constructed of 1% inch minus crushed surfacing base course placed to a compacted thickness of 2%: inches, followed by 5/8 -inch minus crushed surfacing top course placed to a compacted thickness of 1%2 inches. HMA Class %" shall then be placed and compacted in 2 -inch lifts up to a maximum 4 -inch thickness to match existing pavement thickness. Minimum thickness shall be 2 inches. The shoulder shall be replaced to the existing fog line in areas where the existing asphalt shoulder is seriously disturbed, or at the Engineer's discretion. .] t t I r t 03/20/2013 Asphalt Concrete Patching and Overlay The Contractor shall maintain temporary hot mix asphalt patches daily during construction to the satisfaction of the governing road agency and the Engineer until said patch is replaced with a permanent hot patch. The permanent hot mix asphalt patch shall be placed and sealed with paving grade asphalt within 30 calendar days. Private Driveways Where a private driveway is damaged by either construction of the project or by the Contractor's use and activity on the road, it shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the property owner, the City, and to its original condition or better. Damaged asphalt- concrete driveways shall be replaced by saw cutting to a straight line and replacing a full width section. Damaged cement - concrete driveways shall be removed to the nearest joint (real or dummy) and replaced with a full width section. Damaged gravel driveways shall have crushed surfacing placed and compacted to a minimum depth of 4 inches. Curbs, Gutters and Sidewalks Existing curbs, gutters, and sidewalks damaged by construction of the project or the Contractor's use and activity, shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the property owner, the City, and to its original condition or better. 5- 04.3(5) Conditioning the Existing Surface Section 5- 04.3(5) is supplemented as follows: The Contractor shall maintain existing surface contour during patching, unless otherwise instructed by the City Engineer or Inspector. 5- 04.3(5)A Preparation of Existing Surface Section 5- 04.3(5)A is supplemented as follows: The Contractor shall provide his own mechanical sweeping equipment. The sweeper will be on the project prior to the start of paving, to insure the streets to be paved are clean before the tack coat is applied. The sweeper will keep the streets clean ahead of the paving machine and clean the streets behind the empty trucks that have dumped their loads into the paving machine. The sweeper must sweep all streets made dirty by the Contractor's equipment. If the paving machine is "walked" from one site to another, the sweeper must sweep up behind paving machine. The sweeper shall not leave the overlay site until given permission by the City's inspector. All utilities shall be painted with a biodegradable "soap" to prevent the tack and ACP from sticking to the lids. Diesel will not be used. After the application of soap, catch basins must be covered to prevent tack and ACP from getting into catch basins. Preparation of existing surface shall be done as outlined in this Section and a tack coat shall be applied at the rate of 0.02 to 0.08 gallons per square yard. Payment for preparation of the surface and application of the tack coat shall be considered incidental to the paving and no separate payment shall be made. The Contractor shall locate all utilities for access immediately after any paving and mark the location by means of painting a circle around the location and scooping a portion of asphalt 4" - 6" in diameter and the depth of the overlay from the center of the utility location. The Contractor shall locate and completely expose gas and water valves for access immediately after final rolling. l61 03/20/2013 1 The day following the start of application of ACP, utility adjustments must begin. The Contractor shall have an adjustment crew adjusting utilities every workable working day until adjustments are complete. During the adjustment of any utility, existing concrete bricks or grouting material that has been broken or cracked shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Utility adjustments must be completed within 15 working days after overlay is complete, and within the specified working days. Payment for utility adjustments includes all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary to complete the adjustments and is incidental to pay items for Asphalt Patch and Asphalt Overlay. 5- 04.3(7)A Mix Design Item 2 is deleted and replaced with: 2. Nonstatistical HMA Evaluation. The Contractor shall submit a certification that the mix design submitted meets the requirements of Sections 9- 03.8(2) and 9- 03.8(6). The Contractor must submit the mix design using DOT Form 350 -042 EF. Verification of the mix design by the Contracting Agency is not needed. The Project Engineer will determine anti -strip requirements for the HMA. The mix design will be the initial job mix formula (JMF) for the class of mix. Any additional adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Project Engineer and may be made per Section 9- 03.8(7). 5- 04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing HMA Mixture Item 1 is deleted and replaced with: 1. General. Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical or commercial evaluation. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for the acceptance of HMA. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA, and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications as approved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. The proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial evaluation will be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of nonstatistical evaluation. Item 7 is deleted. 5- 04.3(10)B Control Replace Section 5- 04.3(10)B with the following: Sub -base shall be compacted to 95% of the maximum density by the Modified Proctor Test Method, ASTM D 1557. Compact asphalt concrete patch and paving to 95% of maximum compaction. 5 -04.5 Payment 5- 04.5(1)A Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Mixture Section is deleted and replaced with: Statistical analysis of quality of gradation and asphalt content will be performed based on Section 1- 62 1 1 03/20/2013 t 1 1 06.2 using the following price adjustment factors: Table of Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor "f" All aggregate passing: 1 % ", 1 ", % ", % ", 3/8" and No. 4 sieves . 2 All aggregate passing No. 8, No 16, No. 30, No. 50, No. 100 3 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Asphalt binder 52 A pay factor will be calculated for sieves listed in Section 9- 03.8(7) for the class of HMA and for the asphalt binder. Nonstatistical Evaluation. Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the nonstatistical acceptance tolerance limits in Section 9- 03.8(7); the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1 -06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing. sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. 2. Commercial Evaluation. If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the commercial acceptance tolerance limits in Section 9- 03.8(7), the lot shall be evaluated to determine the appropriate CPF. The commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. For each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical or Commercial Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix factor (NCFM) will be determined. THE NCFM equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit contract price per ton of the mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the composite pay factor. 5- 04.5(1)6 Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Compaction Section is deleted and replaced with: The maximum CPF of a compaction lot is 1.00 For each compaction lot of HMA when the CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Compaction Factor (NCCF) will be determined. THE NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCFF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons and the unit contract price per ton of the mix. 5 -06 TEMPORARY RESTORATION IN PAVEMENT AREA Section 5 -06 is new Section with subsections: 63 03/20/2013 5 -06.1 Description Pavement areas that have been removed by construction activities must be restored by the Contractor prior to the end of each working period, prior to use by vehicular traffic. Within paved streets, the Contractor may use temporary pavement to allow vehicular traffic to travel over the construction areas. Temporary pavement shall be placed around trench plates or others devices used to cover construction activities in a manner that provides a smooth and safe transition between surfaces. 5 -06.2 Materials The asphalt pavement for temporary patches shall be 2" of a hot mix asphalt composition determined by the Contractor to provide a product suitable for the intended application. The Contractor shall not use materials that are a safety or health hazard. Temporary pavement material that does not form a consolidated surface after compaction shall be considered p Yp P unsuitable and shall be removed from the site. Unsuitable temporary pavement shall be disposed of offsite. �. 5 -06.3 Construction Requirements q' The Contractor shall maintain temporary hot mix asphalt patches daily during to the satisfaction of the governing road agency and the Engineer until said patch is replaced with permanent hot patch. The completed pavement shall be free from ridges, ruts, bumps, depressions, objectionable marks, or other irregularities. The permanent hot mix asphalt patch shall be placed and sealed with a paving asphalt within 30 calendar days. The Contractor shall immediately repair, patch, or remove any temporary pavement that does not provide a flat transition between existing pavement areas. _ All temporary asphalt pavement shall be removed from the site by the end of the project and shall not be used as permanent asphalt pavement or subgrade material. 7 -01 DRAINS 7 -01.2 Materials j The second paragraph of Section 7 -01.2 is revised as follows: Drain pipes may be concrete, zinc coated (galvanized) corrugated iron with Asphalt Treatment I, aluminum coated (aluminized) corrugated iron with Asphalt Treatment I, zinc coated (galvanized) steel with Asphalt I Treatment I, corrugated aluminum alloy, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), or corrugated polyethylene (PE) at the option of the Contractor unless the Plans specify the type to be used. 7 -01.3 Construction Requirements Section 7 -01.3 is revised as follows: The second paragraph is revised as follows: PVC drainpipe shall be jointed with a bell and spigot joint using a flexible elastomeric seal as described in Section 9 -04.8. The bell shall be laid upstream. PE or ABS drainpipe shall be jointed with snap -on, screw -on, or wraparound coupling bands as recommended by the manufacturer of the tubing. The sixth paragraph is revised as follows: PVC under drain pipe shall be jointed using either the flexible elastomeric seal as described in Section 9 -04.8 or solvent cement as described in Section 9 -04.9, at the option of the Contractor unless otherwise specified in the Plans. The bell shall be laid upstream. PE or ABS drainage tubing under drain pipe shall be jointed with snap -on, screw -on, or wraparound coupling bands, as recommended by the manufacturer of the tubing. 64 1 03/20/2013 7 -01.4 Measurement Section 7 -01.4 is supplemented adding the following: When the Contract does not include "Structure Excavation Class B" or "Structure Excavation Class B Including Haul" as a pay item all costs associated with these items shall be included in other contract pay items. 7 -02 CULVERTS 7 -02.2 Materials The second paragraph of Section 7 -02.2 is revised and supplemented as follows: Where steel or aluminum are referred to in this section in regard to a kind of culvert pipe, pipe arch, or end sections, it shall be understood that steel is zinc coated (galvanized) with Asphalt Treatment I or aluminum coated (aluminized) corrugated iron or steel, and aluminum is corrugated aluminum alloy as specified in Sections 9 -05.4 and 9 -05.5. Where plain or reinforced concrete, steel, or aluminum are referred to in Section 7- 02 it shall be understood that reference is also made to PVC. 7 -04 STORM SEWERS 7 -04.2 Materials The second paragraph of Section 7 -04.2 is revised as follows: Where steel or aluminum are referred to in this section in regard to a kind of storm sewer pipe, it shall be understood that steel is zinc coated (galvanized), Asphalt Treatment I Coated, corrugated iron or steel and aluminum is corrugated aluminum alloy as specified in Sections 9 -05.4 and 9 -05.5. The Contractor shall require pipe suppliers to furnish certificates signed by their authorized representative, stating the Specifications to which the materials or products were manufactured. The Contractor shall provide 2 copies of these certifications to the Engineer for approval. Certificates showing nonconformance with the Contract shall be sufficient evidence for rejection. Approval of certificates shall be considered only as tentative acceptance of the materials and products, and such action by the Engineer will not relieve the Contractor of his /her responsibility to perform field tests and to replace or repair faulty materials, equipment, and /or workmanship and the Contractor's own expense. 7 -04.4 Measurement The first paragraph of Section 7 -04.4 is revised as follows: The length of storm sewer pipe will be the number of linear feet of completed installation measured along the invert and will include the length through elbows, tees, and fittings. The number of linear feet will be measured �1 from the center of manhole or from the center of catch basin to center of catch basins and similar type structures. 7 -04.5 Payment The second and third paragraphs of Section 7 -04.5 are revised as follows: The unit contract price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe of the kind and size specified shall be full pay for all Work to complete the installation, including adjustment of inverts to manholes. When no bid item "Gravel Backfill for Pipe Bedding" is included in the Schedule of Prices, pipe bedding, as shown in the Standard Plans, shall be considered incidental to the pipe and no additional payment shall be made. Testing of storm sewer pipe, if required by the Engineer, shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract prices for other items. Cost of connecting pipe to structures shall be included in the various unit contract prices for storm sewer pipe, and no additional compensation will be allowed. Abandonment and plugging of pipe shall be included in the lump sum contract price for "Removal of Structure and Obstruction ". No separate payment will be made. 65 03/20/2013 1 7 -05 MANHOLES, INLETS, AND CATCH BASINS 7 -05.3 Construction Requirements Section 7 -05.3 is supplemented by adding the following: All manholes shall have eccentric cones and shall have ladders. Sanitary sewer pipe to manhole connections shall be "Kor -n- Seal" boot or approved equal. 7- 05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade Section 7- 05.3(1) is replaced with: ( * * * * * *) Where shown in the Plans or where directed by the Engineer, the existing manholes, catch basins, or inlets shall be adjusted to the grade as staked or otherwise designated by the Engineer. The existing cast iron ring and cover on manholes and the catch basin frame and grate shall first be removed and thoroughly cleaned for reinstalling at the new elevation. From that point, the existing structure shall be raised or lowered to the required elevation. The Contractor shall construct manholes so as to provide adjustment space for setting cover and casting to a finished grade as shown on the Construction Plans. Manhole ring and covers shall be adjusted to the finished elevations per standard detail 400.1, prior to final acceptance of the Work. Manholes in unimproved areas shall be adjusted to 6" above grade. In unpaved streets: manholes, catch basins, and similar structures in areas to be surfaced with crushed rock or gravel shall be constructed to a point approximately eight inches below the subgrade and covered with a temporary wood cover. Existing manholes shall be cut off and covered in a similar manner. The Contractor shall carefully reference each manhole so that they may be easily found upon completion of the street Work. After placing the gravel or crushed stone surfacing, the manholes and manhole castings shall be constructed to the finished grade of the roadway surface. Excavation necessary for bringing manholes to grade shall center about the manhole and be held to the minimum area necessary. At the completion of the manhole adjustment, the void around the manhole shall be backfilled with materials which result in the section required on the typical roadway section, and be thoroughly compacted. In cement concrete pavement: manholes, catch basins, and similar structures shall be constructed and adjusted in the same manner as outlined above except that the final adjustment shall be made and cast iron frame be set after forms have been placed and checked. In placing the concrete pavement, extreme care shall I taken not to alter the position of the casting in any way. In asphalt concrete pavement: manholes shall not be adjusted until the pavement is completed, at which time the center of each manhole shall be carefully relocated from references previously established I , the , Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a restricted area and base material be removed to permit removal of the cover. The manhole shall then be brought to proper grade utilizing the same methods of construction as for the manhole itself. The cast iron frame shall be placed on the concrete blocks and wedged up to the desired grade. The asphalt concrete pavement shall be cut and removed to a neat circle, the diameter of which shall be equal to the outside diameter of the cast iron frame plus two feet. The base materials and crushed rock shall be removed and Class 3000 or Commercial Portland Cement Concrete shall be placed so that the entire volurne of the excavation is replaced up to but not to exceed 2 inches of the finished pavement surface. On the day following placement of the concrete, the edge of the asphalt concrete pavement, and the outer edge of the casting shall be painted with hot asphalt cement. Asphalt Class G concrete shall then be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller. The complete patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density, and uniformity of grade. The joint between the patch and the existing pavement shall then be carefully painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt cement solidifies. The inside throat of the manhole shall be thoroughly mortared and' plastered. Adjustment of inlets: The final alignment and grade of cast iron frames for new and old inlets to be adjusted to grade will be established from the forms or adjacent pavement surfaces. The final adjustment of the top of the inlet will be performed in similar manner to the above for manholes. On asphalt concrete paving projects using 66 t r f t 1 1 03/20/2013 curb and gutter section, that portion of the cast iron frame not embedded in the gutter section shall be solidly embedded in concrete also. The concrete shall extend a minimum of six inches beyond the edge of the casting and shall be left 2 inches below the top of the frame so that the wearing course of asphalt concrete pavement will butt the cast iron frame. The existing concrete pavement and edge of the casting shall be painted with hot asphalt cement. Adjustments in the inlet structure shall be constructed in the same manner and of the same material as that required for new inlets. The inside of the inlets shall be mortared and plastered. Monuments and cast iron frame and cover: monuments and monument castings shall be adjusted to grade in the same manner as for manholes. Valve box castings: adjustments of valve box castings shall be made in the same manner as for manholes. 7- 05.3(2) Abandon Existing Manholes Section 7- 05.3(2) is revised as follows: Where it is required that an existing manhole be abandoned, the structure shall be broken down to a depth of at least 4 feet below the revised surface elevation, all connections plugged, the manhole base shall be fractured to prevent standing water, and the manhole filled with sand and compacted to 90 percent density as specified in Section 2- 03.3(14)C. Debris resulting from breaking the upper part of the manhole may be mixed with the sand subject to the approval of the Engineer. The ring and cover shall be salvaged and all other surplus material disposed of. 7- 05.3(2)A Abandon Existing Sanitary Sewer Pipes Section 7- 05.3(2)A is a new section: Where it is required that an existing sanitary sewer pipe be abandoned (or portions of pipe installed as part of this project which are to be abandoned as shown on the Plans), both ends of the abandoned pipe and all lateral connections to the pipe shall be plugged with 3,000 psi cement concrete and the pipe shall be filled with cement -based grout. A cement -based grout shall be used to fill the void of the abandoned sewer pipe. The grouting material must have a strength of at least 100 psi and shall have flow characteristics appropriate for filling a sanitary sewer. The grout mix designed and method of installation shall be approved by the Engineer prior to beginning the operation (See Section 9- 03.22). 7- 05.3(3) Connections to Existing Manholes Section 7- 05.3(3) is supplemented by adding the following: Where shown on the Plans, new drain pipes shall be connected to existing line, catch basin, curb inlets and /or manholes. The Contractor shall be required to core drill into the structure, shape the new pipe to fit and re- grout the opening in a workmanlike manner. Where directed by the Engineer or where shown on the Plans, additional structure channeling will be required. Connections to existing sanitary sewer manholes shall be core drilled. Couplings shall be equal to "Kor -n- Seal" boots. Existing sanitary sewer manholes shall be cleaned, repaired, and re- channeled as necessary to match the new pipe configuration and as shown on the Construction Plans. A "connection to existing" item will be allowed at any connection of a new line to an existing structure, or the connection of a new structure to a existing line. No "connection to existing" will be accepted at the location of new installation, relocation and adjustment of line manholes, catch basins, or curb inlets. Any damage to existing pipe or structure that is to remain in place resulting from the Contractor's operations shall be repaired or replaced at her /his own expense. The unit bid price per each shall be full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment required. 67 W/20/2013 11 7- 05.3(5) Manhole Coatings Section 7 -05.5 is an added new section: All new sanitary sewer manholes shall be coated as specified below. The following coating system Specifications shall be used for coating (sealing) all interior concrete surfaces of sanitary sewer manholes. Coating Material: High Solids Urethane Surfaces: Concrete Surface Preparation: In accordance with SSPC SP -7 (Sweep of brush off blast) Application: Shop /Field The drying time between coats shall not exceed 24 hours in any case System Thickness: 6.0 mils dry film Coatings: Primer: One coat of Wasser MC- Aroshield (2.0 mils DFT) Finish: Two or more coats of Wasser MC- Aroshield (min. 4.0 mils DFT) Color: White 7 -05.4 Measurement Section 7 -05.4 is revised and supplemented as follows: Manholes will be measured per each. Measurement of manhole heights for payment purposes will be the distance from finished rim elevation to the invert of the lowest outlet pipe. Adjustments of new structures and miscellaneous items such as valve boxes shall be considered incidental to the unit contract price of the new item and no further compensation shall be made. Connection to existing pipes and structures shall be measured per each. 7 -05.5 Payment Section 7 -05.5 is supplemented as follows: "Adjust Existing ," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Adjust Existing shall be full pay for all costs necessary to make the adjustment including restoration of adjacent areas in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. If no bid item for Structure Excavation Class A or Structure Excavation Class B is included in the schedule of prices then the Work will be considered incidental and its cost should be included in the cost of the pipe. "Connect to Existing Catch Basin," per each. "Connect Structure to existing pipe," per each. 7 -08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 7 -08.3 Construction Requirements 7- 08.3(1)C Beddin g the Pipe Section 7- 08.3(1)C is supplemented by adding the following: Pipe bedding for PVC sewer pipe shall consist of clean, granular pea gravel consistent with Section 9- 03.12(3). It shall be placed to a depth of 6" over and 6" under the exterior walls of the pipe. Hand compaction of the bedding materials under the pipe haunches will be required. Hand compaction shall be accomplished by using a suitable tamping tool to firmly tamp bedding material under the haunches of the pipe. Care shall be taken to avoid displacement of the pipe during the compaction effort. Pipe bedding shall be considered incidental to the pipe and no further compensation shall be made. 7- 08.3(1)D Pipe Foundation Section 7- 08.3(1)D is a new section: I 68 03/20/2013 Pipe foundation in poor soil: When soft or unstable material is encountered at the subgrade which, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not uniformly. support the pipe, such material shall be excavated to an additional depth as required by the Engineer and backfilled with foundation gravel material placed in maximum 12 -inch lifts. Foundation gravel shall be ballast and conform to the requirements of Section 9- 03.9(1) of the Standard Specifications. Corrections faulty grade: Excess excavation below grade shall be backfilled with foundation gravel as specified above and thoroughly compacted to the required grade line. 7- 08.3(2)A Survey Line and Grade Section 7- 08.3(2)A is replaced with: Survey line and grade control shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1 -05.4, 1 -05.5 and 1 -11 in a manner consistent with accepted practices. The Contractor shall transfer line and grade into the trench where they shall be carried by means of a laser beam. Any other procedure shall have the written approval of the Engineer. 7- 08.3(2)B Pipe Laying - General Section 7- 08.3(2)B is supplemented by adding the following: Checking of the invert elevation of the pipe may be made by calculations from measurements on the top of the pipe, or by looking for ponding of 1/2 or less, which indicates a satisfactory condition. At manholes, when the downstream pipe(s) is of a larger size, pipe(s) shall be laid by matching the (eight- tenths) flow elevation, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. All pipe, fittings, etc. shall be carefully handled and protected against damage, impact shocks, and free fall. All pipe handling equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer. Pipe shall not be placed directly on rough ground but shall be supported in a manner, which will protect the pipe against injury whenever stored at the trench site or elsewhere. No pipe shall be installed where the lining or coating show defects that may be harmful as determined by the Engineer. Such damaged lining or coating shall be repaired, or a new undamaged pipe shall be furnished and installed. The Contractor shall inspect.each pipe and fitting prior to installation to insure that there are not damaged portions of the pipe. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe shall be repaired or replaced. All foreign r matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe before lowering into position in the trench. Pipe shall be kept clean during and after laying. All openings in the pipeline shall be closed with watertight expandable type sewer plugs at the end of each day's operation, or whenever the pipe openings are left unattended. The use of burlap, wood, or other similar temporary plugs will not be permitted. Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other causes, the Engineer may change the alignment and /or the grades. Except for short runs, which may be permitted by the Engineer, pipes shall be laid uphill on grades that exceed 10 percent. Pipe, which is laid on a downhill grade, shall be blocked and held in place until sufficient support is furnished by the following pipe to prevent movement. '} Unless otherwise required, all pipe shall be laid straight between the changes in alignment, and at uniform grade between changes in grade. For concrete pipes with elliptical reinforcement, the pipe shall be placed with the minor axis of the reinforcement in a vertical position. rIII Immediately after the pipe joints have been made, proper gasket placement shall be checked with a feeler gage as approved by the pipe manufacturer to verify proper gasket placement. 7- 08.3(2)E Rubber Gasketed Joints r Section 7- 08.3(2)E is supplemented as follows: Care shall be taken by the Contractor to avoid over pushing the pipe and damaging the pipe or joint system. Any damaged pipe shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 69 03/20/2013 i1, Fire hydrant assembly shall include: cast -iron or ductile iron tee (MJ x FL), 6" gate valve (FL x MJ), 6" DI spool sj (PE x PE), 5 -1/4" MVO fire hydrant (MJ connection), 4" x 5" Stortz adapter, cast iron valve box and cover, 3/4" shackle rods and accessories, concrete blocks and two concrete guard posts (only if hydrants are outside of right -of -way). Joint restraint (Shackle Rods) shall be installed in accordance with Section 7- 11.3(15). 7- 14.3(3) Resetting Existing Hydrants Section 7- 14.3(3) is supplemented by adding the following: All hydrants shall be rebuilt to the approval of the City (or replaced with a new hydrant). All rubber gaskets shall be replaced with new gaskets of the type required for a new installation of the same type. 7- 14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants Section 7- 14.3(4) is supplemented by adding the following: All hydrants shall be rebuilt to the approval of the City (or replaced with a new hydrant). All rubber gaskets shall be replaced with new gaskets of the type required for a new installation of the same type. 7 -14.5 Payment Measurement and Payment Schedule for installation of water mains and is shown in _appurtenances Section 1 -09.14 Section 7 -14.5 is revised as follows: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included i in the proposal: _ "Furnish and Install Hydrant Assembly ", per each. ; " ", The unit contract price per each for Furnish and Install Hydrant Assembly shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1- 09.14. "Resetting Existing Hydrants ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Resetting Existing Hydrant" shall be full pay for all Work to reset the existing hydrant, including rebuilding (or replacement with a new hydrant), shackling, blocking, painting, and guard posts and reconnecting to the main. The new pipe connecting the hydrant to the main shall be considered incidental and no additional payment shall be made. Guard posts, shown on the Plans shall be incidental to the contract. "Moving Existing Hydrants ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Moving Existing Hydrant" shall be full pay for all Work to move the existing .hydrant, including new tee, rebuilding (or replacement with a new hydrant), shackling, blocking, painting, and guard posts and reconnecting to the main. The new pipe connecting the hydrant to the main shall be considered incidental and no additional payment shall be made. Guard posts, shown on the Plans shall be incidental to the contract. 7 -15 SERVICE CONECTIONS j� 7 -15.3 Construction Details Section 7 -15.3 is supplemented as follows: Pipe materials used to extend or replace existing water service lines shall be copper.. Where installation is in existing paved streets, the service lines shall be installed by a trenchless percussion and impact method (hoe- hogging). If the trenchless percussion and impact method fails, regular open trench methods may be used. - ! 78 03/20/2013 7 -15.5 Payment Measurement and Payment Schedule for installation of water mains and appurtenances is shown in Section 1 -09.14 Section 7 -15.5 is revised as follows: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for the following bid item when it is included in the proposal: "Furnish and Install In. Water Service Connection ", per each. The unit contract price per each for " Furnish and Install In. Water Service Connection ", shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1- 09.14. 7 -17 SANITARY SEWERS 7 -17.2 Materials Section 7 -17.2 is replaced with the following: Pipe Gravity sewer pipe shall be as specified herein and as shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall provide two copies of the pipe manufacturer's technical literature and tables of dimensional tolerances to the Engineer. Any pipe found to have dimensional tolerances in excess of those prescribed or having defects, which prevent adequate joint seal or any other damage, shall be rejected. If requested by the Engineer, not less than three nor more than five lengths of pipe for each size, selected from stock by the Engineer, shall be tested as specified for maximum dimensional tolerance of the respective pipe. Material for PVC sewer pipe shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 05.12. All pipe shall be clearly marked with type, class, and thickness. Lettering shall be legible and permanent under normal conditions of handling and storage. 7 -17.3 Construction Requirements 7- 17.3(1) Protection of Existing Sewerage Facilities Section 7- 17.3(1) is supplemented by adding the following: When extending an existing sewer, the downstream system shall be protected from construction debris by placing a screen or trap in the first existing manhole downstream of the connection. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to maintain this screen or trap until the new system is placed in service and then to remove it. Any construction debris, which enters the existing downstream system, shall be removed by the Contractor at his expense, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. When the first manhole is set, its outlet shall be plugged until acceptance by the Engineer. 7- 17.3(2)H Television Inspection Section 7- 17.3(2)H is supplemented by adding the following: Once the television inspection has been completed the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the written reports of the inspection plus the videotapes. Said videotapes are to be in color and compatible with the City's viewing and recording systems. The City will accept video submittals on DVD viewable on a standard player or a CD or DVD compatible with Cues DataCAP 4.0. 7 -17.4 Measurement Section 7 -17.4 is supplemented as follows: 79 03/20/2013 Measurement of 'Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Sewer" will be determined by the cubic yard in place, measured by the neat line dimensions shown in the Plans, or by the ton on truck tickets. 7 -17.5 Payment Measurement and Payment Schedule for installation of sanitary sewer mains and appurtenances is shown in Section 1 -09.14 Section 7 -17.5 is revised and supplemented as follows: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: Furnish and Install In. sewer pipe ,I , per linear foot. The unit contract price per each for " Furnish and Install In. sewer pipe ", shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1- 09.14. "Furnish and Install In. side sewer pipe ", per linear foot. The unit contract price per each for " Furnish and Install In. side sewer pipe ", shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1- 09.14. "Testing Sewer Pipe ", per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for "Testing Sewer Pipe" shall be full pay for all labor, material and equipment required to conduct the leakage tests required in Section 7- 17.3(2). If no unit price for "Testing Sewer Pipe" is included it shall be considered incidental to the pipe items. "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Material ", per cubic yard or ton. The unit contract price per cubic yard or ton for "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Material" shall be full pay for all Work to remove unsuitable material and replace and compact suitable material as specified in Section 7- 08.3(1)A. "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Sewer ", per cubic yard or ton. The unit contract price per cubic yard or ton for "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Sewer" shall be full pay for all Work to furnish, place, and compact material in the trench. "Television Inspection per linear foot. 8 -09 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS 8 -09.5 Payment Section 8 -09.5 has been revised as follows: Payment will be made for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: "Raised Pavement Marker Type 1 ", per each. "Raised Pavement Marker Type 2 ", per each. "Raised Pavement Marker Type 3- In. ", per each. "Recessed Pavement Marker ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Raised Pavement Marker Type 1 ", "Raised Pavement Marker Type 2 ", and "Raised Pavement Marker Type 3- In." and "Recessed Pavement Marker" shall be full pay for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for furnishing and installing the markers in accordance with these Specifications, including all cost involved with traffic control unless traffic control is listed in the Contract as a separate pay item. 80 t i 03/20/2013 8 -13 MONUMENT CASES 8 -13.1 Description Section 8 -13.1 is revised and supplemented as follows: This Work shall consist of furnishing and placing monument cases and covers, in accordance with the Standard Plans and these Specifications, in conformity with the lines and locations shown in the Plans or as staked by the Engineer or by the Contractor supplied Surveyor. 8 -13.3 Construction Requirements Paragraphs 2 and 3 of Section 8 -13.3 is revised and supplemented as follows: The monument will be furnished and set by the Engineer or by the Contractor supplied Surveyor. When existing monuments will be impacted by a project, the Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that a registered surveyor references the existing monuments prior to construction. After construction is complete, the monuments shall be re- established by the Surveyor in accordance with RCW58.09.130. 8 -13.4 Measurement Section 8 -13.4 is supplemented by adding the following: All costs for surveying and resetting existing monuments impacted by construction shall be considered_ incidental to the Contract unless specifically called out to be paid as a bid item. 8 -13.5 Payment Section 8 -135 is supplemented by adding the following: "Reset Existing Monument" per each. Resetting an existing monument impacted by construction shall be incidental unless included as a pay item in the Schedule of Prices. 8 -14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 8- 14.3(4) Curing Section 8- 14.3(4) is replaced with: The curing materials and procedures outlined in Section 5- 05.3(13) of the Standard Specifications shall prevail, except that white pigmented curing compound shall not be used on sidewalks. The curing agent shall be applied immediately after brushing and be maintained for a period of 5 days. The Contractor shall have readily available sufficient protective covering, such as waterproof paper or plastic membrane, to cover the pour of an entire day in the event of rain or other unsuitable weather. During the curing period, all traffic, both pedestrian and vehicular, shall be excluded. Vehicular traffic shall be excluded for such additional time as the Engineer may specify. The Contractor shall be responsible for barricading, patrolling, or otherwise protecting the newly placed concrete to prevent damage. Damaged, vandalized, discolored, stained, or unsightly concrete shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 8 -14.4 Measurement Section 8 -14.4 is supplemented by adding the following: When the Contract contains a pay item for "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete," the per each measurement shall include all costs for the complete installation per the Plans and standard details including expansion joint material, curb and gutter and ramped sidewalk section. Sawcutting, removal and disposal of excavated 81 03/20/2013. materials including existing pavement and sidewalk, crushed surfacing base materials and all other Work, materials and equipment required per Section 8 -14, shall be included in the per each price for "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete" unless any of these other items are listed and specified to be paid as separate pay items. If the Contract does not provide a pay item for "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete," but the Plans call for such installation, then quantities shall be measured with and paid for under the bid items for Curb and Gutter and for Cement Concrete Sidewalk. When curb ramps are to be constructed of asphalt concrete, the payment shall be included in the pay item for "Miscellaneous and /or Driveway Asphalt Concrete." 8 -14.5 Payment Section 8 -14.5 is supplemented by adding the following: "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete," per each. Payment for excavation of material not related to the construction of the sidewalk but necessary before the sidewalk can be placed, when and if shown in the Plans, will be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 2-03. Otherwise, the Contractor shall make all excavations including haul and disposal, regardless of the depth required for constructing the sidewalk to the lines and grades shown, and shall include all costs thereof in the unit contract price per square yard for "Cement Concrete Sidewalk" and the per each contract price for "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete." 8 -17 IMPACT ATTENUATOR SYSTEMS 8 -17.5 Payment Section 8 -17.5 is supplemented by the following: If no pay item is included for temporary impact attenuators then all costs to provide and install shall be considered a part of the pay item for "Traffic Control." t 8 -20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL I 8- 20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings Paragraph four of Section 8- 20.2(1) is revised and supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall submit for approval six sets of shop drawings for each of the following types of standards called for on this project: 1. Light standards with or without pre- approved Plans. 2. Signal standards with or without pre- approved Plans. 3. Combination Signal and lighting standards. 4. Metal Strain Poles. Paragraph five of Section 8- 20.2(1) is deleted. Paragraph six of Section 8- 20.2(1) is deleted. Section 8- 20.2(1) is supplemented as follows: The Contractor also shall submit either on the signal standard shop drawings or attached to the signal standard shop drawings all dimensions to clearly show the specific mast arm mounting height and signal tenon locations for each signal pole to be installed. 8 -22 PAVEMENT MARKING 8 -22.1 Description The following item in Section 8 -22.1 is revised as follows: Crosswalk Stripe A SOLID WHITE line, 8 inches wide and 10 -feet long, installed parallel to another crosswalk stripe and parallel to the direction of traffic flow and centered in pairs on lane lines and the center of lanes. See detail sheet. 82 03/20/2013 Skip Center Line (Replacement) A BROKEN YELLOW line 4 inches wide. The broken or "skip" pattern shall be based on a 24 -foot unit consisting of a 9 -foot line and a 15 -foot gap. Skip center strip is used as centerline delineation on two -lane or three -lane, two -way highways. Double Yellow Center Line (Replacement) Two SOLID YELLOW lines, each 4 inches wide, separated by a 4 -inch space. Double yellow center stripe is used as centerline delineation on multilane, two -way highways and for channelization. Approach Line (New) A SOLID WHITE line, 8 inches wide, used to separate left and right turning movements from through movements, to separate high occupancy vehicle lanes from general - purpose lanes, for islands, hash marks, and other applications. Hash mark stripes shall be placed on 45- degree angle and 10 feet apart. Lane Line (Replacement) �. A _BROKEN WHITE line, .4 inches wide, used to delineate adjacent lanes traveling in the same direction. The broken or "skip" pattern shall be based on a 24 -foot unit consisting of a 9 -foot line and a 15 -foot gap. Two Way Left Turn Line (Replacement) A SOLID YELLOW line, 4 inches wide, with a BROKEN YELLOW line, 4 inches wide, separated by a 4 -inch space. The broken or "skip" pattern shall be based on a 24 -foot unit consisting of a 9 -foot line and a 15 -foot space. The solid line shall be installed to the right of the broken line in the direction of travel. Crosswalk Line (Replacement) A SOLID WHITE line, 8 inches wide and 10 feet long, installed parallel to another crosswalk stripe and parallel to the direction of traffic flow and centered in pairs on lane lines and the center of lanes. See detail sheet. Stop Line (Replacement) A SOLID WHITE line 12, 18, or 24 inches wide as noted on the Contract Plans. 8- 22.3(5) Installation Instructions Section 8- 22.3(5) is revised as follows: ( * * * * * *) A manufacturer's technical representative need not be present at the initial material installation to approve the installation procedure. 8 -22.5 Payment Section 8 -22.5 is supplemented as follows: ( * * * * * *) "Approach Stripe," per linear foot. "Remove Paint Line ....." wide," per linear foot.* "Remove Plastic Line ......" Wide," per linear foot.* "Remove existing traffic markings, "per Lump Sum.* *The linear foot contract price for "Remove Paint Line" and "Remove Plastic Line" and the lump sum contract price for "Remove existing traffic markings" shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, tools, material, and equipment necessary for removal of existing traffic markings as per the Plans, Specifications and detail sheets. If these pay items do not appear in the contract schedule of prices, then the removal of old or conflicting traffic markings required to complete the channelization of the project as shown on the Plans or detail sheets shall be considered incidental to other items in the Contract and no further compensation shall be made. 8 -23 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS 8 -23.5 Payment 83 03/20/2013 1 Section 8 -23.5 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) ( * * * * * *) Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C -76 and shall be Class IV. If no pay item is included in the Contract for installation, or for removal of temporary pavement markings, then all costs associated with these items are considered incidental to other items in the Contract or included under "Traffic Control," if that item is included as a bid item. Section 9- 05.7(2)A is supplemented by the following: 9- 03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments ( * * * * * *) Item 1 is deleted and replaced with: a hydrostatic test of rubber gasket joints in accordance with ASTM C361 or AWWA C302 except test pressure 1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances. After the 1MF is determined as required in 5- 04.3(7)A, the constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the following tolerances: Nonstatistical Commercial Evaluation Evaluation Aggregate, percent passing 1" , % , Y2" , and 3,/8 sieves ±6 o % 0 ±8% U.S. No. 4 sieve ±6% +8°% U.S. No. 8 sieve ±6% U.S. No. 16 sieve ±4% ±8% ±6% U.S. No. 30 sieve ±4% ±6% U.S. No. 50 sieve ±4% U.S. No. 100 sieve ±3% ±6% ±5% U.S. No. 200 sieve ±2.0% ±3.0% Asphalt Binder ±0.5% ±0.7% VMA 1.5% below minimum value in 9- 03.8(2) VFA minimum and maximum as listed in 9- 03.8(2) Va 2.5% minimum and 5.5% maximum These tolerance limits constitute the allowable limits as described in Section 1 -06.2. The tolerance limit for aggregate shall not exceed the limits of the control point's section, except the tolerance limits for sieves designated as 100% passing will be 99 -100. 9 -05 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS 9 -05.4 Steel Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arch (RC) Section 9 -05.4 is revised as follows: ( * * * * * *) Steel culvert pipe and pipe arch shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 36, Type I and Type II. Welded seam aluminum coated (aluminized) corrugated steel pipe and pipe arch with metallized coating applied inside and out following welding is acceptable and shall be asphalt treatment coated. 9- 05.7(2) Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe (RC) Section 9- 05.7(2) is replaced by the following: ( * * * * * *) Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C -76 and shall be Class IV. Cement used in the manufacture of reinforced concrete pipe shall be Type II in conformance with ASTM C150. No admixture shall be used unless otherwise specified. 9- 05.7(2)A Basis for Acceptance (RC) Section 9- 05.7(2)A is supplemented by the following: ( * * * * * *) All pipe shall be subject to (1) a three - edge- bearing strength (D -load) test in accordance with ASTM C76; and (2) a hydrostatic test of rubber gasket joints in accordance with ASTM C361 or AWWA C302 except test pressure shall be 5 psi. 84 S 1 03/20/2013 9- 05.7(3) Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints (RC) Section 9- 05.7(3) is replaced by the following: Joint assembly design shall be reinforced concrete bell and spigot type incorporating a fully retained single rubber gasket in accordance with ASTM C361 or AWWA C302. Rubber gasket material shall be neoprene. 9- 05.7(4) Testing Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints (RC) Section 9- 05.7(4) is supplemented by the following: Hydrostatic testing of rubber gasket joints shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C361 or AWWA C302 except test pressure shall be 5 psi. 9 -05.9 Steel Spiral Rib Storm Sewer Pipe (RC) Section 9 -05.9 is replaced with: The manufacturer of spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall furnish the Engineer a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance stating that the materials furnished comply in all respects with these Specifications. The Engineer may require additional information or tests to be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the City. Unless otherwise specified, spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall be furnished with pipe ends cut perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the pipe. Pipe ends shall be cut evenly. Spiral rib pipe shall be fabricated either by using a continuous helical lock seam or a continuous helical welded seam paralleling the rib. Steel spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall be manufactured of metallic coated (aluminized or galvanized) corrugated steel and inspected in conformance with Section 9 -05.4. The size, coating, and metal shall be as shown in the Plans or in the Specifications. For spiral rib storm sewer pipe, helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be essentially rectangular and shall be 3/4 inch plus two times the wall thickness (2t) plus or minus 1/8 inch (measured outside to outside) and a minimum of 0.95 inch high (measured as the minimum vertical distance from the outside of pipe wall immediately adjacent to the lockseam or stiffener to the top surface of rib). The maximum spacing of the ribs shall be 11.75 inches center to center (measured normal to the direction of the ribs). The radius of bend of the metal at the corners of the ribs shall be a minimum of 0.10 inch and a maximum of 0.17 inch. If the sheet between adjacent ribs does not contain a lockseam, a stiffener shall be included midway between ribs, having a nominal radius of 0.25 inch and a minimum height of 0.20 inch toward the outside of the pipe. Pipe shall be fabricated with ends that can be effectively jointed with coupling bands. When required, spiral rib or narrow pitch spiral rib pipe shall be bituminous treated or paved. The bituminous treatment fors spiral rib pipe shall conform to the requirements of Sections 9 -05.4 3 and 9-05.4(4). p pP q () For narrow pitch spiral rib sewer pipe, the helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be .375 inch + 1/8 inch wide (measured outside to outside) and a minimum of .4375 inch high (measured as the minimum vertical distance of ribs shall be 4.80 inches center to center (measured normal to the direction of the ribs). The radius of bend of the metal at the corners of the ribs shall be 0.0625 inch with an allowable tolerance of + 10 percent. 9 -05.12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Section 9- 05.12(3) is a new additional section: 9- 05.12(3) CPEP Sewer Pipe Section 9- 05.12(3) is a new additional section: CPEP - Smooth interior pipe and fittings shall be manufactured from high density polyethylene resin which shall meet or exceed the requirements of Type 111, Category 4 or 5, Grade P33 or P34, Class C per ASTM D1248. In addition, the pipe shall comply with all material and stiffness requirements of AASHTO M294. 9 -05.14 ABS Composite Sewer Pipe Section 9 -05.14 is deleted 1 85 03/20/2013 1 9 -05.17 Aluminum Spiral Rib Storm Sewer Pipe Section 9-05.17 is replaced with: Unless otherwise specified, spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall be furnished with pipe ends cut perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the pipe. Pipe ends shall be cut evenly. Spiral rib pipe shall be fabricated by using a continuous helical lock seam with a seam gasket. For spiral rib storm sewer pipe, helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be 3/4 inch wide by 3/4 inch deep with a nominal spacing of 7 -1/2 inches center to center. Pipe shall be fabricated with ends that can be effectively jointed with coupling bands. For narrow pitch spiral rib storm sewer pipe, helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be 0.375 inch + 1/8 inch wide (measured outside to outside) and a minimum spacing of ribs shall be 4.80 inches center to center (measured normal to the direction of the ribs). The radius of bend of the metal at the corners of the ribs shall be 0.0625 inch with an allowable tolerance of + 10 percent. For wide pitch spiral rib storm sewer pipe, helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and �. shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be 3/4 inch + 1/8 inch wide (measured outside to outside) and a minimum of 0.95 inch high (measured as the minimum vertical distance from the outside of pipe wall to top surface of the rib). The maximum spacing of ribs shall be 11.75 inches center to center (measured normal to the direction of the ribs). The radius of bend of the metal at the corners of the ribs shall be 0.0625 inch with an allowable tolerance of + 10 percent. 9 -05.22 High Density Polyethylene Piping Section 9 -05.22 is a new section: DRISCOPLEXTm 4100 High- density Polyethylene Piping 1 General Terms and Conditions 1.1 Scope - This Specification covers requirements for DriscoPlexTm 4100 PE 3408 high- density polyethylene piping. All Work shall be performed in accordance with these Specifications. 1.2 Engineered and Approved Plans - Construction shall be performed in accordance with Engineered Construction Plans for the Work prepared under the direction of a Professional Engineer. 1.3 Referenced Standards - Where all or part of a federal, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc., Standard Specification is incorporated by reference in these Specifications, the reference standard shall be the latest edition and revision. ■ 1.4 Licenses and Permits —The Contractor shall be licensed and bonded. 1 1.5 Inspections - All Work shall be inspected by an Authorized Representative of the City who shall have the authority to halt construction if, in his opinion, these Specifications or standard construction practices are not being followed. Whenever any portion of these Specifications is violated, the Engineer shall, by written notice, order further construction to cease until all deficiencies are corrected. 2 Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings 2.1 Qualifications of Manufacturers - The manufacturer shall have manufacturing and quality assurance facilities capable of producing and assuring the quality of the pipe and fittings required by these Specifications. 86 e t 11 H-1 e 1 03/20/2013 The manufacturer's production facilities shall be open for inspection by the City or his Authorized Representative. The Project Engineer shall approve qualified manufacturers. 2.2 Materials - Black PE materials used for the manufacture of polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be PE 3408 high density polyethylene, meeting ASTM D 3350 cell classification 345464C and shall be listed in the name of the pipe and fitting manufacturer in PPI (Plastics Pipe Institute) TR -4, with a standard grade HDB rating of 1600 psi at 73 °F. Color material, when used, shall be the same except for meeting ASTM D 3350 cell classification 345464E. The material shall be listed and approved for potable water in accordance with NSF Standard 61. When requested on the order, the manufacturer shall certify that the materials used to manufacture pipe and fittings meet these requirements. 2.3 Interchangeability of Pipe and Fittings - The same qualified and approved manufacturer shall produce polyethylene pipe and fittings. Products such as fittings or flange adapters made by sub - contractors or distributors are prohibited. 2.4 Polyethylene Fittings & Custom Fabrications - Polyethylene fittings and custom fabrications shall be molded or fabricated by the approved pipe manufacturer. All fittings and custom fabrications shall be pressure rated for the same internal pressure rating as the mating pipe. 2.5 Molded Fittings - Molded fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with ASTM D 3261 and shall be so marked. Molded fittings shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C906. 2.6 Fabricated Fittings - Fabricated fittings shall be made by heat fusion joining specially machined shapes cut from pipe, polyethylene sheet stock or molded fittings. Fabricated fittings shall be rated for internal pressure service at least equal to the full service pressure rating of the mating pipe. Fabricated fittings shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C906. 2.7 Polyethylene Flange Adapters - Flange adapters shall be made with sufficient through -bore length to be clamped in a butt fusion - joining machine without the use of a stub -end holder. The sealing surface of the flange adapter shall be machined with a series of small v- shaped grooves (serrations) to promote gasketless sealing, or restrain the gasket against blowout. 2.8 Back -up Rings & Flange Bolts - Flange adapters shall be fitted with back -up rings that are pressure rated equal to or greater than the mating pipe. The back -up ring bore shall be chamfered or radiused to provide clearance to the flange adapter radius. Flange bolts and nuts shall be Grade 3 or higher. 9 -08 PAINTS 9 -08.8 Manhole Coating System Products Section 9 -08.8 is a new section and subsections: 9- 08.8(1) Coating Systems Specification A. High Solids Urethane Coating System: C1 Coating Material: High Solids Urethane Surfaces: Concrete Surface In accordance with SSPC Preparation: SP -7 (Sweep or brush off blast) 87 03/20/2013 Application: Shop /Field: The drying wedging device and 0 -ring stuffing box. time between coats shall Resilient Seated Gate Valves: not exceed 24 hours in Resilient seated gate valves shall be manufactured to meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA Standard any case System Thickness: 6.0 mils dry film Coatings: Primer: One coat of fusion bonded epoxy. The epoxy coating shall be factory applied to all valve parts prior to valve assembly and Wasser MC- Aroshield shall meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA Standard C -550 latest revision. Valves shall be provided with high solids urethane (2.0 two (2) internal O -ring stems seals. The valves shall be equipped with one (1) anti - friction washer. The resilient DFT) Finish: Two or more gate valve shall have rubber sealing surfaces to permit bi- directional flow. The stem shall be independent of coats of Wasser MC- the stem nut or integrally cast. Aroshield (min. 4.0 DFT) Color: White 9 -23 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS AND ADMIXTURES 9 -23.9 Fly Ash (RC) Section 9 -23.9 is revised as follows: Fly ash shall not be used around water lines. 9 -30 WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS 9- 30.1(1) Ductile Iron Pipe (RC) Section 9- 30.1(1) is revised as follows: Ductile iron pipe shall be centrifugally cast and meet the requirements of AWWA C151. Ductile iron pipe shall have a cement - mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104. All other ductile iron pipe shall be Standard Thickness Class 52 or the thickness class as shown in the Plans. 9- 30.3(1) Gate Valves (3 inches to 12 inches) Section 9- 30.3(1) is replaced with: ( * * * * * *) Valves shall be designed for a minimum water operating pressure of 200 PSI. Gate valves shall be Iowa List 14, Mueller Company No. A2380, Kennedy, or M &H. Approval of valves other than models specified shall be obtained prior to bid opening. All gate valves less than 12" in diameter shall include an 8" x 24" cast iron gate valve box and extensions, as required. All 12" diameter and larger gate valves shall be installed in a vault. See the City of Renton Standard Details for 12" gate valve assembly vault and 1" bypass installation. s t Q Ll t t Gate valves shall conform to AWWA C500 and shall be iron body, bronze - mounted, double disc with bronze wedging device and 0 -ring stuffing box. Resilient Seated Gate Valves: Resilient seated gate valves shall be manufactured to meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA Standard C509 latest revisions. All external and internal ferrous metal surfaces of the gate valve shall be coated for corrosion protection with fusion bonded epoxy. The epoxy coating shall be factory applied to all valve parts prior to valve assembly and shall meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA Standard C -550 latest revision. Valves shall be provided with U two (2) internal O -ring stems seals. The valves shall be equipped with one (1) anti - friction washer. The resilient gate valve shall have rubber sealing surfaces to permit bi- directional flow. The stem shall be independent of the stem nut or integrally cast. I Manufacturers of Resilient Seated Gate Valves shall provide the City on request that the valve materials meet the City specifications. I 88 1 f n J I 03/20/2013 Valves shall be designed for a minimum water operating pressure of 200 psi. End connections shall be mechanical joints, flanged joints or mechanical by flanged joints as shown on the project plans. Resilient Seated Gate Valves shall be U.S. Metroseal 250, Clow, M &H Style 3067, Mueller Series 2370, Kennedy. Approval of valves other than model specified shall be obtained prior to bid opening. All gate valves less than 12 inches in diameter shall include an 8"x24" cast iron gate valve box and extensions, as required. All 12 inch diameter and larger resilient seated gate valves shall have a 1 inch by -pass assembly and shall be installed in a concrete vault per City of Renton Standard Details, latest revision. 9- 30.3(3) Butterfly Valves Section 9- 30.3(3) is supplemented by adding the following: Butterfly valves shall be Dresser 450 or Pratt Groundhog. 9- 30.3(5) Valve Marker Posts Section 9- 30.3(5) has been deleted and replaced with the following: The valve markers shall be fabricated and installed in conformance with the Standard Drawings. Valve markers shall be carsonite composite utility marker .375 "x 6' -0" or approved equal with blue label "water." 9- 30.3(7) Combination Air Release /Air Vacuum Valves Section 9- 30.3(7) has been supplemented as follows: Air and vacuum release valves shall be APCO- Valve and Primer Corp, "Heavy- Duty," combination air release valve, or equal. Installation shall be per the City of Renton Standard Details, latest revision. Piping and fitting shall be copper or brass. Location of the air release valve as show on the plans is approximate. The installation shall be set at the high point of the line. 9- 30.3(8) Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly Section 9- 30.3(8) is revised as follows: Tapping sleeves shall be cast iron, ductile iron epoxy- coated steel, or other approved material. 9- 30.3(9) Blow -Off Assembly Section 9- 30.3(9) is a new section: Permanent blow -off assembly shall be #78 Kupferle Foundry Co. or approved equal. Installation of blow -off permanent blow -off assembly shall be per City of Renton Standard Details, latest revision. Pipe and fittings shall be galvanized. Blow -off assembly shall be installed at location(s) shown on the plans. Temporary blow - off assembly on new dead -end water main shall be installed at location shown on the plans. Temporary blow -off assemblies for testing and flushing of the new water mains will not be included under this item and shall be considered incidental to the contract and no additional payment shall be made. 89 03/20/2013 1 9 -30.5 Hydrants Section 9 -30.5 is supplemented by adding the following: ' ( * * * * * *) Fire hydrants shall be Iowa, Corey Type (opening with the pressure) or approved equal conforming to AWWA C- 502-85. Approval must be obtained prior to bid opening. ' Compression type fire hydrants (opening against pressure) shall be Clow Medallion, M &H 929, Mueller Super Centurion 200, conforming to AWWA C- 502 -85. 9- 30.5(1) End Connections (RC) Section 9- 30.5(1) is supplemented by adding the following: ( * * * * * *) Hydrants shall be constructed with mechanical joint connection unless otherwise specified in bid proposal description. 9- 30.5(2) Hydrant Dimensions Section 9- 30.5(2) is replaced with the following: ( * * * * * *) Fire hydrants shall be Corey type (opening with the pressure) or compression type (opening against pressure) ' conforming to AWWA C- 502 -85 with a 6 inch mechanical joint inlet and a main valve opening (M.V.O.) of 5 1/4 inches, two 2 1/2 inch hose nozzles with National Standard Threads 7 1/2 threads per inch and one 4 inch pumper nozzles with the new Seattle Pattern 6 threads per inch, 60 degrees V. Threads, outside diameter of male tread 4.875 and root diameter 4.6263. Hydrants shall have a 1 -1/4" pentagon operating nut opened by turning counter clockwise (left). The two 2 -1/2 hose nozzles shall be fitted with cast iron threaded caps with operating nut of the same design and proportions as the hydrant stem nut. Caps shall be fitted with suitable neoprene gaskets for positive water tightness under test pressures. The 4" pumper nozzle shall be fitted with a Stortz adapter, 4" Seattle Thread x 5" Stortz. Stortz adapter shall be forged and /or extruded 6061 -T6 aluminum alloy, hardcoat anodized. Threaded end portion shall have no lugs and 2 set screws 180 degrees apart. Stortz face to be metal, no gasket to weather. Stortz cap to have synthetic molded rubber gasket, and shall be attached to hydrant adapter with 1/8" coated stainless steel aircraft cable. Fire hydrants shall be installed per City of Renton Standard Details for fire hydrants, latest revisions. 9- 30.6(3)6 Polyethylene Pipe Section 9- 30.6(3)6 has been modified as follows: ( * * * * * *) Polyethylene pipe shall not be used. 9- 30.6(4) Service Fittings Section 9- 30.6(4) has been revised as follows: ( * * * * * *) Fittings used for copper tubing shall be compression type with gripper ring. 9- 30.6(5) Meter Setters Section 9- 30.6(5) has been supplemented as follows: Meter setters shall be installed per the City of Renton Standard Details for water meters, latest revision. 90 1 C 0 r t 11 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS u J t Table of Contents Division1 General .........................................:............................................... ............................1 -1 1.10 General .................................................................................................. ............................... 1 -1 1.11 Project Description ...................................................................... ............................... 1 -1 1.11.02 Reuse of Documents ................................................................. ............................... 1 -1 1. 11.03 Electronic Data ........................................................................... ............................... 1 -2 1.12 Project Scheduling .................................................... : ..................................................... 1 -2 1.13 Permits and Licenses ....................................................................... ............................... 1 -2 1.15 Warranty ............................................................................................ ............................... 1 -3 1.16 Owner Standard Locks and Keys .................................................. ............................... 1 -3 ' 1.30 Administrative ......................................................................................... ............................1 1.31 Responsibilities . ................................................................................ ............................... P -3 1 -3 ' 1.31.1 Contractor's Responsibility ......................................................... ............................... 1.31.1.1 Special Inspection Scheduling ................................................. ............................... 1 -3 1 -4 ' 1.31.1.2 Contractor Conducted Progress Meetings ............................ ............................... 1.31.1.3 Contractor Provided Schedule and Non - working Day Approval..................... 1 -4 1 -4 1.31.2 Owner Inspector's Responsibility .............................................. ............................... 1.33 Submittals ......................................................................................... ............................... 1 -5 1 -5 1.33.1 Submittal and Shop Drawings ......................................... ............................... 1.33.2 Substitutions .................................................................................. ............................... 1-5 1 -6 1.40 Quality Control ........................................................................................ ............................1 1.42 Reference Specifications .................................................................... ............................1 -7 -7 1.50 Construction Support .......................................................................... ............................... 1.51 Temporary Utilities ......................................................................... ............................... 1 -7 1 -7 1.52 Temporary Facilities ........................................................................ ............................... 1 -7 1.53 Traffic Control ................................................................................. ............................... 1 -8 1.59 Site Control ....................................................................................... ............................... 1 -8 ' 1.59.1 Surveying and Staking .................................................................. ............................... 1 -8 1.70 Execution and Closeout ...................................................................... ............................... 1 -8 1.75 Testing, Startup and Operation ............. ............................... 1.75.1 Schedule ......................................................................................... ............................... 1 -8 1.75.2 Testing ............................................................................................ ............................... 1 -9 1.75.2A General ........................................................................................ ............................... 1 -9 i ' H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Table of Contents 1.75.2B Scheduling of Owner /Engineer. Review for Testing ........... ............................... 1 -9 1.75.2C Pump, Piping, Electrical and Instrumentation Testing .......... ...........................1 -10 1.75.3 Lift Station Startup, Operational Demonstration and Training .........................1 -10 1.75.3A General .......................................................................................... ...........................1 -10 1.75.3B Startup ........................................................................................... ...........................1 -11 1.75.3C Training ......................................................................................... ...........................1 -11 1.75.3D Operational Demonstration ...................................................... ...........................1 -12 1.77 Cleaning .............................................................................................. ...........................1 -12 1.77.2 Site and Facility Cleanup ............................................................... ...........................1 -12 1.79 Training and Documentation .......................................................... ...........................1 -13 1.79.2 Operation and Maintenance Manuals ......................................... ...........................1 -13 1.79.3 Construction Record Drawings .................................................... ...........................1 -14 1.80 Performance Requirements .................................................................. ...........................1 -15 1.81 Seismic Restraint and Anchorage .................................................... ...........................1 -15 1.82 Pressure Ratings .........................................:....................................... ...........................1 -15 Division2 Sitework ..................................................................................... ............................... 2 -1 2.00 General .................................................................................................. ............................... 2 -1 2.05 Common Work for Sitework ......................................................... ............................... 2 -1 2.09 Special Inspections for Earth Work ............................................. ............................... 2 -2 2.10 Site Preparation .................................................................................... ............................... 2 -2 2.10.2 Clearing and Grubbing ................................................................ ............................... 2 -2 2.10.4 Dewatering .................................................................................... ............................... 2 -3 2.10.5 Construction Access .................................................................... ............................... 2 -4 2.11.1 Common Work for Earthwork Materials ................................. ............................... 2 -5 2.11.2 General Fill .................................................................................... ............................... 2 -5 2.11.3 Structural Fill ................................................................................. ............................... 2 -6 2.11.4 Pipe Bedding ................................................................................. ............................... 2 -7 2.11.5 Trench Backfill .............................................................................. ............................... 2 -7 2.11.8 Crushed Surfacing Top Course .................................................. ............................... 2 -8 2.11.20 Geotextile Fabric ........................................................................ ............................... 2 -8 2.12 Road Surfacing ................................................................................. ............................... 2 -9 2.12.1 Common Work for Road Surfacing .......................................... ............................... 2 -9 2.12.3 Hot Mix Asphalt ( HMA) ............................................................. ............................... 2 -9 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design\Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc ll 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. i� J 'J 1� Table of Contents 2.13 Vegetation Protection ..................................................................... ............................... 2 -9 2.13.1 Common Work for Vegetation Protection .............................. ............................... 2 -9 2.13.2 Fencing ........................................................................................... ............................... 2 -9 ' 2.13.5 Excavation Around Trees ......................................................... ............................... 2 -10 2.20 Earth Moving ....................................................................................... ............................... 2 -10 2.23 Excavation .................:........................................................................ ...........................2 -10 2.25 Erosion and Sedimentation Control ........................................... ............................... 2 -11 2.25.3 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control ................... ............................... 2 -11 2.25.4 Stormwater Discharge 2.30 Site Improvements ............................................................................. ............................... 2.31 Fencing 2 -13 ................................................................................................ ...........................2 -13 2.31.2 Temporary Construction Security Fence ................................ ............................... 2 -13 ' 2.40 Shoring and Support .......................................................................... ............................... 2 -13 2.41 Contractor Designed Shoring ...................................................... ............................... 2 -13 2.60 Contaminated & Waste Materials Handling ................................... ............................... 2 -14 2.60.2 Waste Material Control .............................................................. ............................... 2 -14 t2.61 Contaminated Materials ................................................................ ............................... 2 -15 2.61.2 Toxic Spill or Release Contact Requirements ........................ ............................... 2 -15 2.90 Landscaping ..................... ............................... 2 -15 2.90.1 Common Work for Landscaping ............................................. ............................... 2 -15 2.90.3 Soil Amendments ....................................................................... ............................... 2 -19 2.90.3.1 Commercial Fertilizer ............................................................. ............................... 2 -19 2.90.12 Potted Plant and Trees ............................................................ ............................... 2 -19 2.90.20 Landscape Accessories ............................................................ ............................... 2 -21 Division3 Concrete .................................................................................... ............................... 3 -1 3.00 General .................................................................................................. ............................... 3 -1 ' 3.05 Common Work for Concrete ........................................................ ............................... 3 -1 .......................................................................... ............................... 3.15.4 Embedded Items 3 -3 ' 3.15.5 Pipe Penetrations through Concrete ......................................... ............................... 3 -3 3.15.7 Epoxy o Grout for Anchor Bolts .................................................. ............................... 3 -4 ' 3.20 Reinforcing ............................................................................................ ............................... 3 -4 3.21 Reinforcing Steel .............................................................................. ............................... 3 -4 3.21.13 Reinforcing Steel ........................................................................ ............................... 3 -4 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc Ill 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Table of Contents 3.31 Concrete Materials ........................................................................... ............................... 3 -5 3.31.2 Structural Concrete ...................................................................... ............................... 3 -5 3.31.3 Thrust Blocks, Driveways, Curb and Gutter, & Sidewalks .... ............................... 3 -5 3.35 Surface Finishing ............................................................................. ............................... 3 -6 3.35.1 Common Work for Surface Finishing ....................................... ............................... 3 -6 3.35.3 Ordinary Wall Finish .................................................................... ............................... 3 -6 3.35.5 Floated Finish ............................................................................... ............................... 3 -7 3.35.6 Light Brush Finish ........................................................................ ............................... 3 -7 3.40 Pre -Cast Concrete ................................................................................ ............................... 3 -7 3.40.10 Utility Structures ......................................................................... ............................... 3 -7 3.60 Grouting ................................................................................................ ............................... 3 -8 3.62 Non - Shrink Grout ........................................................................... ............................... 3 -8 Division4 Masonry ..................................................................................... ............................... 4 -1 4.00 General .................................................................................................. ............................... 4 -1 4.05 Common Work for Masonry ......................................................... ............................... 4 -1 4.05.13 Masonry Mortar .......................................................................... ............................... 4 -2 4.05.16 Masonry Grout ........................................................................... ............................... 4 -3 4.05.19 Reinforcement and Accessories ............................................... ............................... 4 -3 4.08 CMU Inspection and Testing ........................................................ ............................... 4 -4 4.20 Unit Masonry ........................................................................................ ............................... 4 -4 4.22 Concrete Masonry Units ................................................................. ............................... 4 -4 Division 5 Fabricated Metalwork and Structural Plastics ...................... ............................... 5 -1 5.00 General .................................................................................................. ............................... 5 -1 5.05 Common Work for Fabricated Metalwork and Plastics ............ ............................... 5 -1 5.05.23 Structural Connectors ................................................................ ............................... 5 -3 5.05.24 Concrete Anchors ...................................................................... ............................... 5 -3 5.10 Structural Framing ............................................................................... ............................... 5 -4 5.12 Structural Steel ................................................................................. ............................... 5 -4 5.13 Stainless Steel ................................................................................... ............................... 5 -4 5.14 Aluminum ......................................................................................... ............................... 5 -5 5.15 Galvanized Steel ................................................................................ ............................... 5 -5 5.17 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Structural Shapes .............. ............................... 5 -5 5.53 Grating .............................................................................................. ............................... 5 -6 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc iv 03/20/2013 11:36 AIM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1 u u �i J 1 s t t t Table of Contents 5.53.1 Common Work for Grating ........................................................ ............................... 5 -6 5.53.7 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Grating ............................ ............................... 5 -7 5.60 Ladders .................................................................................................. ............................... 5 -8 5.60.1 Common Work for. Ladders ....................................................... ............................... 5 -8 5.60.10 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Ladders ......................... ............................... 5 -8 Division6 Carpentry ................................................................................... ............................... 6 -1 6.00 General .................................................................................................. ............................... 6 -1 6.05 Common Work for Carpentry ....................................................... ............................... 6 -1 6.14 Pressure Treated Wood .................................................................. ............................... 6 -1 6.16 Wood Sheathing .............................................................................. ............................... 6 -1 6.17 Shop Fabricated Structures ............................................................ ............................... 6 -2 6.17.53 Premanufactured Wood Trusses ............................................. ............................... 6 -2 Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection ......................................... ............................... 7 -1 7.00 General .................................................................................................. ............................... 7 -1 7.05 Common Work for Thermal and Moisture Protection ............. ............................... 7 -1 7.20 Thermal Protection .............................................................................. ............................... 7 -1 7.21 Thermal Insulation .......................................................................... ............................... 7 -1 7.21.3 Ceiling Insulation .......................................................................... ............................... 7 -1 7.21.4 Foundation Insulation ...... :......................................................................................... 7 -2 7.21.5 CMU Wall Insulation ................................................................... ............................... 7 -2 7.21.10 Exposed Small Piping Insulation ............................................. ............................... 7 -3 7.46 Siding ................................................................................................. ............................... 7 -3 7.46.43 Steel Materials ............................................................................. ............................... 7 -3 7.46.43.2 Steel Soffit Panels .................................................................... ............................... 7 -3 7.60 Flashing and Sheet Metal .................................................................... ............................... 7 -4 7.61 Metal Roofing .................................................................................. ............................... 7 -4 7.61.1 Common Work for Metal Roofing ............................................ ............................... 7 -4 7.61.3 Preformed Metal Roofing over Wood Decking ...................... ............................... 7 -6 7.70 Roof and Wall Specialties ................................................................... ............................... 7 -7 7.72 Roof Accessories ............................................................................. ............................... 7 -7 7.72.1 Common Work for Roof and Wall Specialties ........................ ............................... 7 -7 7.72.26 Ridge Vent ................................................................................... ............................... 7 -7 7.10 Dampproofing and Waterproofing ................................................... ........:...................... 7 -7 H: \Ffle Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc v 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Table of Contents 7.90 Joint Protection .................................................................................... ............................... 7 -7 7.92 Caulk .................................................................................................. ............................... 7 -8 Division8 Openings ................................................................................... ............................... 8 -1 8.00 General .................................................................................................. ............................... 8 -1 8.05 Common Work for Openings ....................................................... ............................... 8 -1 8.06 Schedule ............................................................................................ ............................... 8 -1 8.10 Doors and Frames ............................................................................... ............................... 8 -1 8.11 Metal Doors and Frames ................................................................ ............................... 8 -1 8.11.1 Common Work for Metal Doors and Frames ......................... ............................... 8 -1 8.11.13 Steel Doors and Frames ............................................................ ............................... 8 -4 8.30 Specialty Doors .................................................................................... ............................... 8 -4 8.34 Access Hatches ................................................................................ ............................... 8 -4 8.34.2 Vault Hatches ................................................................................ ............................... 8 -4 Division9 Finishes ...................................................................................... ............................... 9 -1 9.00 General .................................................................................................. ............................... 9 -1 9.05 Common Work for Finishes ...................................................:...... ............................... 9 -1 9.06 Color Schedule ................................................................................. ............................... 9 -4 9.90 Painting and Coating ........................................................................... ............................... 9 -4 9.90.2 Unpainted Items ........................................................................... ............................... 9 -4 9.91 Painting ............................................................................................. ............................... 9 -4 9.91.13.1 Metals Exterior (Wet Conditions) ........................................ ............................... 9 -4 9.91.13 Exterior Painting ........................................................................ ............................... 9 -5 9.91.33 Submerged Piping ...................................................................... ............................... 9 -5 9.91.33.3 Metals Submerged In Wastewater — Non NSF .................. ............................... 9 -5 9.91.23.5 Exterior of Exposed Ductile Iron Pipe ............................... ............................... 9 -6 9.91.33.8 Pump Impellors (Submerged, Waste Water) ....................... ............................... 9 -7 9.97 Special Coatings ............................................................................... ............................... 9 -7 9.97.23 Concrete and Masonry .............................................................. ............................... 9 -7 9.97.23.1 Concrete Wet Well Interior ................................................... ............................... 9 -7 9.97.23.6 Concrete Vault Interior .......................................................... ............................... 9 -8 9.97.23.7 Concrete Wetwell and Vault Exterior — Bottom and Walls ............................ 9 -9 9.97.23.13 Concrete Exterior Surface Sealer (Equipment Pads, Wetwell and Vault Tops) .................................................................................................................... ............................... 9 -9 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc vi 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. r-. 'J M� t t J i) t 1 Ll 1 t Table of Contents 9.97.23.11 CMU Exterior Anti - Graffiti Non - Sacrificial Coating and Water Repellent ... 9- 10 Division10 Specialties .........................................................................:.......... ...........................10 -1 10.00 General .................................................................................................. ...........................10 -1 10.05 Common Work for Specialties ...................................................... ...........................10 -1 10.10 Information Specialties ................................................................:...... .............:.............10 -1 10.14 Signs and Labels .............................................................................. ...........................10 -1 10. 14.1 Common Work for Signs and Labels ........................................ ...........................10 -1 10.14.2 Equipment Signs .......................................................................... ...........................10 -2 10.14.4 Danger Signs ............................................... ............................................................. 10 -2 10. 14.8 Electrical and Control Equipment ............................................. ...........................10 -2 10. 14.9 Pump and Check Valve Signs ..................................................... ...........................10 -3 Division 11 Equipment ........................................ ............................... 11.00 General .................................................................................................. ...........................11 -1 11.05 Common Work for Equipment .....................................:.............. ...........................11 -1 11.10 Pumps ............................................................................................... ...........................11 -1 11.10.1 Common Work for Pumps ......................................................... ...........................11 -1 11.12 Wastewater Pumps .......................................................................... ...........................11 -6 11.12.2 Submersible Sewage Pump .................................... ................................................ 11 -6 11.12.2 Lind Lift Station Pumps and Motors ........................................ ...........................11 -6 11.12.3 Sump Pump ................................................................................... ...........................11 -9 Division12 Furnishings .................................................................................. ...........................12 -1 Division 13 Special Construction .................................................................. ...........................13 -1 Division 14 Conveying Systems .................................................................... ...........................14 -1 Division15 Mechanical ................................................................................... ...........................15 -1 15.00 General .................................................................................................. ...........................15 -1 15.05 Common Work for Mechanical .................................................... ...........................15 -1 15.10 Buried Pipe Installation ....................................................................... ...........................15 -2 15.12 Sewer Main Installation .................................................................. ...........................15 -2 15.18 Buried Piping Inspection and Testing .......................................... ...........................15 -3 15.18.3 Valve Testing ................................................................................ ...........................15 -3 15.18.5 Sewer Force Main Inspection and Testing ............................... ...........................15 -3 15.20 Pipe and Fittings .................................................................................. ...........................15 -4 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc vii 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Table of Contents 15.21 Common Work for Pipe and Fittings .......................................... ...........................15 -4 15.22 Metal Pipe and Fittings ................................................................... ...........................15 -5 15.22.2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings .......................... ............................... -6 15.22.4 Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings ................................................. ...........................15 -6 15.23.5 PVC Pipe and Fittings — Solvent Weld ..................................... ...........................15 -7 15.23.7 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings for Sewer — Push on Joint......... 15 -7 15.30 Valves ..................................................................................................... ...........................15 -8 15.31 Common Work for Valves ............................................................ ...........................15 -8 15.32 Isolation Valves ............................................................................... ...........................15 -9 15.32.5 Eccentric (Plug) Valves ............................................................... ...........................15 -9 15.33 Check Valves .................................................................................... ...........................15 -9 15.33.2 Swing Check Valves ..................................................................... ...........................15 -9 15.40.4 Adapters and Dielectric Fittings ............................................... ..........................15 -10 15.60 Pressure and Level Measurement ..................................................... ..........................15 -10 15.60.1 Common Work for Pressure and Level Measurement .......... ..........................15 -10 15.61 Pressure Gauges ............................................................................. ..........................15 -11 Division16 Electrical ...................................................................................... ...........................16 -1 16.00 General .................................................................................................. ...........................16 -1 16.05 Common Work for Electrical ........................................................ ...........................16 -1 16.10 Electrical Site Work ............................................................................. ...........................16 -6 16.10.1 Common Work for Electrical Site Work .................................. ...........................16 -6 16.10.2 Underground Marking Tape (Detectable Type) ...................... ...........................16 -6 16.15 Electrical Grounding ................................... ................................................................... 16 -6 16.15.1 Common Work for Electrical Grounding ................................ ...........................16 -6 16.20 Utility Service ...................................... ............................... 16.21 Electrical Service .............................................................................. ...........................16 -8 16.21.2 Electrical Utility Meter Enclosure .............................................. ...........................16 -9 16.21.3 Service Disconnect Switch .......................................................... ...........................16 -9 16.21.4 Manual Transfer Switch ............................................................. ..........................16 -10 16.21.5 Generator Connection Receptacle ............................................ ..........................16 -10 16.30 Panel Components .............................................................................. ..........................16 -10 16.31 Panel Monitoring and Indication ................................................. ..........................16 -10 16.31.2 Run Time Meters ......................................................................... ..........................16 -10 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc viii 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 11 C fl t t 1 Table of Contents 16.31.3 Power Meter ................................................................................. ..........................16 -11 16.31.5 Operational Counters ................................................................. ..........................16 -11 16.31.10 Indicating Pilot Lights .............................................................. ..........................16 -12 16.32 Panel Switches ................................................................................. ..........................16 -12 16.32.2 Selector Switch ............................................................................. ..........................16 -12 16.32.5 Pushbuttons ..........................................................:...................... ..........................16 -12 16.33 Panel Relays ..................................................................................... ..........................16 -12 16.33.2 Relays ............................................................................................ ..........................16 -12 16.33.3 Phase Fail Relay (PFR) ............................................................... ..........................16 -13 16.35 Other Panel Components ............................................................. ..........................16 -14 16.35.5 Terminal Blocks ........................................................................... ..........................16 -14 16.35.10 Surge Protection Device (SPD) .............................................. ..........................16 -14 16.40 Motor Control ..................................................................................... ..........................16 -15 16.41 Motor Control Center .................................................................... ..........................16 -15 16.41.2 Standard Motor Starter Unit ...................................................... ..........................16 -19 16.55 Switches and Protective Devices ...................................................... ..........................16 -20 16.55.1 Common Work for Switches and Protective Devices ........... ..........................16 -20 16.55.16 Molded Case Circuit Breakers ................................................. ..........................16 -20 16.55.17 Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Breakers .................................. ..........................16 -20 16.55.18 Disconnect Switches ................................................................. ..........................16 -21 16.60 Conductors .......................................................................................... ..........................16 -21 16.61 Low Voltage Wire and Cable ........................................................ ..........................16 -21 16.63 Signal Cable ..................................................................................... ..........................16 -23 16.70 Conduit, Raceways, Boxes and Fittings ........................................... ..........................16 -25 16.71 Raceways .......................................................................................... ..........................16 -25 16.72 Boxes and Enclosures ........................................................................ ..........................16 -27 16.72.2 Outlet and Junction Boxes ......................................................... ..........................16 -27 16.72.3 Watertight Enclosures ................................................................ ..........................16 -28 16.72.4 Pull Boxes and Vaults ................................................................. ..........................16 -28 16.75 Wiring Devices ................................................. : ............................................................ 16 -29 16.75.1 Common Work for Wiring Devices ......................................... ..........................16 -29 16.75.2 Receptacles ................................................................................... ..........................16 -29 16.75.3 Line Voltage Switches ................................................................. ..........................16 -30 H: \File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc lx 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Table of Contents I 16.75.6 Plates 16.85 Lighting ................................................................................................. ..........................16 -31 16.85.1 Common Work for Lighting Fixtures ................... ............................... ..............16 -31 16.85.2 Lamps ............................................................................................ ..........................16 -31 16.85.3 Fixtures ......................................................................................... ..........................16 -32 16.85.4 Ballast ............................................................................................ ..........................16 -32 , 16.88 Sensors and Controls .......................................................................... ..........................16 -32 16.88.1 Common Work for Sensors and Controls .............................. ..........................16 -32 16.88.2 Intrusion Alarm Switch .............................................................. ..........................16 -33 16.88.2A Keyed Switch Box .............................. ............................... Level Switches 16.88.3 Flood Liquid ..................................................... ..........................16 -34 16.88.4 Wastewater Level Float Switches .............................................. ..........................16 -34 Transmitter 16.88.5 Submersible Level ................................................. ..........................16 -35 16.90 Power Generation ............................................................................... ..........................16 -36 16.91 Engine Generator ........................................................................... ..........................16 -36 16.91.2 Standby Diesel Engine Generator Set ...................................... ..........................16 -36 16.92 Transfer Switches ................................................. .................................................... 16 -48 , 16.92.2 Automatic Transfer Switch ........................................................ ..........................16 -48 16.95 Testing .................................................................................................. ..........................16 -50 ' 16.95.1 Common Work for Testing ....................................................... ..........................16 -50 16.95.4 Ground Electrode Resistance Test Report ............................. ..........................16 -52 Division 17 Automatic Control ..................................................................... ...........................17 -1 17.0 General ................................................................................................. ...........................17 -1 17.05 Remote Communications Devices ............................................... ...........................17 -1 17.10 Installation of Equipment by Others ........................................... ...........................17 -2 Division 18 Measurement and Payment ....................................................... ...........................18 -1 I1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc X 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 1 General 1.10 GENERAL Sections in these specifications titled "Common Wlork for General." shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. Sections in these specifications titled "Belated SectzonZ' shall be read as integral to the specification as if they were fully detailed within. All work and materials described in such sections shall be provided and performed by the Contractor. 1.11 Project Description The City of Renton Lind Lift Station consists of a submersible sewage lift station. The work includes but not is limited to: • Temporary sedimentation and erosion control systems and site restoration • Excavation and placement of underground vault and manhole. • Precast concrete work • Installation of two (2) submersible pumps and other mechanical components • Installation of isolation valves, check valves and air /vac release assembly inside a precast vault • Installation of an outdoor rated engine generator • Construction of a CMU building • Installation of electrical and telemetry systems • Site work and site utilities • Paving and striping • Finish grading and site cleanup This project is locally funded with no federal funding requirements or "buy American" provisions of federal stimulus projects. 1.11.02 Reuse of Documents Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not: 1. Have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereon prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions; or 2. Reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer. 3. The prohibitions of this Paragraph will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 1 -1 H:\File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton P g tY Division 1- General Lind Lift Station 1.11.03 Electronic Data 1. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by , Owner or Engineer to Contractor, or by Contractor to Owner or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in ' electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived . from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a , discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. 2. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 30 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 30 -day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party. 3. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party , makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. 1.12 Project Scheduling The Contractor shall notify the City one week prior to mobilizing to the site. The City will coordinate with the property Owner prior to the mobilization. Coordinate with the City prior to installing the following: • All saddle manholes , • Installing the proposed forcemain on Lind Avenue 1.13 Permits and Licenses j The Owner will secure and pay for the following permits: • SEPA Permit • Right-of-Way Permit • Conditional Use Permit The Contractor shall acquire and pay for all other necessary permits which may include: • Mechanical Permits • Electrical Permits • Disposal Permits • Transportation Permits • Permanent Installation of above Ground Storage Tank Permit 1 -2 , H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 1- General Lind Lift Station A copy of the Owner acquired permits are /will be available at the Owner's office for examination by bidders. Conform to the requirements of these permits and all other permits issued for this project. 1.15 Warranty The Contractor shall warrant all products used in the construction of this project for a period of one (1) year following project acceptance except for those components and listed warrantees below. The date of project acceptance is defined as the date the final payment is sent to the Contractor from the Owner. 1 -3 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Warranty does not cover damage due to misuse by the Owner or conditions outside of the Owner or Contractor's control (force majeure) including but not limited to war, strikes, floods, fire, earthquakes, high winds (over 85 mph for 3 seconds peak gust), freezes below 10 degrees Fahrenheit, governmental restrictions, vandalism, and power failures or surges. The contractor has :control over workmanship, third party subcontractors and parts and materials used to complete the project. Warranties in addition to this warranty are listed in the following sections: • Div 2.13.1 Vegetation Protection • Div 2.90.1 Landscaping • Div 8.34.2 Vault hatches • Div 11.10.1 Common Work for Pumps • Div 7.05 Roofing • Div 16.91 Standby Diesel Engine Generator Set 1.16 Owner Standard Locks and Keys All devices requiring locks, including but not limited to doors, gates, access hatches, convenience hatches, etc. shall have locks provided and cored to match Owner standard lock and keys. If construction cores are utilized during the project, Contractor shall provide Owner with construction key(s) for all temporary locks. 1.30 ADMINISTRATIVE 1.31 Responsibilities 1.31.1 Contractor's Responsibility The work included in this contract is shown on the contract plans and described in these project specifications. All work incidental and necessary to the completion of the work described and shown shall be performed by the Contractor. In submitting a bid for this project, the Bidder warrants that they are an expert in this and related work, that they understand the process and functions shown, and that various work and processes not shown but necessary for the successful operation of this project will be provided by the Contractor. 1 -3 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1.31.1.1 Special Inspection Scheduling III g City Spring 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 1- General Lind Lift Station The General (or Prime) Contractor is fully responsible for providing his subcontractors and suppliers with all relevant portions of the plans and specifications necessary to bid and construct the improvements. Damage to existing utilities or property shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the discretion of the Owner. The Contractor and each of the Subcontractors are responsible for coordinating the required inspections. There are specific requirements for inspection responsibilities and the advance notice that must be given to minimize construction delays. It is the Contractor's responsibility to be familiar with these requirements, include the coordination necessary in this estimate of project costs and schedule, and to comply with the requirements during construction. Failure to follow proper inspection and notification procedures may result in on -site work stoppages and removal or demolition of unapproved structures or systems, all at the Contractor's expense. See Testing, Startup and Operation section below for details. Do not start work on this project or on any public or private right -of -way or easement until clearance is given by the Owner. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of any permit for the project. Do not hinder private property access without a 24 -hour notice to the private property owner, and do not hinder access for more than an 8 -hour period. Do not disrupt emergency aid access to private property. The Contractor is solely responsible for all elements of site safety. Inspections performed by the Engineer are only to monitor and record that project plans and specifications are being complied with and construction is consistent with the design intent. The Contractor shall be responsible for managing, coordinating, and overseeing his subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers' representatives, or any other persons performing Work. The Contractor shall have a competent representative, familiar with the project and work being performed, on -site at all times. 1.31.1.1 Special Inspection Scheduling III Unless otherwise noted on the plans or within these specifications, 24 -hour prior notice shall be given to the Engineer for all inspections required for the construction of the project. 24- hour notice is defined as 1 complete working day notice. Time is not counted on weekends and holidays (inspections required on a Monday or the day after a holiday shall be scheduled a minimum of 24 hours in advance not including the holiday hours or weekend hours.) 1.31.1.2 Contractor Conducted Progress Meetings The Contractor shall schedule and hold regular on -site progress meetings at least bi- weekly and at other times as requested by the Owner or as required by progress of the work. The Contractor, Engineer, and all Subcontractors active on the site must attend each meeting. 1.31.1.3 Contractor Provided Schedule and Non - working Day Approval Contractor is responsible for providing an up to date construction schedule with each monthly pay estimate and at other times as requested by the Owner or as required by progress of the work. If the current schedule is still inline with the previous schedule, the 1 -4 H:\File Svs \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc 1 Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 1- General Lind Lift Station Contractor shall inform the owner and engineer with each pay estimate. Non - working day approval shall also be received by the Owner with each monthly pay estimate. Owner may delay monthly progress payments if contractor fails to submit updated schedule and non- working day requests. 1.31.2 Owner Inspector's Responsibility The Owner may elect to have an inspector on site to monitor, observe and record construction progress. The Contractor maintains complete responsibility to verify construction is meeting the design intent and is being constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is not the responsibility of the Owner's inspector to address neither means and methods issues on site nor direct safety issues on site. The Owner's inspector does not have the authority to stop work if unsafe conditions are observed. I 1 -5 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1.33 Submittals 1.33.1 Submittal and Shop Drawings Shop drawing submittals are required for all items installed on this contract. Submit 3 copies of each submittal in addition to the number of copies the contractor needs returned to them to: RH2 Engineering, Inc. 22722 29`'' Drive SE, Ste 210 iBothell, WA 98021 Attn: Edwin Halim, P.E. Submittal data for each item shall contain sufficient information on each item to determine if it is in compliance with the contract requirements. ( Items that are installed in the work that have not been approved through the shop drawing process shall be removed and an approved product shall be furnished, all at the Contractor's expense. Shop drawing review will be limited to general design requirements only, and shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions, or responsibility for consequences due to deviations from the contract documents. No changes may be made in any submittal after it has been reviewed except with written notice and approval from the Owner. Shop drawings shall be submitted on 8'/2" x 11 ", 11" x 17 ", or 22" x 34" sheets and shall contain the following information: • Project Name as it appears on the Document Cover. • Prime Contractor and Applicable Subcontractor. • Applicable Specification and Drawings Reference. I 1 -5 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 1- General Lind Lift Station • A stamp showing that the Contractor has checked the equipment for conformance with the contract requirements, coordination with other work on the job, and dimensional suitability. • A place for the Engineer to stamp. Submittals that do not comply with these requirements may be returned to the Contractor for re- submittal. Acceptable submittals will be reviewed as promptly as possible, and transmitted to the Contractor not later than 12 working days after receipt by the Engineer. Revise and submit as necessary. Delays caused by the need for re- submittal shall not be a basis for an extension of contract time or delay damages. Shop drawings and submittals shall contain the following information for all items: A. Shop or equipment drawings, dimensions, and weights B. Catalog information. C. Manufacturer's specifications. D. Special handling instructions. E. Maintenance requirements. F. Wiring and control diagrams. G. List of contract exceptions. By approving and submitting shop drawings and samples, the Contractor warrants that they have determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and have checked and coordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the work and of the contract documents. The Owner will pay the costs and provide review services for a first and second review of each submittal item. Additional reviews shall be paid by Contractor by withholding the appropriate amounts from each payment estimate. The Contractor is responsible for identifying the shop drawings and submittals required for this project. Items that are installed but have not been approved through the submittal process may be rejected and must be removed and replaced with an approved product. Specific submittal requirements are listed in each section of these specifications. Contractor shall keep a complete and up to date copy of all submittals and review responses at the job site readily available to the Engineer and Owner for inspection. Electronic submittal via email is acceptable, however the Contractor shall take responsibility to follow up with the Engineer to verify that the submittal was received. Neither the Engineer nor Owner assumes responsibility for emails that do not make it to the recipient. 1.33.2 Substitutions Any product or construction method that does not meet these specifications will be considered a substitution. Substitutions must be approved prior to their installation or use on this project. 1 -6 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. L III] M F I i_I t ri i] 1 I 1 Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 1- General Lind Lift Station 1.40 QUALITY CONTROL 1.42 Reference Specifications Work under this contract shall be performed in accordance with applicable sections of the current Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, Washington State Chapter, American Public Works Association, and Washington State Department of Transportation, hereafter referred to as the Standard Specifications. Certain other referenced standards used in this specification are from the latest editions of: IBC International Building Code 2006 • UPC Uniform Plumbing Code • UMC Uniform Mechanical Code • NEC National Electrical Code • AWWA American Water Works Association • ANSI American National Standards Institute • ASA American Standards Association • ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1.50 CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT 1.51 Temporary Utilities Sanitary facilities adequate for all workers shall comply with all codes and regulations. At the close of this contract, the Contractor shall pay all utility bills that are outstanding, remove all temporary electrical, sanitary, gas, telephone and water facilities, and any other temporary service equipment that may remain. In addition, the Contractor shall arrange for the transfer of electrical and water accounts to the Owner's name, if applicable. Power for Construction Use The Contractor shall be responsible for an adequate temporary electrical system. This system shall be arranged by and all costs paid by the Contractor. Water for Construction Use The Contractor may use the fire hydrant with contractor provided hydrant meter and backflow prevention assembly as necessary for water supply for construction. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City for hydrant use and shall pay all the water charges to the City. 1.52 Temporary Facilities The Contractor shall be responsible for construction and location of all field offices, all necessary gates and barricades, fences, handrails, guard rails, and securities required by this contract, or by laws and regulations. There shall be shelters and dry facilities for the workers 1 -7 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 1 - General Lind Lift Station as required. The Contractor shall insure that all guards, marks, shields, protective clothing, rain gear, and other equipment required by law, ordinance, labor contracts; Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations, and other regulations for the maintenance of health and safety be supplied. First aid kits and equipment as required by law shall also be supplied. 1.53 Traffic Control Any traffic control activities required during construction shall be consistent with the Uniform Traffic Control Manual, latest addition and applicable local codes. The contractor shall limit delay of traffic to 3 minutes maximum. If flaggers are used, orientation meetings per WAC 296- 155 -305 shall be held each time a new flagger is introduced to the site or if site conditions change significantly. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling such meetings. Construction traffic control shall follow traffic control plans, signage and be reviewed and approved prior to implementation. 1.59 Site Control The Contractor shall not perform work activities, store materials or equipment, move equipment through, or disturb in any way the areas outside the "Construction Limits" unless approved by the Owner and Issaquah School District in writing. 1.59.1 Surveying and Staking The Contractor shall be responsible for surveying and staking and will stake out the locations of the permanent easements, temporary easements, rights -of -way, and all major facilities shown on the Plans and establish bench marks at locations designated by the Owner. The Contractor shall protect all stakes and marks in their original conditions. If stakes and markings are destroyed or defaced before their use is ended, the cost of replacing them will be at the Contractor's expense. All stakes, points, and marks, shall be administered and approved by a registered professional land surveyor licensed in the State of Washington. Provide approved and stamped survey notes, and control points to the Owner for construction records. Replace all damaged survey monuments in accordance with WAC 332 -120. 1.70 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 1.75 Testing, Startup and Operation 1.75,1 Schedule The Contractor shall coordinate all scheduled power shutdowns with the City of Renton maintenance shop one week in advance of the proposed shutdowns. The coordination shall be done in writing and be approved before a power shutdown. Contractor shall provide a construction plan with the request for shutdown that demonstrates the proposed work can be completed within the allowable power shutdown days. The requested shutdown may not H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - Ciry Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. i 1 1 J I I i� 1 All piping shall be tested as required by specifications and applicable codes. During testing, the Contractor shall correct any defective work discovered. Startup shall not begin until all tests required by these specifications have been completed and approved by the Owner. 1.75.2B Scheduling of Owner /Engineer Review for Testing The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 48 -hours (2 complete working days) prior notification to the Engineer where witnessed testing or startup is required. The Contractor shall provide further notification within 2 working hours of the scheduled test to the Engineer confirming that the Contractor has successfully completed all preliminary testing fand that all equipment, tools, materials, labor, subcontractors, manufacturer's ■ representatives, and all other items required for witnessed testing are available and fully functional. Failure to provide advance notification and confirmation, or meet any of the testing requirements shall constitute a failed test in accordance with the section Inspection and Tests of the General Conditions. A detailed testing schedule shall be provided by the Contractor and updated as needed to be at least 48 hours ahead of actual testing at the project site. If testing requires downtime in order to perform repairs due to failed test, the Contractor shall pay the Owner in the amount of $150 per hour per Engineer or Owner Representative on site (minimum of $300 per scheduled visit) for downtime lasting longer than 1 hour required to complete repairs to verify the complete construction is ready for startup and operation. This amount will be deducted from the appropriate bid item that relates to the finished construction and documented by the Owner or Engineer at their discretion. 1 -9 H: \File Sys \WWP - Waste)X 7ater \WWR27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. S P rin 2013 City of Renton g Division 1- General Lind Lift Station be accepted unless the Owner is satisfied the schedule can be met. Refer also to the Completion Time section under the Instructions to Bidders. 1.75.2 Testing 1.75.2A General The Contractor may periodically request preliminary testing for items that must be covered or tested before other work can proceed. In these cases, the work shall not be tested or covered up without timely notice to the Owner of its readiness for testing. Should any work be covered up without notice, approval, or consent, it must, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. Where work is to be tested, all necessary equipment shall be set up and the work given a preliminary test so that any and all defects may be discovered and repaired prior to calling out the Owner for the test. Final testing shall consist of individual tests and checks made on equipment intended to provide proof of performance of unit and proper operation of unit control together with necessary tests to show system operation. Assure proper alignment, size, condition, capability, strength, proper adjustment, lubrication, pressure, hydraulic test, leakage test, and all other tests deemed necessary by the Engineer to determine that all materials and equipment are of specified quality, properly situated, anchored, and in all respects, ready for use. Any certificates required by- these specifications by the manufacturer's representatives shall be supplied to the Engineer prior to startup. All piping shall be tested as required by specifications and applicable codes. During testing, the Contractor shall correct any defective work discovered. Startup shall not begin until all tests required by these specifications have been completed and approved by the Owner. 1.75.2B Scheduling of Owner /Engineer Review for Testing The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 48 -hours (2 complete working days) prior notification to the Engineer where witnessed testing or startup is required. The Contractor shall provide further notification within 2 working hours of the scheduled test to the Engineer confirming that the Contractor has successfully completed all preliminary testing fand that all equipment, tools, materials, labor, subcontractors, manufacturer's ■ representatives, and all other items required for witnessed testing are available and fully functional. Failure to provide advance notification and confirmation, or meet any of the testing requirements shall constitute a failed test in accordance with the section Inspection and Tests of the General Conditions. A detailed testing schedule shall be provided by the Contractor and updated as needed to be at least 48 hours ahead of actual testing at the project site. If testing requires downtime in order to perform repairs due to failed test, the Contractor shall pay the Owner in the amount of $150 per hour per Engineer or Owner Representative on site (minimum of $300 per scheduled visit) for downtime lasting longer than 1 hour required to complete repairs to verify the complete construction is ready for startup and operation. This amount will be deducted from the appropriate bid item that relates to the finished construction and documented by the Owner or Engineer at their discretion. 1 -9 H: \File Sys \WWP - Waste)X 7ater \WWR27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 1- General Lind Lift Station If the Owner / Engineer deems the Contractor is not ready and the testing has to be rescheduled, the Contractor shall provide a minimum of 7 days prior notification for the follow up testing and pay the Owner in the amount of $150 per hour per Engineer Owner Representative on site (minimum of $300 per scheduled visit) to cover the cost. The Contractor is encouraged to have all systems pre- tested to their satisfaction prior Q to calling the Owner and Engineer for formal testing. 1.75.2C Pump, Piping, Electrical and Instrumentation Testing All piping shall be tested as required by the specifications and applicable codes. Tests on individual items of equipment, such as pipelines, instruments, valves, controls, and other items shall be as necessary to show proper system operation. Contractor is responsible to provide all materials and supplies needed to test each item. During testing, the Contractor shall correct any defective work discovered. Startup shall not begin until all tests required have been completed and approved by the Engineer and Owner.. Initial tests of lift station pump operations shall be performed using clean potable water ff supplied by the Contractor. It is not until the lift station is fully tested and accepted by the Owner when waste water will be allowed into the wet well. See Division 11.10.1 (Common Work for Pumps, Part 3 — Execution) for additional testing requirements for the pump. See Division 16.95 and 17.10 for additional electrical and control system testing requirements. 1.75.3 Lift Station Startup, Operational Demonstration and Training 1.75.3A General The Contractor shall provide a final schedule of the startup of the process and a final list of representatives that will be attending the startup 5 working days in advance of startup to the Owner and Engineer. The Engineer and Owner will review the submittal and may request additional representatives if they determine it is necessary to a successful startup. The Contractor and equipment suppliers shall provide all equipment to complete the testing, startup, operational demonstration and training portions of this project. Such items include a calibrated pressure gauge, voltmeter, amp meter, and other items as needed. The Owner's equipment will not be available for use by the Contractor or equipment suppliers. a Contractor shall be responsible for the calibration, startup, and initial performance to meet the specifications herein to the satisfaction of the Engineer and Owner. The Contractor shall conduct all testing, startup, operational demonstration, and training coordination with the suppliers. The Contractor shall schedule all testing, startup, operational demonstration, and training activities with the Engineer and the Owner. Suppliers of specialized equipment such as: pump(s), motor control center , and remote telemetry panel (owner provided).shall provide a trained, qualified manufacturer's representative to check installation and connection, verify settings, perform field tests as indicated, and certify in writing to Owner that its performance does meet all specifications. The Contractor shall make arrangements 1 -10 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Ing Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t t 1 Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 1- General Lind Lift Station for all materials, supplies, and labor necessary to efficiently complete the testing, startup, operational demonstration and training. The Contractor shall conduct all startup activities; the Engineer and Owner are present only as witnesses. In addition to the Contractor and the technically qualified equipment representatives, the following representatives shall be present at all startup activities: an electrician, and a technically qualified representative of the control system supplier. All representatives shall be trained, qualified, and have experience in identifying and troubleshooting field issues. The startup date(s) will not be scheduled with the Engineer or Owner until the testing is competed to the Engineer's satisfaction and the startup schedule and plan is submitted and approved. 1.75.3B Startup The purpose of startup shall be to check that all equipment will function under operating conditions, that all interlocking controls and sequences are properly set, and that the facility will function as an operating unit. The startup shall continue until it is demonstrated that all equipment, controls, and machinery are functioning as a system to the satisfaction of the Engineer and Owner. Prior to beginning the startup, the contractor shall fill the wet well with clean potable water. Upon successful completion of all components of the start -up, the system shall be ready for the operational demonstration and training phases. 1.75.3C Training After successful completion of the startup and at the time that the lift station is ready to be put into operation for the operational demonstration period, the Contractor shall schedule operation and maintenance training sessions with the owner. The training session(s) shall not occur on the same date(s) as testing or startup. The owner reserves the right to determine if training can be conducted during operational demonstration or after successful completion of the demonstration period. The Contractor shall make available experienced, factory trained, representatives of all supplied equipment and devices to train the Owner. The training shall explain in detail the intended operation and maintenance requirements of each of the lift stations's components. The Contractor shall submit an outline of training activities to be performed by each of the representatives three weeks prior to the training. The Contractor shall plan for a minimum of 7 personnel in attendance and shall provide sufficient training materials the day of training. The training agenda shall include, at a minimum, the following items: 1. Operation of the equipment 2. Lubrication of the equipment 3. Maintenance and repair of equipment 4. Troubleshooting 5. Preventative maintenance 1 -11 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 1- General Lind Lift Station 6. Adjustments to equipment 7. Optimizing equipment performance 8. Operational safety 9. Emergency situation response. 10. Assembly and disassembly of equipment. All O &M manuals must be submitted to the Engineer prior to the training session. Training j will not be scheduled with the Owner until the training outline and O &M manuals are received from the Contractor. The Owner reserves the right to videotape and record the training session for the benefit of future operators. Failure to provide acceptable final documentation including O &M manuals and construction record drawings will result in non - payment of the appropriate bid item in the schedule of prices and may result in liquidated damages being assessed at the owner's discretion. 1.75.3D Operational Demonstration Operation demonstration shall be conducted after successful startup has been completed as determined by the Engineer and Owner. The purpose of the operational demonstration period is to demonstrate automated operation of the equipment and system(s) using live waste water and to verify functional integrity of the system(s). This demonstration period shall occur under full operational conditions as determined by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to simulate operations variables and equipment failures to verify the functional integrity of automatic and manual backup systems and alternate operating modes. The demonstration period shall be for 10 calendar days. The date and time that the operational period shall begin and end shall be agreed upon by the Contractor, Owner, and Engineer in advance of initiating the operational demonstration period. The Owner shall provide a certified operator during this period to provide operational support and required testing only. The Contractor shall provide personnel to respond and repair any problems or failures that occur during this period. If, during the operational demonstration period, the aggregate amount of time used for repair, alteration, or unscheduled adjustments to any equipment or systems that renders the affected equipment or system inoperative exceeds 5 percent of the demonstration period, the operation demonstration has failed. Any shut downs due to equipment or systems failures shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. The Contractor must provide a report and status to the Owner's operator BEFORE turning the equipment or system in auto to continue the operational demonstration period. The Owner's operator reserves the right to decide if the issue that caused the system to fail could potentially be a safety concern to the customers if the system were to be put back into auto. Operation of the facility shall commence immediately after the successful completion of testing, startup, operational demonstration, and training and after satisfactory repairs and adjustments have been made. 1.77 Cleaning 1.77.2 Site and Facility Cleanup 1 -12 H: \File Sys \DVWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. S p rin 2013 City of Renton g Division 1- General Lind Lift Station t Clean up debris and unused material, and remove from the site and any buildings. If vehicle traffic causes ruts, repair asphalt (new or existing) in paved areas, in other areas back track with dozer or excavator and repair to proposed surface condition including necessary hydroseed, mulch, and landscaping as shown on the plans. Buildings shall be broom clean and all foreign damage or markings removed or repaired. Equipment shall be washed clean using appropriate methods. 1.79 Training and Documentation 1.79.2 Operation and Maintenance Manuals Prior to the receipt of payment for more than 90 percent of the work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer (3 hard copy sets and 1 complete pdf on CD) of acceptable manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions covering pumps, motors, telemetry, controls, and electrical equipment and systems installed on the Project requiring operational and /or maintenance procedures and for any additional items indicated by the Engineer, including coatings furnished under this contract. Each set of instructions shall be bound into multiple volumes; each volume to be complete with an index and bound in a suitable, hard - covered binder. Binders shall be of hard back construction with metal hinge. Capacity shall be 3" or 4" as appropriate for the quantity of O &M documentation. More than one binder may be required for large projects. Binders shall be equal to Avery models 87784, 98983, 98984, or 519702. Manuals shall be assembled and indexed so that information on each coating and piece of equipment can be readily found. The operating and maintenance instructions shall include, as a minimum, the following data for each coating and item of mechanical and electrical equipment: Products A. Equipment Identification including brand name, model number and serial numbers. B. Date of manufacture and date of installation on job site. C. Complete as -built elementary wiring and one -line diagrams. D. Complete parts list, by generic title and identification number, complete with exploded views of each assembly. Maintenance A. Recommended spare parts. B. Lubrication schedule including the applicable lubricant designation available from the Standard Oil Company of California. C. Recommended preventive maintenance procedures and schedules. Schedule shall be provided for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semi- annually and annually maintenance. D. Disassembly and re- assembly instructions including parts identification and a complete parts breakdown for all equipment, E. Weights of individual components of each item of equipment weighing over 50 pounds, 1 -13 H: \File Sys \WWP - wastewater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 1- General Lind Lift Station F. Name, location, and telephone number of the nearest suppliers and spare parts warehouses. G. All manufacturers' warranties. Include name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturers representative to be contacted for warranty, parts, or service information, H. Cleaning, repair, and maintenance instructions for each coating system. I. Provide videotapes, video CDs or DVDs utilized in the manufacturer's instruction program for the owner. Operation A. Recommended trouble- shooting and startup procedures. B. Recommended step -by -step operating procedures. C. Emergency operation modes, if applicable, D. Normal shutdown procedures, E. Long term shutdown (mothballing) procedures, F. Equipment specifications and guaranteed performance data. G. General manuals which describe several items not in the contract will not be accepted unless all references to irrelevant equipment are neatly eradicated or blocked out. All O &M manuals shall be provided in hard copy. A duplicate CD copy shall also be provided but shall not substitute a hard copy unless approved by the Owner. Progress payments for the total contract work in excess of 90 percent completion may not be made until the operation and maintenance manuals have been delivered and approved by the Engineer, at the discretion of the Owner. The Contractor shall secure and deliver to the Owner all equipment warranties and other warranties and guarantees required for all equipment and processes. Delivery shall be done at one time covering all major and minor equipment warranties. Copies of the warranties shall be included in each O & M Manual. See Division 1.15 for details regarding required warranties for specific components. 1.79.3 Construction Record Drawings Prior to receiving final payment for the work, the Contractor shall deliver a complete set of acceptable construction records to the Owner. Plans shall be made on clean, unmarked prints for this project in accordance with the following standards: • yellow markings or highlights = deleted items • red markings = new or modified items The Contractor shall provide "as- built" information on all items and work shown on the plans showing. details of the finished product including dimensions, locations, outlines, changes, manufacturers, etc. The information must be in sufficient detail to allow the 1 -14 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 0 r i q, i i h� i Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 1- General Lind Lift Station Owner's personnel to locate, maintain, and operate the finished product and its various components. See also electrical plan requirements in Division 16.05. 1.80 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.81 Seismic Restraint and Anchorage Contractor shall furnish seismic restraint for all pumps and motors, piping, valves, and electrical panels. Seismic restraint shall be designed to meet IBC 2006 (ASCE 7 -05 Chapter 13 — "Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components ") code requirements. The followinv design values shall be used in calculating seismic forces: ID = 1.5 1 S1 = 0.458 1 Sds = 0.899 1 Sd1 =0.471 A complete seismic restraint system shall be provided including struts, straps, bolts, nuts, washers, etc. as required for secure attachment to foundations, pads, ceilings, floors, and /or walls. Contractor shall install restraints in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements as applicable. Seismic restraint systems shall be designed so as not to interfere with normal operations and maintenance of the equipment and other components as shown on the plans. Drilled -in anchors for non - rotating equipment shall be Concrete Anchors unless otherwise specified. Contractor shall submit calculations showing that the seismic restraint assembly meets the design criteria given above. All materials and fabrication shall be as required in these specifications. Contractor shall submit this information to the Engineer for review prior to fabrication and installation. 1.82 Pressure Ratings Fittings, valves, pipe and fluid systems shall have pressure ratings equal to or greater than the pressures identified below, unless specifically called out otherwise in the plans or specifications: Pipe Function Working Pressure Test Pressure Pump discharge piping 6 psi 100 psi Contractor shall size thrustblocks and install thrust restraint mechanisms to withstand the working and test pressure ratings for the sewer forcemains per the above. 1 -15 H: \FIle Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City ModiSed.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station Clearing and grubbing shall be performed by the Contractor to remove and dispose of unwanted debris, vegetative matter, and other items noted on the plans within the construction limits and shall conform to Section 2 -01 of the Standard Specifications. Do not remove organic material including plants, grasses, trees and native topsoil unless directed by the plans. In instances where the contractor is allowed to clear areas to facilitate construction but is not required to, any areas . disturbed by construction shall be restored to existing or better condition including matching surface restoration with landscape bark or plantings as shown in adjacent areas required to be modified by the plans. Where the contractor is allowed to clear areas to facilitate construction, surface restoration shall be completed at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.10.4 Dewatering Part 1- General Submittals The Contractor shall prepare a detailed dewatering system plan and submit it to the Engineer for review prior to the 'installation of any dewatering system. This plan shall include, as a minimum, the scope, type, size, quantity, method of installation, operation, and removal of all dewatering systems to be used. During the design of the lift station, two (2) borings were performed. Groundwater was encountered during the boring and described in details in the Geotechnical Report included in this contract document. A submittal shall be provided to the engineer for review to dewater areas necessary to complete the installation of the proposed improvements. Part 3 - Execution Installation/ Construction The Contractor is to determine the scope, type, size, quantity, method of installation, operation, and removal of the dewatering system necessary to keep all excavations de- watered to an elevation below the base of the excavation sufficient to stabilize the soils in the excavation and the surrounding areas, and to prevent flotation of partially completed structures. Any dewatering systems must be positioned away from all structures and utility �a construction so as to not become a part of the permanent facility. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and operate all necessary machinery, appliances, and equipment to meet these water control requirements, and shall dewater and dispose of the water so as not to cause injury to public or private property or to cause a nuisance to the public. The Contractor shall maintain sufficient pumping equipment and machinery in good working condition for all ordinary emergencies, including power outages, and shall have available at all times competent workmen for the operation of the pump equipment. The dewatering system shall not be shut down between shifts, on holidays or weekends, or during work stoppages. 2 -3 i H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. �d Repair/ Restoration The Contractor is responsible for maintaining all construction accesses during construction and the cost of such maintenance shall be incidental to the bid price. Maintenance includes repairing settled and damaged areas and providing dust control. Cleaning Wherever construction vehicle access routes intersect paved roads, provisions must be made by the Contractor to minimize the transport of sediment onto the paved road. The Contractor shall remove all dirt, mud, rocks, vegetation, or other deleterious material from all construction equipment prior to leaving the site. This may include spray washing, sweeping, or other physical methods as necessary to remove materials. 2 -4 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station The Contractor shall discharge water collected in accordance with the requirements of state and local regulations and requirements of these specifications and plans. At no time shall silt laden water be discharged off site. Contractor may discharge filtered water into the City's sewer system at a controlled rate that does not over burden the existing lift station. The Contractor shall submit the dewatering flow rate to the City for approval prior to discharging any dewatering water into the existing sewer system. Filtered water shall be monitored by the Contractor and the Owner. Turbid water shall not be allowed into the sewer system. Field Quality Control The quality of all surface and ground water discharged from the site shall meet all State and local requirements. The Contractor shall employ all means necessary to remove suspended solids, oils, trash, and other deleterious materials from surface and ground water prior to discharging. Restoration All dewatering wells installed by the Contractor shall be removed and backfilled in accordance with applicable Federal and State regulations. 2.10.5 Construction Access Part 3 - Execution Installation/ Construction The Contractor shall provide for all temporary site access and shall maintain vehicular site access at all times. Access shall be of a quality to permit Contractor's forces and outside inspectors safe and convenient ingress / egress. Unless specifically provided for in the other bid items, the cost of building and maintaining construction access shall be incidental and no separate payment shall be made. Repair/ Restoration The Contractor is responsible for maintaining all construction accesses during construction and the cost of such maintenance shall be incidental to the bid price. Maintenance includes repairing settled and damaged areas and providing dust control. Cleaning Wherever construction vehicle access routes intersect paved roads, provisions must be made by the Contractor to minimize the transport of sediment onto the paved road. The Contractor shall remove all dirt, mud, rocks, vegetation, or other deleterious material from all construction equipment prior to leaving the site. This may include spray washing, sweeping, or other physical methods as necessary to remove materials. 2 -4 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2 -5 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. i 1 Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station If sediment or other debris is transported onto a paved road surface, the road shall be cleaned thoroughly by the end of the work day. Debris shall be removed from roads by shoveling or sweeping. 2.11.1 Common Work for Earthwork Materials Part 1 - General Acceptance at Site j Contractor shall be paid based on the percentage completed based on Owner or Engineer's judgment of percent complete. The Contractor shall excavate to building foundation, utility trench foundation elevation, tank subgrades and vault subgrades using their own judgment for soil and slope stability based on OSHA and VSHA standards. No additional payment for excavation or backfill will be made to the Contractor by the Owner except in instances of unknown utilities or unknown soil conditions deeper than 8 feet below grade. Part 2 - Products Source Quality Control All imported fill material shall be free of hydrocarbons (e.g. gasoline, diesel, oil, etc.), pesticides, herbicides and other hazardous volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and synthetic organic chemicals (SOCs). The contractor shall provide certification to the Owner that the fill is free of these chemicals. 2.11.2 General Fill Part 1— General Summary All fill required for this project that is not specifically defined as. another type shall be "General Fill". References Section 9- 03.14(3) Common Borrow the Standard Specifications. of Part 2 — Products Components General fill shall be soil free of organics, debris, and other deleterious materials with no individual particles having a maximum dimension larger than 5 inches. The moisture content of the material and weather conditions at the time of placement will be used to determine the suitability of native materials for backfill as general fill. 2 -5 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. i 1 Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station _ Part 3 — Execution Installation/ Construction All general fill shall be compacted in uniform layers not exceeding 18 inches in loose !� thickness and compacted to at least 85 percent maximum dry density based on the ASTM 4� D -1557 (modified) test procedure. 2.11.3 Structural Fill Part 1— General Summary All fill placed below, beside and against building components, building structures, vaults, manholes, handholes, slabs, sidewalks, and drives shall be "Structural Fill". The structural fill material has been selected to support the weight of the structure in combination with the existing native material and to prevent adverse movement during an earthquake. The Contractor must take particular care to maintain the integrity of the design by using structural fill where shown. References Where free draining material for use as structural fill is required as indicated on the plans, it shall conform with Section 9- 03.12(2), "Gravel Backfill for Walls" of the Standard Specifications. Structural fill for foundation subgrades or where free drainage is not required through the structural fill shall conform with 9- 03.9(1) "Ballast" of the Standard Specifications. Part 2 — Products Components . Structural fill shall be soil free of organics, debris, and other deleterious materials. The Engineer shall determine if native on -site materials are suitable for use as structural fill. Part 3 — Execution Installation/ Construction The moisture content of the material and weather conditions at the time of placement will be used to determine the suitability of native materials for backfill as structural fill. Structural fill shall bear on firm base and be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 12 inches in loose thickness. The backfill area must be free of standing water and the subgrade soils must be stable. Each layer of structural fill shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of its maximum dry density based on the ASTM D -1557 (modified) test procedure from 0 to 3 feet below final grade, 90 percent below 3 feet. 2 -6 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - Ciry Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM �. © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. i Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton p Division 2 - Sitework Lind Lift Station Part 3 - Execution Installation / Construction �. Excavation shall include the digging, scraping, and removing existing native material, abandoned or interfering utilities, abandoned or interfering structures and any other obstacles necessary for the construction of the improvements shown on the plans. Excavation includes utility excavation, structural excavation, and grading excavation. Utility excavation shall be performed to the depths necessary to complete the utility construction work shown. Structural excavation shall be performed to the limits shown and established by the , Engineer. The base of the excavation shall extend laterally a minimum of 2 feet beyond the - structure unless specified otherwise on plans. Excavated material may be stockpiled within the construction limits with approval by the Owner. Temporary stockpiling of excavated material will not be permitted outside the construction limits at any time. Examination The base of the excavation shall be evaluated by the Owner to determine if it is suitable for backfilling. The Owner will evaluate the stability of the base of excavation by determining if all significant organic soils or other unsuitable materials have been removed. - Construction Excavation required by the Engineer that is beyond the depth shown shall be performed by the Contractor per the direction of the Engineer. The Contractor will be reimbursed for ". additional excavation as specified in Division 18, "Measurement and Payment 2.25 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 2.25.3 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control Part 1— General Q uali ty Assurance The Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control (TESC) plans shown on the construction plans are the minimum requirements for the anticipated "site conditions. The Contractor shall add additional TESC facilities or processes as necessary to ensure that erosion and sedimentation problems do not occur. The Contractor shall inspect the TESC facilities daily and maintain the systems as necessary to prevent off -site damages Part 2 — Products Materials 2 -11 ■'j H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City J Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. =,i rl�. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station Straw or mulch shall be applied to any exposed surfaces to minimize erosion and filter surface water runoff. Where straw or mulch is required for erosion control, it shall be applied to a minimum thickness of 2- inches. Part 3 — Execution Installation/ Construction All erosion/ sedimentation control systems including; fencing, earth berms, grasses, straw, mulch, culverts, drain pipe, outfalls and other items required by for this project, must be installed prior to any clearing, grubbing, excavation, or grading work or other work that could result in off -site stormwater or material flows. Erosion/ sedimentation controls i systems must remain in place throughout the duration of the construction activities. The systems may be relocated to complete utility, excavation, grading, and landscaping activities if their location impedes the associated work. If the systems are relocated to complete any work they must be reinstalled to protect the construction and surrounding areas prior to commencing work on other portions of the project. 2 -12 H: \File Sys \V7WP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. i Systems such as mulch, plastic sheeting and hydroseed shall be installed as soon as clearing, grading and excavation are complete. The contractor shall take care and diligence to minimize erosion exposure and provide erosion and sedimentation control measures as shown on the plans and required by construction practice. Stabilized construction entrances and wash pads shall be installed at the beginning of construction activities and shall be maintained for the duration of the project. Wash pads shall be kept clean to prevent the transport of sediment onto adjoining roads. Earth berms shall be installed as necessary to prevent the migration of surface water into excavations or off of the project site. Surface water that is intercepted by earth berms shall be routed to an approved stormwater conveyance system. The Contractor shall ensure that the concentration of surface water at the earth berm does not erode the adjoining or downstream properties. Sediment deposited against the earth berm shall be removed to ensure that surface water can flow freely. The earth berm shall not be removed before the stabilization of the surface downhill from the berm. 2.25.4 Stormwater Discharge Part 3 — Execution �. Field Quality Control The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting all construction stormwater discharge water quality requirements including State of Washington (WAC 173 -201A -200), Construction Stormwater Permit requirements, City and local requirements regardless of weather conditions. 2 -12 H: \File Sys \V7WP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. i Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station If the project is fined by the permitting authority, that stormwater fine .shall be paid for by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Ozvner. 2.30 SITE IMPROVEMENTS 2.31 Fencing 2.31.2 Temporary Construction Security Fence Part 2 — Products Materials Chain link shall be 13 -gauge minimum. Top and bottom wire shall be used for fencing with posts directly driven into the ground. Top and bottom rail shall be used for modular fencing using concrete block bases. All vehicle access gates shall be locked with a padlock provided by the contractor. Extra keys shall be provided to the Owner and Engineer inspector prior to construction. Part 3 — Execution Installation/ Construction The contractor shall provide a 6 -feet tall temporary construction fence surrounding the construction site as deemed necessary by the Contractor. Fence posts shall be spaced at a maximum of 12 feet on center. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining fence during construction and securing fence after each workday. Posts shall be securely installed directly into the ground or set in temporary concrete base blocks.- Chain link shall be securely attached to the fence posts. The construction fence may be used in combination with the permanent fence provided that the fence is continuous around the site perimeter. Clearing limit identification fencing shall not be considered a Temporary Construction Security Fence. The Contractor shall be responsible for site security. 2.40 SHORING AND SUPPORT 2.41 Contractor Designed Shoring Part 1 - General Summary Where shoring, sheet piling, sheeting, bracing, lagging, or other supports are necessary to prevent cave -ins or damage to existing structures, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to design, furnish, place, maintain, and remove supports in accordance with applicable laws, codes, and safety requirements. 2 -13 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. r Where the Contractor is required to provide the shoring design, it shall be prepared by a competent person as defined by WAC 296 -155. Before beginning any excavation that is governed by the shoring requirements, the Contractor shall submit a stamped shoring plan and calculations to the Owner for approval. The stamp must be present on all plans and calculations, and all submittals must be approved by the Owner prior to starting work. Part 3 - Execution Installation/ Construction Design, planning, installation, and removal of sheeting, shoring, sheet piling, lagging, and bracing shall be accomplished in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed state of soil below and adjacent to excavation. 2.60 CONTAMINATED & WASTE MATERIALS HANDLING 2.60.2 Waste Material Control Part 1— General iAdhere Spring 2013 City of Renton P g tY Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station References Chapter 296 -155 of WAC, "Safety Standards for Construction Work, Part N, Excavation, Trenching, and Shoring ". OSHA Quality Assurance Where the Contractor is required to provide the shoring design, it shall be prepared by a competent person as defined by WAC 296 -155. Before beginning any excavation that is governed by the shoring requirements, the Contractor shall submit a stamped shoring plan and calculations to the Owner for approval. The stamp must be present on all plans and calculations, and all submittals must be approved by the Owner prior to starting work. Part 3 - Execution Installation/ Construction Design, planning, installation, and removal of sheeting, shoring, sheet piling, lagging, and bracing shall be accomplished in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed state of soil below and adjacent to excavation. 2.60 CONTAMINATED & WASTE MATERIALS HANDLING 2.60.2 Waste Material Control 2 -14 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1 Part 1— General iAdhere Quality Assurance to all requirements of federal,. state, and local statutes and regulations dealing with pollution. Permit no public nuisances. Use only dump sites that are approved by the regulatory agency having jurisdiction, and present proof of approval upon request. The Contractor shall follow all requirements and guidelines of the Northwest Clean Air Agency (NWCAA) and other associated agencies. Part 3 — Execution �. Installation/ Construction The Contractor shall take precautions to warn, protect, and prevent the public from all hazards that exist on site due to any demolition or construction operations. Stockpiled debris shall be surrounded with yellow warning tape attached to lath, stakes, poles, or fencing to warn the public of any potential hazard. 2 -14 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1 Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, or other methods to limit dust and dirt from rising and scattering in the air. Surface water runoff that is contaminated with site debris, silt, or other material that adversely affects water quality shall be collected and cleaned prior to discharge. On site collection ponds may not be used to keep silt laden water from entering the storm water collection system. Do not use water to control dust when its use may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice formation, flooding, and pollution. The Contractor shall minimize the amount of dust and other airborne particles caused by any demolition, excavation, stockpiling, or removal activities. Dust control measures shall be implemented by the Contractor prior to the beginning of work activities. Exposed soil may be wetted with water or covered to minimize dust creation. Water runoff from the wetting procedure shall be accumulated and cleaned prior to disposal. Water runoff accumulation shall be removed from the site prior to project completion. Cleaning At all times, keep the construction area clean and orderly and upon completion of the work, leave buildings broom clean and all parts of the work clean and free of rubbish and excess material of any kind. Leave fixtures, equipment, walls, and floors clean and free of stains, paint or roofing splashes, or other marks or defects. Upon completion, restore site of all work or equipment and material storage areas to their original conditions. Remove all miscellaneous unused material resulting from work and dispose of it in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. The site, through the progress of construction, shall be kept as clean as possible and in a neat condition. 2.61 Contaminated Materials 2.61.2 Toxic Spill or Release Contact Requirements Part 3 - Execution Field Quality Control During construction, if there is any toxic substance spill or release discharged into the environment, report the location, quantity, date and time of the spill or release to Washington State Emergency Management at 1 (800) 258 -5990 and the Owner's representative. Spills shall be monitored, contained, and cleaned up to applicable codes at the Contractor's expense. 2.90 LANDSCAPING t 2.90.1 Common Work for Landscaping 2 -15 H: \File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t I Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station Part 1— General Submittals In addition to Division 2.05, provide the following information. Samples of compost Written maintenance instructions recommending proper procedures for maintenance of plant materials. Top Soil - The Contractor shall submit the data for topsoil to be used as determined by an approved testing lab. Data shall include percentage of organic content as determined by incineration process and recommendations on type and quality of additives required to establish satisfactory pH factor, organic content, and supply of nutrients to bring the soil to a satisfactory level for planting. Nursery Material Plant Lists with Quantities and Sizes (pot volume and /or tree height) Planting schedule, indicating approximate planting date. Delivery, Storage, and Handling Deliver fertilizers in original, unopened and undamaged containers that list weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Store in such a manner as to prevent wetting and deterioration. Take all precautions customary in good trade practice in preparing plants for transplanting. Spray deciduous plants in foliage with an approved "Anti- Desiccant" immediately after digging to prevent dehydration. Dig, pack, transport, and handle plants with care to ensure protection against injury. If plants cannot be planted immediately upon delivery, properly protect them with soil, wet peat moss, or in a manner acceptable to the Owner. Water plantings as necessary to keep them alive and in healthy condition. Provide dry, loose topsoil for planting bed mixes. Project /Site Conditions Prevent damage to existing features, pavement, utility lines, areas to receive planting and other features remaining as part of final landscaping and /or site improvements. Quality Assurance The Contractor, with the approval of the Owner will select a qualified testing laboratory to test and inspect operations under this Section at the Contractor's expense. Notify testing laboratory of times for inspections. Notify Owner if any undesirable conditions are met during construction so that �. supplemental recommendations can be made. Comply with all applicable federal, state and local codes and safety regulations. t 1 2 -16 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton p Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station I' Comply with sizing and grading standards of the latest edition of "American Standard for Nursery Stock." A plant shall be dimensioned as it stands in its natural position. Warranty Warrant trees, shrubs and ground cover for the period as stated in the Warranty section of Division 1 against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects �IJ resulting from negligence by Owner, abuse or damage by others or unusual phenomena or incidents beyond the Contractor's control. Replace, in size and kind and in accordance with the plans and Specifications, all plants that are dead or, as determined by the Owner's Authorized Representative, in an unhealthy or unsightly condition, or have lost their natural shape due to dead branches or other causes due to the Contractor's negligence. Such replacement(s) will be at Contractor's expense. Warranty shall not include damage or loss of trees, plants, or ground covers caused by fires, unusual floods, freezing rains, lightning storms, winds over 75 miles per hour or other catastrophic "Acts of God ". Winter kill caused by extreme cold and severe winter conditions not typical of planting area, unanticipated acts of vandalism or negligence on the part of the Owner and damage caused by wildlife, shall not be covered under this warranty. Maintenance The plant establishment period shall be 365 days in duration. Maintenance of landscaping installed as part of this contract is fully the responsibility of the Contractor during the plant establishment period. During the plant establishment period, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure the continued growth of all plant materials. This care shall include, but not be limited to, the following: labor and materials necessary for removal of foreign materials, weeds, dead or rejected plant materials and lawn; the replacement of all unsatisfactory plant materials planted under this Contract in kind and size; and fertilizing to maintain a healthy growing condition and visually pleasing site. Water trees, plants and groundcover within the first 24 hours of initial planting, and in sufficient amounts thereafter to keep plant materials in a healthy growing condition. Provide maintenance reports to Owner's Authorized Representative monthly, indicating procedures, fertilizing, defective material, etc. I Part 2 — Products Materials A complete list of plants, including a schedule of sizes, quantities and other requirements is shown on the plans. In the event that quantity discrepancies or material omissions occur in the plant materials list, the planting plans shall govern. 2 -17 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. a, g City Spring 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station All plants shall be nursery grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the project locale for a minimum of 2 years or transplanted from on -site. All potted plants shall be grown in the containers in which they are sold for a minimum of one year. Stock furnished shall be at least the minimum size indicated. Larger stock is acceptable, at no additional cost, providing that the larger plants will not be cut back to size indicated. Provide plants indicated by two measurements so that only a maximum of 25% are of the minimum size indicated and 75% are of the maximum size indicated. Part 3 — Execution 2 -18 i H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. J Examination Examine proposed planting areas and conditions of installation. Do not start planting work until unsatisfactory conditions. are corrected *and approved by the Owner's Authorized Representative. Notify Owner's Authorized Representative at least 7 working days prior to installation of plant material. Final inspection to determine acceptance of planted areas will be made by the Owner's Authorized Representative, upon Contractor's request. Provide notification at least 10 working days before requested inspection date. Planted areas will be accepted, provided all requirements, including maintenance, have been complied with and plant materials are alive and in a healthy, vigorous condition after final acceptance of the project. Upon one year after Substantial Completion, the Owner will assume plant maintenance. Repair/ Restoration All dead plant materials shall be replaced within thirty (30) days of discovery. Re -set settled plants to proper grade and position. Restore planting saucer and adjacent material and remove dead material. Tighten and repair guy wires and stakes as required. Correct defective work as soon as possible after deficiencies become apparent and weather and season permit. Field Quality Control Provide plant material record plans legibly recording actual construction indicating horizontal and vertical locations, referenced to permanent surface improvements. Identify field changes of dimension and detail any changes. Cleaning During landscape work, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. 2 -18 i H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. J 2 -19 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. g City Spring 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove from site all excess materials, soil, debris and equipment as instructed by Owner's Authorized Representative. Repair damage resulting from planting operations. Remove any temporary irrigation systems once no longer needed. Remove only after approved by the Owner. 2.90.3 Soil Amendments 2.90.3.1 Commercial Fertilizer Part 2 — Products Materials Each tree and shrub shall receive "AgSafe Tabs" (or equal) plant tablets at the time of planting at the following rate: Plant Size Tablet Size No. of Tablets Ga. 10 gram 1 -2 Gal. 21 gram 2 -3 Cal. Inch of tree 21 gram 2 per inch Ht. of tree 21 gram 2 per ft. of ht. For application to tree /shrub /groundcover beds 3 months after initial planting: Provide fertilizer with not less than 18 percent total nitrogen, 8 percent available phosphoric acid and 9 percent total potash. P and K to come from Controlled Release Polymer Coated -based nitrates. 2.90.12 Potted Plant and Trees Part 1— General Scheduling Plant evergreen material between September 1 and December 1 or in the spring before new growth begins. If project requirements require planting at other times, plants shall be sprayed with anti- desiccant prior to planting operations. Plant deciduous materials in a dormant condition. If deciduous trees are planted in -leaf, they shall be sprayed with an anti- desiccant prior to planting operations. Plant bare root material between November 1 and March 1. Planting shall be performed only by experienced workers familiar with planting procedures under the guidance of a certified landscape Contractor with a minimum of 5 years of experience. 2 -19 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t HI r] Sprin g City 2013 Ci of Renton Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station Locate plants as indicated or as approved by the Owner's Authorized Representative in the field after staking by the Contractor. If obstructions are met that are not shown on the plans, do not proceed with planting operations until alternative plant locations have been selected or approved by the Owner's Authorized Representative. Part 2 — Products Materials Provide plants typical for their species or variety with normal, densely developed branches and vigorous, fibrous root systems. Provide only sound, healthy, vigorous plants free from defects, disfiguring knots, sun scald injuries, frost cracks, abrasions of the bark, plant diseases, insect eggs, borers and all forms of infestation. All plants shall have a fully developed form without voids and open spaces. Plants planted on rows shall be matched in form. Source Quality Control No pruning wounds shall be present with a diameter of more than 1 inch and such wounds must show vigorous bark on all edges. Evergreen trees shall be branched to the ground; double trunk trees are not acceptable. Part 3 — Execution Installation Bare root stock shall be dug and the earth removed without injury to fibrous root system necessary for full. recovery of plant. Cover roots with thick mud coating by puddling and /or wrapping in wet straw, moss or other suitable packing material immediately after digging. Keep plant protected until planted. Set plant material in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment, as shown on the planting details. Set plant material 2 -3 inches above the finish grade. Filling will not be permitted around trunks. Backfill planting pit with topsoil. Form a ring of soil around the edge of each planting pit to retain water, except on slopes greater than 2 to 1. Provisions shall be made to allow drainage of excess water from ponding in planting pits to an approved source, if soil conditions are such that free drainage is not possible. Cleaning After plants are set, muddle planting soil mixture around bases of balls and fill all voids. Remove all wrapping from the tops of root balls. Remove completely all non - biodegradable wrapping from root balls. 2 -20 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 2 — Sitework Lind Lift Station Mulch all planting beds with nutramulch to a depth of 4 inches or approved equal in areas with slopes 2 to 1 greater and 2 inches in all other areas with stockpiled shredded plant waste. 2.90.20 Landscape Accessories Part 2 — Products Materials Stakes and guys shall be made from new hardwood, treated softwood or redwood, free of knot holes and other defects. Provide and install wire ties and guying hose as shown on plans and as specified for evergreen trees. Provide and install guying for deciduous trees as shown on the plans. 2 -21 H: \File Svs \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Stadon \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. E �. Division 3 Concrete 3.00 GENERAL Sections in these specifications titled "Common Work for Concrete" shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 3.05 Common Work for Concrete Part 1- General ' This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing all concrete as described in these specifications and as shown on the plans. References Materials shall conform to the following standards: • Cement - ASTM C -150 • Coarse aggregate - ASTM C -33 • Fine aggregate ASTM C -33 • Admixtures - ASTM C -494 • Air- entraining admixtures - ASTM C -260 ;ubmittals Fly Ash — ASTM C -618 Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Concrete mix design including aggregate gradation and substantiating strength data. • Admixture Data • Special placement procedures for hot or cold weather ' • Rebar placement shop drawings • Precast concrete items • Water stop and swell stop — Include sample joint if joints are to be field welded. • Grouts • Form Release agent Concrete mix designs shall be submitted to the engineer for approval a minimum of two weeks prior to placing any concrete. The mix design shall include the amounts of cement, fine and coarse aggregate, water and admixtures, as well as the water cement ratio, slump, concrete yield, aggregate gradation, and substantiating strength data in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5. A batch plant inspection may be required, the cost of which shall be paid by the Contractor. Review of mix submittals by the engineer of record indicates only that 3 -1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3 -2 H: \File Sys \WWP - \VasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 3 — Concrete Lind Lift Statioin information presented conforms generally with contract documents. Contractor or supplier maintains full responsibility for specified performance. Part 2 - Products Components Nominal maximum size for aggregates is the smallest standard sieve opening through which the entire amount of aggregate is permitted to pass. Provide intermediate aggregate grades as required to achieve a well graded mix. All concrete surfaces exposed to weather or standing water shall be air entrained. Total air content shall be in accordance with IBC requirements unless specified otherwise herein. ' Water used in concrete shall be potable. Fly ash may be substituted for up to 15% of the required cement. ' Mixes Concrete shall be mixed, conveyed, and proportioned in accordance with IBC section 1905. The concrete mix shall include the amount of cement, fine and coarse aggregate, includin g aggregate gradations, water, and admixtures as well as water cement ratio, slump, concrete yield, and sustaining strength data in accordance with these specifications, the requirements of the International Building Code Section 1905, and the requirements of AC1318. Part 3 - Execution Examination All formwork and reinforcing steel must be inspected and approved by the Special Inspector as required by Chapter 17 of the IBC prior to placing any concrete. Provide 48 -hour notice to Owner prior to needing the required inspections. See Statement of Special Inspections on the Drawings for special inspection requirements. Inspection Concrete placement shall be inspected by the Special Inspector as required by Chapter 17 of ' the IBC. Provide 24 -hour notice to Owner prior to needing the required inspections. The contractor shall repair, replace or modify, as appropriate, any items noted in the Special Inspector's inspection or the Owner inspection. Testing , Concrete strength tests shall be performed per section 1905.6 of the IBC and per the requirements noted herein. The Owner will provide and pay all costs of concrete testing. The Engineer shall be furnished with copies of all inspection reports and test results. The Contractor will coordinate all concrete testing with the testing agency. Costs will be paid by the Owner. 3 -2 H: \File Sys \WWP - \VasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Installation/ Construction Spring rin 2013 City of Renton Division 3 — Concrete Lind Lift Statioin 3.15.5 Pipe Penetrations through Concrete Give the Owner and testing agency 48 hour notice prior to concrete placement. If ' Contractor fails to provide the required notice, the Owner may elect to cancel the affected concrete placement. Contractor shall be responsible for costs and delays due to improper notification. ' If the Contractor schedules a concrete placement and does not notify the Owner and testing agency of a cancellation within 24 hours of the scheduled placement, the Contractor shall pay the testing agency costs for an unnecessary trip. If the Contractor fails to provide the ' testing agency with adequate notification and testing agency cannot attend concrete placement, Contractor shall reschedule placement. Contractor shall be responsible for all associated delays. The Contractor shall provide all assistance and cooperation necessary to testing personnel to obtain the required concrete tests. Contractor and Owner will have access to testing results as soon as they are available. The testing agency shall take a minimum of four samples for every 50 yards of concrete placed (and a minimum of four per pour); one for a 7 day test, two for 28 day tests, and one for backup testing in case the other two samples do not meet design strength. Additional samples may be taken to verify strength prior to form removal at the Contractor's expense. Air content shall be as measured out of the truck. 3.15.4 Embedded Items ' Part 3 - Execution Preparation ` Fill voids in sleeves, insets, anchor slots, etc., temporarily with readily removable materials to prevent entry of concrete into voids. Installation/ Construction Position embedded items accurately, and support against displacement or movement during placement. 3.15.5 Pipe Penetrations through Concrete Part 1 - General Summary Water holding structures and structures buried and subject to groundwater contact: As shown on the plans. Structures not holding water or unburied structures:_ Unless identified on the Plans, all pipes larger than two inches passing through poured -in -place concrete floors and walls shall be isolated from the concrete. Part 2 - Products Materials Provide a Kor -N -Seal / Linkseal system (or approved equal) for cored penetrations. 3 -3 H: \Fhe Sys \WWP - Wastewater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 3 — Concrete Lind Lift Statioin Provide Omnisleeve Sigmaflange system for cast -in -place penetration. See mechanical plans for details. Part 3 - Execution Installation Install per manufacturers instruction for both the Kor -N -Seal and the Omnisleeve systems. 3.15.7 Epoxy Grout for Anchor Bolts Part 2 - Products Materials Grout shall be a 3 component, 100% solids epoxy resin system meeting the requirements of ASTM C881. Grout shall be high flow, non - shrinking, and high strength epoxy grout. Epoxy grout for anchor bolts shall be equal to Burke Epoxy Anchoring Grout. Part 3 - Execution Installation Prepare concrete surface and anchor bolts, mix, apply and allow to cure per Manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.20 REINFORCING 3.21 Reinforcing Steel 3.21.13 Reinforcing Steel Part 1 - General References ACI — American Concrete Institute CRSI Manual of Standard Practice Part 2 - Products Materials Grade - ACI A615 -81A, Grade 60 Detailing - ACI 318 -08 and ACI 315 -99 Lap requirements - See schedule on plans Tie wire - 16 gauge minimum Bar supports shall conform to "Bar Support Specification," CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, MSP -1 -80. Provide Class 1, plastic protected bar supports. Use pre -cast concrete blocks to support bars off ground. Bar supports in water holding and buried structures shall be non - metallic. 3 -4 H: \File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWR27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton P g tY Division 3 — Concrete Lind Lift Statioin Part 3 - Execution ' Installation Reinforcing steel shall be detailed in accordance with ACI 315 -99 and 318 -08 and as shown ' on the plans. Lap all reinforcements in accordance with "the reinforcing splice and development length schedule ". Provide corner bars at all wall and footing intersections. ' Field Quality Control Reinforcing steel shall be free of rust and loose scale at time of concrete placement. Bars with kinks, improper bends, or reduced cross - section due to any cause will not be used. Bars shall not be field bent. Bars may not be tack - welded or otherwise heated. 3.31 Concrete Materials 3.31.2 Structural Concrete Part 1- General ' Summary All concrete as shown on the plans used for slabs -on -grade and building footings and not used for liquid containment or below -grade structures and not called out otherwise. Use water reducers as required to achieve slump. Hydraulic Concrete may be substituted. ' Performance Requirements 28 day strength - 4000 psi minimum Slump - Without plasticizers; 4 inches for floor and roof slabs, 7 inches for walls. With ' plasticizers, maximum 9 inches or as desired for placement. Part 2 - Products Mixes Water /cement ratio - .40 Nominal maximum aggregate size — 3/4" (WSDOT No. 67) Entrained air ratio — 4.5% minimum to 7.0% maximum 3.31.3 Thrust Blocks, Driveways, Curb and Gutter, & Sidewalks Part 1 - General Summary All concrete for non structural applications including thrust blocks, driveways, and 1 sidewalks. Hydraulic or Structural Concrete may be substituted. Performance Requirements ' 28 day strength — 4000 psi minimum 3 -5 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 3 — Concrete Lind Lift Statioin Part 2 - Products Mixes Water /cement ratio -.45 maximum Nominal maximum aggregate size — 3/4 inch Entrained air ratio — 5.5% minimum to 7.5% max 3.35 Surface Finishing 3.35.1 Common Work for Surface Finishing Part 2 - Products Finishes Each concrete area that requires finishing shall conform to one of the following requirements: Foundation (exterior) - Ordinary Wall Foundation (interior) - Ordinary Wall Interior Floors - Floated Exterior Slabs — Light Brushed Sidewalks — Light Brushed Part 3 - Execution Preparation Do not place concrete which requires finishing until the materials, tools, and labor necessary for finishing the wet concrete are on the job and acceptable to the Owner. Cut out and patch defects in concrete surfaces as specified herein. After removal of forms, chip out imperfections, rock pockets, holes from form ties, and other defects to solid concrete. Surface of the cavity to be patched shall be thoroughly wet before patching mixture is applied. Where pull-out type ties are used, fill holes as recommended by manufacturer of ties, and as approved by the Owner. 3.35.3 Ordinary Wall Finish Part 2 Products Materials Ordinary Wall Finish requires the use of like -new forms and linings that will produce a uniform surface. Part 3 - Execution Construction 3 -6 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1 1 i� J J 1 Spring 2013 City of Renton P g tY Division 3 — Concrete Lind Lift Statioin After points have set sufficiently, grind or fill form marks and pointings to give a smooth surface even with flat wall surface. Fill all air holes greater than '/a -inch with 1:2 mortar floated to an even, uniform finish. 3.35.5 Floated Finish Part 3 - Execution Construction Consolidate, strike off, and level concrete; but do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared and. surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit floating operations. Consolidate surface with power - driven floats. Hand floating may be used if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Field Quality Control Check surface planeness during or after first floating. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to produce surface with tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet in any direction. Refloat to a uniform, smooth, sandy texture immediately after leveling. 3.35.6 Light Brush Finish Part 2 — Products Finish When concrete has appropriately set, finish with light soft broom finish. Brush perpendicular to slab slope. Part 3 - Execution Construction Consolidate, strike off, and level concrete; but do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared and surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit floating operations. Consolidate surface with power- driven floats. Hand floating may be used if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Field Quality Control Check surface planeness during or after first floating. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to produce surface with tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet in any direction. Re -float to a uniform, smooth, sweat finish concrete. ' 3.40 PRE -CAST CONCRETE 3.40.10 Utility Structures Part 1 - General Performance Requirements ' 3 -7 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 3 — Concrete Lind Lift Statioin Pre -cast structures shall be constructed to withstand anticipated construction loads that occur during transport, handling, and placement as well as the anticipated design loads. Design loads shall include the anticipated soil pressures, hydrostatic loads, and H -20 vehicular load rating. Part 2 - Products Materials All concrete structures identified on the plans as being pre -cast, prefabricated, or not specifically detailed with reinforcing steel shall be pre -cast concrete. Pre -cast concrete manholes shall conform to ASTM C -478. The rubber gasket joint shall conform to ASTM C -443. Additional reinforcement shall be provided within the pre -cast concrete structure at all penetrations, openings, joints, and connections. The additional reinforcement shall be provided to prevent damage during shipping, handling and installation. All damaged units shall be rejected. Pre -cast vaults shall conform to ACI 318 -08 and be constructed to the equivalent dimensions and functional characteristics of the specific product identified on the plans. 3.60 GROUTING 3.62 Non - Shrink Grout Part 1 - General Summary Use Precision Non - Shrink Grout for grouting all equipment base plates, pipe supports, and base plates for metalwork. Precision Non -Shrink grout may also be used for all other non - shrink grouting operations. General Purpose Non - Shrink grout may be used for any applications other than those noted for Precision Non - shrink Grout. Non - shrink grout shall be used to seal all new pipe and conduit penetrations (watertight) into and out of all concrete and CMU block walled structures. Storage and Handling Stockpile grout to prevent contamination from foreign materials and store admixtures to prevent contamination or damage from excess temperature change Part 2 - Products Materials Precision Non - Shrink Grout: Provide a high- precision, fluid, non - shrink, quartz or non - catalyzed metallic aggregate grouting material. Provide a ready -to -use grout that hardens free from bleeding, settlement, or drying shrinkage when mixed, placed and cured at any consistency — fluid, flowable, plastic or damp -pack. Provide precision, non- shrink natural aggregate grout that when cured produces the following properties: 3 -8 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. J r-, I F�11 1 F1 t t Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 3 - Concrete Lind Lift Statioin a. Compressive Strength at fluid consistency (ASTM C 109 -90- Modified): 3500 psi (24 MPa) at 1 day, 7500 psi (52 MPa) at 28 days. b. Passes ASTM C 1107 as a grade B grout when tested as temperature minimum and maximums of 45° F to 90° F (8° C to 32° C) at a working time of 30 minutes. Grout must be tested at a fluid consistency per ASTM C 939 and remain fluid at temperature range minimum and maximums for the 30 minute working time. All materials including water must be mixed and tested at temperature minimum /maximums. c. Modulus of Elasticity at 28 days at fluid consistency (ASTM C 469): 3.00 x 106 psi (27.0 GPa) minimum, 3.9 x 106 (27.0 GPa maximum. d. Coefficient of Thermal Expansion for fluid consistency (ASTM C 531): 7.5 x 10 -6/ o F maximum (13.5 x 10 -6/ o C). e. Flexural strength at 28 days for fluid consistency (ASTM C 78): 1300 psi (7.9 MPa). f. Resistance to rapid freezing — thawing (ASTM C 666, Procedure A): 300 cycles' min RDF 90 %. g. Split tensile strength at 28 days at fluid consistency (ASTM C 496): 450 psi (3.1 MPa). h. Pass 24 hour grout test under stated temperature, time and fluidity constraints. See MBT Protection and Repair 24 hour Grout Form. Precision non - shrink grout shall be Masterbuilders 928 or Embeco 885 Grout or approved equal. General Purpose Non - Shrink Grout: General Purpose Non - shrink grout shall meet the compressive strength and nonshrink requirements of CRD -C 621, Grades B and C; Corp or Engineers Specification for Non - shrink grout; and ASTM C 1107, Grades B and C. General Purpose Non - shrink grout shall be Masterflow 713 Plus or Embeco 636 Plus or approved equal. Provide curing compounds as recommended by the grout manufacturer. Water to be used in mixing the grout shall be potable. Mixes Comply with grout manufacturer's recommendations for mixing procedures. Adjust water temperature to keep mixed grout temperature in the range of 45° F (7° C) and 90° F (32° C) minimum /maximum. Use cold or iced water to extend working time in hot weather or in large placements. Use warm water in cold conditions to achieve minimum as mixed temperatures. Part 3 - Installation Preparation Mechanically remove unsound concrete within the limits of the grout placement. 3 -9 H: \Ffle Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 3 — Concrete Lind Lift Statioin Remove at least 1/4 in. (6mm) of existing concrete facing and continue removal as required to expose sound aggregate. Thoroughly clean the roughened surface of dirt, loose chips, and dust. Maintain substrate in a saturated condition for 24 hours prior to grouting. Surface should saturated surface dry at time of grouting. Clean baseplates and other metal surfaces to be grouted to obtain maximum adhesion. Remove loose rust and scale by grinding or sanding. Comply with grout manufacturer's recommendations for form construction. Construct forms to be liquid tight. Installation Place grout mixture into prepared areas from one side to the other. Avoid placing grout from opposite sides in order to prevent voids. Work material firmly into the bottom and sides to assure good bond and to eliminate voids. Ensure that foundation and baseplate are within maximum /minimum placement temperatures. Shade foundation from summer sunlight under hot conditions. Warm foundation when foundation temperature is below 45° F (7° C). Wet cure exposed shoulders for 48 hours followed by two coats of curing compound for best results. The minimal requirement is to wet cure until grout has reached final set, followed by two coats of curing compounds. 3 -10 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 R142 Engineering, Inc. C t iJ Division 4 Masonry 4.00 GENERAL This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing all masonry as described in these specifications and as shown on the plans. Sections in these specifications titled "Common Fork for ..." shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 4.05 Common Work for Masonry Part 1 - General Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Masonry Mortar • Masonry Grout • Reinforcing Steel Shop Drawings — Include plan view showing blocks and exact location of all vertical reinforcing. • Concrete Masonry Units (CMU) • Color Scheme • Waterproofing materials • Masonry Insulation I• Masonry Accessories • Letter of Certification for Masonry Prism Testing as noted in the IBC Related Sections Division 9.05.00 _ Common Work for Finishes; 9.06 Color Schedule; 9.97.23 Concrete and Masonry. Quality Assurance Special Inspection shall be in accordance with IBC Table 1704.5.3, Level 2 Special Inspection. The Contractor shall repair, replace or modify, as appropriate, any deficient items noted in the Special Inspector's inspection. Storage, Delivery and Handling Stockpile and handle grout and mortar to prevent contamination from foreign materials; store admixtures to prevent contamination or damage from excessive temperature changes. Water to be used in mixing the grout shall be free from foreign materials. I 4 -1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Field Quality Control t Winter — Summer 2010 Ci ty of Renton Division 4 - Masonry 2010 Sewer Pump Stations Part 2 - Products Finishes /Colors The Owner shall develop a color schedule of colored CMU and grout after award of the contract unless already shown on the plans. Block colors shall be limited to 2 in a pattern , decided by the Owner unless otherwise shown on the plans. Mortar color shall match one of the adjacent block course colors unless shown otherwise on the plans. Part 3 - Execution , Field Quality Control t Variations from plumb, specified grade, conspicuous lines, and walls shall be plus or minus '/a inch in any 10 -foot length, not to exceed plus or minus 1 inch overall. Variations from dimension shall not exceed plus or minus '/2 inch. Compressive strength shall be determined using the unit strength method or the prism test method in accordance with IBC Section 2105.2.2. Net Area compressive strength shall be a minimum of 1500 psi. , 4.05.13 Masonry Mortar Part 1 - General General Masonry mortar shall be used to properly level, position, bond together, seal irregularities, t and provide a weather -tight joint between the concrete masonry units (CMU). Performance Requirements Mortar shall conform to section 2103.8 of the IBC for type "S" mortar with a minimum compressive strength of 1800 psi at 28 days. Cement shall be ASTM C -150 and lime shall be ASTM C -207. Mortar shall conform to the minimum property requirements given in Table II of ASTM C270, based on 28 day laboratory testing. Part 2 - Products Mixes Proportion mortar by volume and mix in a standard mortar mixer operated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Mix ingredients thoroughly in dry form and add water to bring the mixture to the proper consistency for use. Do not hand -mix mortar. ' Finishes Provide mortar pigment to match owner - selected color of concrete masonry units. ' Part 3 - Execution Installation ' All joints shall be tooled and concave unless otherwise specified. 4 -2 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 4.05.19 Reinforcement and Accessories Winter — Summer 2010 City of Renton Division 4 — Masonry 2010 Sewer Pump Stations References Masonry mortar testing shall be in accordance with ASTM C270. I 4.05.16 Masonry Grout Part 1- General Reinforcing steel bars to be used for masonry work shall be ASTM A -615, Grade 60. General Masonry grout shall be used to fill all CMU cells that contain reinforcing steel. References Masonry grout components shall comply with the following specifications: ASTM C Portland Cement -150, ASTM C -404, Aggregate for Masonry Grout. Compressive strength determined in accordance with ASTM C1019. Performance Requirements ' Masonry grout shall conform to Table 2103.12 or to ASTM C476 for Fine Grout. Per ASTM C -476 Fine Grout Standards, masonry grout shall consist of one part Portland Cement to three parts masonry sand and one -tenth part lime and shall have a minimum compressive strength of 2000 psi. 4.05.19 Reinforcement and Accessories Part 1- General References Joint reinforcing shall comply with ASTM A951 and with section 2103.13 of the IBC. I Part 2 - Products Materials Reinforcing steel bars to be used for masonry work shall be ASTM A -615, Grade 60. Provide bar lengths and sizes as shown on the plans. Anchors shall be dovetail anchor slots and anchors. Anchor slots shall be equal to Burke "Fleming" masonry anchor slot and anchors shall be equal to "AA Wire Products Dovetail Flex -O -Look Channel and Ties ", or equal. Part 3 - Execution Installation All masonry accessories shall be installed as shown on the plans and submitted details. The Contractor. shall not splice reinforcing except as shown on the plans. The minimum splice, where not indicated, shall be 32 bar diameters or 24 inches, whichever is greater. All accessories shall. be cleaned of all dirt, grease, oil, loose mill scale, excessive rust, or other foreign matter which may reduce bond with grout or mortar. 4 -3 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP- 27.3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City ' Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Winter — Summer 2010 City of Renton Division 4 - Masonry 2010 Sewer Pump Stations 4.08 CMU Inspection and Testing Compressive strength shall be determined using the unit strength method or the prism test method in accordance with IBC Section 2105. Net Area compressive strength shall be a minimum of 1,500 psi. Special Inspection shall be in accordance with IBC Table 1704.5.3, Level 2 Special Inspection. 4.20 UNIT MASONRY 4.22 Concrete Masonry Units Part 1 - General Storage and Handling All blocks shall be covered and protected against wetting prior to use. Related Sections 7.21.5 CMU Insulation Coatings: 9.97.23.9 Interior walls; 9.97.23.9 Exterior walls; 9.97.23.10 Water repellant; 9.97.23.11 Anti graffiti; Part 2 - Products Materials Masonry shall be split face as shown on the drawings. Concrete Masonry Units shall be hollow load - bearing type, conforming to ASTM C -90, Grade N, Type 1. All units, unless otherwise noted, shall have normal weight aggregate having a uniform quality, texture, and color. Unit sizes and shapes shall be 8 inches high by 16 inches long by 8 inches wide (nominal). Components All ungrouted concrete masonry units with an exterior face shall be insulated as shown on the plans and detailed in Division 7. Masonry construction shall comply with the requirements of IBC 2104 and with ACI 530.1. Provide vertical reinforcement at all corners, on each side of openings 24 inches and larger than and at the intervals shown. Provide horizontal reinforcing at bond beams as shown on the plans, and above and below all openings larger than 24- inches. Finishes Coat the following surfaces with the products identified under "Related Sections" above. • Exterior walls • Interior walls 4 -4 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. h t t t Winter — Summer 2010 City of Renton Division 4 — Masonry 2010 Sewer Pump Stations Part 3 - Execution Preparation When joining fresh masonry to set or partially set masonry construction, the Contractor shall clean the exposed surface of set masonry and remove loose mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. The Contractor shall protect sills, ledges, and offsets from mortar drippings or other damage during construction. The Contractor shall protect the adjoining work from mortar droppings, and newly -laid masonry from damage and from rain until the mortar has set. Installation Cold weather construction shall be in accordance with IBC section 2104.3 when the ambient temperature falls below 40 degrees F or the temperature of the masonry units is below 40 degrees F. Hot weather construction shall be in accordance with IBC section 2104.4 when the ambient temperature exceeds 100 degrees F or exceeds 90 degrees F with a wind velocity greater than 8mph. The Contractor shall lay only dry masonry units. When masonry needs to be sawed, only masonry saws shall be used to cut and fit masonry units. All units shall be set plumb, true to line, and with level courses accurately spaced. The masonry unit shall be adjusted to final position while the mortar is soft and plastic. If the units are displaced after the mortar has stiffened, the Contractor shall remove the units, clean the joints or mortar, and relay with fresh and clean units. All joints shall be tooled and concave. The Contractor shall remove mortar protruding into cells of cavities to be reinforced. Fill all vertical and horizontal cells that contain reinforcing and as detailed on the plans with grout. Cells shall have an unobstructed vertical alignment. The Contractor shall provide grouted bond beams where required. Provide lintels made up of reinforced, grouted lintel E sections over all wall openings as shown on the plans. The Contractor shall install horizontal and vertical reinforcing and hold in position as the work progresses to maintain the following clearance between the reinforcing and the block surface: 1 t/2 exterior, 3/4 -inch interior. The maximum lift for grout pours shall be 4 feet. The Contractor shall make sure that the grout is consolidated with a vibrator immediately after pouring and re- consolidate after excess moisture has been absorbed; but before plasticity is lost. Provide clean -outs at the bottom of all grouted courses. Contractor may eliminate clean -outs at the Owner's discretion, if the bottom of all cells are free of knocked -off mortar fins and dirt. The Contractor shall hold grout 1 -1/2 inches below the top of the upper most unit when work stops for over one hour, and thoroughly clean and roughen the joint before proceeding with the work. The Contractor shall grout full- space- around door frames and other built -in items. Build in all work with the masonry including anchor bolts. Build in wall plugs, doors, windows, and accessories and plumbing appurtenances as erection progresses. 4 -5 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 ANI 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Winter — Summer 2010 City of Renton l Division 4 - Masonry 2010 Sewer Pump Stations I At the stoppage of work at any time, the work shall be covered with tarpaulins or boards to prevent rain or snow from entering the cores of the block. The walls shall be adequately braced to support masonry. If mortar or grout has been misplaced, the Contractor shall have it immediately removed. Shore reinforced lintels a minimum of 14 days after grout placement or until a 28 -day 1 strength is achieved. Prior to completion, fill all holes in joints. All defective joints shall be cut out and repointed. I At the end of each day's work and after final pointing, dry -brush the masonry surface. 4 -6 1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind IS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t 0 t Division 5 Fabricated Metalwork and Structural Plastics 5.00 GENERAL This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing all fabricated metalwork as described in these specifications and as shown on the plans. Sections in these specifications titled "Common Fork for Fabricated Metalwork and Structural Plastics" shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 5.05 Common Work for Fabricated Metalwork and Plastics Part 1 - General Related Sections Division 9.05.00 Common Work for Finishes; 9.06 Color Schedule; 9.91.11 Aluminum in contact; 9.91.13.2 Exterior metals; 9.91.23.1 Metals dry interior; 9.91.23.2 Metals wet interior; 9.91.23.3 Galvanized iron and nonferrous; 9.91.23.4 Overhead decking; 9.91.33 Submerged metals. For Seismic Restraint see Division 1.81 Submittals • Shop Drawings showing details of Fabricated Metalwork including connections and welding • FRP Data Sheets verifying specification requirements • Concrete Anchors •. .Calculations and plans stamped by a professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington for all Contractor- or Manufacturer - designed components or assemblies. Inspections Unless otherwise noted on the plans, specifications, or building department requirements, special inspections related to metal fabrications, placement and welding shall be subject to 48 -hour notice to the Engineer prior to the inspection time. 48 -hour notice is defined in Division 1, Contractor Responsibility. Any Field welding shown on the plans will require special inspections in accordance with Table 1704.3 of the IBC. Quality Assurance Only prequalified welds (as defined by AWS) shall be used. Fabricator shall be registered and approved to perform shop fabrication without special inspection. Submit certificate of compliance to the Owner at the completion of fabrication. Owner will forward this to the Building Official. If fabricator is not registered and approved, or the certificate of compliance is not received, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for all Special Inspections required by the IBC on 5 -1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton P g tY Division 5 - Metals Lind Lift Stations shop fabricated items. The Contractor shall also reimburse the Owner for all Special Inspections required by the IBC for field welding not specifically shown on the plans. Contractor shall alert Owner at least 30 calendar days in advance if such Special Inspections will be required in order to procure the services of a testing lab. Special Inspection by the Owner does not relieve the contractor of responsibility of t performing his own inspections and testing to ensure that all items are properly constructed. Part 2 - Products , Manufactured Units Design of Contractor- or Manufacturer - designed components or assemblies shall meet the specific component requirements as provided here -in, as well as all applicable state and federal codes. Design shall include gravity loads and seismic loads in accordance with ASCE 7 -05 Chapter 13 "Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components ". Design criteria shall be as provided herein for components, and as provided on the plans. Contractor- designed components and assemblies shall be shop welded and field bolted if possible. Field welding will NOT be allowed unless specifically shown, or there is no reasonable alternative. Fabrication All welding shall be in accordance with AISC and American Welding Society (AWS) standards and shall be performed by AISC and AWS certified welders using electrodes to match base ' material. Only prequalified welds (as defined by AWS) shall be used. Welding inspection shall be performed in accordance with the applicable AWS provisions and Chapter 17 of the 2006 IBC. Shop welding requiring inspection or testing per IBC Chapter 17 must be tested by an independent testing laboratory certified by AWS and approved by the owner at the I contractor's expense. Field welding will be inspected by a representative of the owner at the owner's expense. This does not relieve the contractor of responsibility of performing his own inspections and testing to ensure that all items are properly constructed. Finishes All steel fabrications shall be surface prepped, shop primed and field coated in accordance with Division 9. Shop priming shall be protected as required to prevent damage to the coating during shipping. Hold back shop priming from areas to be field welded. Part 3 - Execution Preparation All shop welds shall be ground smooth. Any shop paint on metal surfaces adjacent to joints to be field welded shall be wire brushed to remove the paint film prior to welding. Where steel items to be welded are galvanized, galvanizing must first be removed by grinding with a silicon carbide wheel, by grit blasting or by sand blasting. Installation 5 -2 H: \File Svs \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t 'J t t 1 Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 5 —Metals Lind Lift Station Fabrications shall be installed as shown on the approved shop drawings. All members shall be accurately located and erected plumb and level. Metal fabrications shall be installed or erected as based on the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings ", latest edition, plus all referenced code requirements. Temporary bracing, such as temporary guys, braces, false -work, cribbing, or other elements, shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the "Code of Standard Practice ", wherever necessary to accommodate all loads to which the structure may be subjected, including construction loads. Such bracing shall be left in place as long as may be required for safety. As erection progresses, the work shall be securely bolted or welded to compensate for all loads during construction. No permanent bolting 'or welding shall be performed until the structure has been properly aligned. 5.05.23 Structural Connectors Part 2 - Products Materials Under no circumstances shall the fasteners be of lesser strength or higher corrosive potential than the materials being connected. Connection bolts, nuts and washers for all materials in wet conditions including wet well and valve vault shall be Stainless Steel. Minimum grade 304 in raw domestic or treated domestic water. Minimum grade 316 in treatment process and sewage applications. Minimum grade 317 for acidic transport. Bolts and nuts shall meet ASTM F593 and F594. Steel Fabrications: Connection bolts for dry conditions may be A307 galvanized bolts. Aluminum and Structural Plastic Fabrications: Connection bolts shall be Stainless Steel. For mechanical pipe (non structural) connections, see Division 15, "Common Work for Pipe and Fittings ". Part 3 - Execution Installation All materials to be joined together shall be connected as shown on the plans, specifications, as recommended by the manufacturer, or as required by standard industry practices if not otherwise specified. 5.05.24 Concrete Anchors Part 2 Products Materials Concrete Anchors shall be Hild HIT -RE 500 -SD Adhesive Anchors. Threaded rod shall be SST in exterior and wet conditions. 5 -3 H: \File Sys \WVT - WasteWaterMR -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 5 - Metals Lind Lift Stations Part 3 - Execution Installation Install in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. Special Inspection in accordance with IBC, Section 17, must be provided. Concrete anchors shall not be used to resist tension or fatigue loading without Owner's evaluation and approval. Use threaded rod or reinforcing bar as shown on the drawing, and meeting Manufacturer's recommendations. Provide minimum embedment as shown. Holes shall be drilled with carbide - tipped drill bit. Holes shall be cleaned of dust and debris. Adhesive shall be inserted with a mixing nozzle. 5.10 STRUCTURAL FRAMING 5.12 Structural Steel Part 2 - Products Materials Structural steel shall conform to the following requirements: Plates, shapes, angles, rods - ASTM A36, Fy >_ 36 ksi Special Shapes, Plates - ASTM A572, Fy >_ 50 ksi Pipe Columns - ASTM A53, Grade B Type E or S, Fy >_ 35 ksi Structural Tubing - ASTM A500, Grade B, Fy >_ 46 ksi Finishes Finish - Mill finish 5.13 Stainless Steel Part 2 - Products Materials Stainless steel shall be type 304 (non - welded) or type 304L (welded). Plates - ASTM A240 Fasteners - ASTM F593 Extruded Structural Shapes - ASTM A276 Pipe - ASTM A240 (larger than 6" diameter); ASTM A312 (6" diameter and smaller) Finishes All stainless steel shall have a standard mill finish where concealed or No. 4 finish where exposed and shall be cleaned of all foreign matter before delivery to the job site. 5 -4 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 5 —Metals Lind Lift Station 5.14 Aluminum Part 2 - Products Materials Plates - ASTM B209, Type 6061 -T6 Extruded Shapes - ASTM B308, Type 6061 -T6 Pipe - ASTM B210 Type 6061 Architectural Applications - ASTM B210, Type 6063 Finishes Aluminum materials in contact with concrete or other metals or other masonry materials shall have surfaces coated per Division 9. 5.15 Galvanized Steel Part 2 - Products Materials Base metal shall be as specified for Mild Steel. Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A 924/A 924M. Finishes For pieces that will NOT be painted, galvanize with zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A 653/A 653M For pieces that WILL be painted, galvanneal with zinc/ 10% iron coating in accordance with ASTM A 653/A 653M 5.17 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Structural Shapes Part 2 - Products ' Manufacturers All FRP components shall be equal to that manufactured by Strongwell. Materials Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) structural shapes .shall be produced using the pultrusion process. Mechanical and physical properties (from ASTM coupon specimens) must be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Pultruded structural shapes are to have the minimum longitudinal mechanical properties listed below: 5 -5 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 5 -Metals Lind Lift Stations Property ASTM Method Value Units Tensile Strength D -638 30,000 206 psi Pa Tensile Modulus D -638 2.5 x 106 17.2 psi GPa Flexural Strength D -790 30,000 206 psi a Flexural Modulus D -790 1.8 x 106 12.4 psi GPa Flexural Modulus (Full Section N/A 2.8 x 106 19.3 psi GPa Short Beam Shear (Transverse) D -2344 4,500 31 psi Pa Shear Modulus (Transverse) N/A 4.5 x 10' 3.1 psi GPa Coefficient of Thermal Expansion D -696 8.0 x 10-6 in /in / °F 1.4 x 10 -6 cm /cm / °C Flame Spread E -84 25 or less N/A Finishes Seal cut edges and holes according to manufacturer's instructions with a polyester resin compatible with resin matrix of structural shape and corrosion resistance equal or superior to the grating. Glass fibers shall be well covered with resin to protect against their exposure due to wear or weathering. All finished surfaces of FRP items and fabrications shall be resin -rich, free of voids and without dry spots, cracks, crazes or unreinforced areas. All glass fibers shall be well covered with resin to protect against their exposure due to wear or weathering. 5.53 Grating 5.53.1 Common Work for Grating Part 1- General Design Requirements Grating shall be selected for a '/a -inch maximum deflection under a uniform live load of 100psf or a point live load of 500 pounds at any point on the grating (whichever is more critical), unless otherwise shown on the plans. Thickness shall be as needed to meet these requirements unless otherwise shown on the plans. Panels shall be sized such that any single grating piece shall not weigh more than 50 pounds. The horizontal clearance between the grating and grating supports shall not be less than ' /c- inch nor greater than 1/2 -inch. Contractor shall field measure grating supports as required to achieve required fit. Shop drawings shall be based on field dimensions as appropriate. Part 2 - Products Materials 5 -6 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lft Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. fl t 1 t t t I) t it t t Quality Control The supplier shall be required to supply a copy of the ICBO report or test report from an independent testing laboratory showing ASTM -E84 flame spread and structural properties, including deflection. Test results must be less than two years old. ASTM -E84 flame spread must be less than 30. Finishes Grating bars shall have a skid- resistant walking surface. 5 -7 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton S r P g tY Division 5 —Metals Lind Lift Station Unless shown otherwise, materials used for supporting members shall match the materials used for the grating except all embedded grating supports shall be stainless steel, and grating supports for FRP grating may be stainless steel. Attachment between grating and supporting members below grating shall be made with a I minimum of four clips per panel. All mechanical grating clips shall be manufactured of Type 316SS (stainless steel). Fabrication Grating shall be fabricated in such a manner that field cutting and drilling is not required. Panels shall be fabricated and installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 5.53.7 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Grating Part 1- General tDeflection Design Requirements be less length/ 100 t/4 inches must than span or maximum. Gratings shall also have tested burn time of less than 30 seconds and an extent of burn rate of less than or equal to 10 millimeters per ASTM D635. Part 2 - Products Materials All FRP grating with a clear span of 48 inches or less shall be a fiberglass reinforced composite molded with smooth mold surfaces. All bearing bars and cross -bars of the grating shall be molded at the same time into a one -piece construction. All FRP grating with a clear span of greater than 48 inches shall be manufactured from thermally cured pultruded structural load and tie bar components. The load bar shall be formed using continuous strand roving and an outside covered with a continuous strand mat and a UV resistant synthetic surfacing veil. Mechanical and bonded intersection shall be provided between the load and tie bar components. Every end of every load bar must be structurally supported. All supporting members shall be Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic or stainless steel structural shapes. Quality Control The supplier shall be required to supply a copy of the ICBO report or test report from an independent testing laboratory showing ASTM -E84 flame spread and structural properties, including deflection. Test results must be less than two years old. ASTM -E84 flame spread must be less than 30. Finishes Grating bars shall have a skid- resistant walking surface. 5 -7 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 5 -8 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. l Spring 2013 Ci of Renton p g tY Division 5 - Metals Lind Lift Stations All finished surfaces of FRP items and fabrications shall be resin -rich, free of voids and without dry spots, cracks, crazes or unreinforced areas. All glass fibers shall be well covered with resin to protect against their exposure due to wear or weathering. All cut or damaged edges shall be sealed with a resin sealant of equal or superior corrosion resistance to the grating. 5.60 LADDERS 5.60.1 Common Work for Ladders Part 1 - General Design Requirements Ladders shall meet the requirements set forth in OSHA 1910.27 and WAC (Washington Administrative Code) 296 -24 -735 through 296 -24- 81011. The ladder shall also be capable of supporting a concentrated vertical load of 300 pounds applied at the mid -span of the rung. Safety cages, platforms, and fall prevention devices shall be provided as shown on the plans. They shall comply with WAC Section 296- 24 -81. Ladders shall extend the full distance from base landing to top access plus extension. Ladders that are short shall be field extended by method approved by the Engineer or replaced with proper length ladder. Part 2 - Products Materials All ladders and ladder accessories shall be aluminum in the valve vault and FRP in the wetwell as indicated on the plans. Fabrication Ladders shall be shop assembled, pre - drilled and prepared for field attachment of standoff clips, or as otherwise shown. 5.60.10 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Ladders Part 2 - Products Materials FRP ladders shall be made from FRP structural shapes as specified. Ladder side rails shall be produced by the pultrusion process. The side rails shall be 2" square tube with a wall thickness of .25 ". The rungs shall be 1" minimum diameter thermal cure clear solid rod with a nonslip footing surface. All joints and rungs shall be epoxied and riveted. ' Fabrication 5 -8 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 Division 5 —Metals City of Renton Lind Lift Station Ladders shall be shop assembled, pre - drilled and prepared for field attachment of standoff clips. All cut or machined edges shall be sealed with a resin compatible with the resin matrix used in the structural shape. 5 -9 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 6 Carpentry 6.00 GENERAL This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing all carpentry as described in these specifications and as shown on the plans. Sections in these specifications titled "Common Vork for ..." shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 6.05 Common Work for Carpentry Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Structural Wood • Trusses —Submit calculations and shop drawings stamped by a licensed, professional engineer registered in the State of Washington. Treated 6.14 Pressure Wood Part 1 - General Submittals Submit pressure treatment type and application rate for each of the following applications: CMU Wall Top Plate — Use Category UC2 Prefabricated Trusses — Use Category UC1 Applicable AWPA Standards shall be supplied to the Engineer with submittal. Part 2 - Products Components Pressure treatment type and application rate shall be appropriate for the Use Category as determined by the American Wood Preserves Association (AWPA). Chemical content shall be 0.40 lb /c£ Finishes Coat cut ends of pressure treated wood with copper naphthenate based wood preservative. 6.16 Wood Sheathing i Part 2 - Products Materials 6 -1 1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AIM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t t t t 1 n. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection Lind Lift Statioin Wood sheathing shall be C -D exposure 1 or better Engineered Wood Association (APA) rated plywood or Oriented Strand Board (OSB). Thickness shall be as shown on the plans. Part 3 - Execution Construction Provide blocking at unframed panel edges where noted on the plans. Nail sheathing as . shown on the plans. If not shown, provide nailing as follows, at a minimum: 8d nails at 6 inches on center at framed panel edges, trusses and diaphragm boundaries and 12- inches on center elsewhere. 6.17 Shop Fabricated Structures 6.17.53 Premanufactured Wood Trusses Part 1- General References Trusses shall meet the Plate Testing and Evaluation Criteria and Quality Criteria and shall be designed in accordance with the Design Procedures as given in ANSI / TPI 1 -2002 as published by the Truss Plate Institute. Quality Assurance Prefabricated wood trusses and cross - bracing and blocking shall be designed and certified by the truss manufacturer to meet the loads shown on the plans. Truss design shall be stamped by a Washington State licensed Professional Engineer. 6 -2 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 7 i Thermal and Moisture Protection 7.00 GENERAL This division covers furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment for providing a structure which is completely weather- tight. Sections in these specifications titled "Common Fork for Thermal and Moisture Protection" shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 7.05 Common Work for Thermal and Moisture Protection Part 1- General Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Caulk • Roofing System • Insulation Systems and Installation Verifications Warranty — Roofing System The roofing Contractor shall warrant the roof system provided under this contract against leakage, and defects in materials and workmanship for a period of two years after date of project acceptance. The roofing system manufacturer shall provide a warranty for the roof system against leakage and defects in materials for a period of eighteen years after the roofing Contractor warranty expires. Following roof installation, supplier shall furnish services of a qualified manufacturer's representative to inspect the roof and inform Owner of any defects or concerns regarding condition of roofing system at the job site. Contractor shall provide repair as necessary to the satisfaction of the manufacturer representative at Contractor's expense. Upon resolution of any defects or concerns (if any), manufacturer's warranty shall then be in full effect. The finished roofing system shall be free from leaks, warps, permanent discoloration, and coating degradation for the warranty period. The Roofing system manufacturer's warranty shall be non - prorated and in full effect (100% covered) for the full 2 years following project acceptance. The manufacturer's warranty shall be prorated from 100% covered from year 2 to year 5 and linearly decreasing to 10% at year 20. 7.20 THERMAL PROTECTION 7.21 Thermal Insulation 7.21.3 Ceiling Insulation t, Part 1— General 7 -1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t I s fl t Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection Lind Lift Station Performance Requirements Insulation shall be craft paper faced bat with a minimum R value of 38. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Ceiling insulation shall be equal to Owens Corning Part 3 — Execution Installation Provide and install ceiling insulation as shown on the project plans. Place insulation with craft paper face down and as recommended by the manufacturer. Insulation shall be placed to the extents possible to cover the attic. Place baffles above the insulation as the slope of the roof meets the building edge. 7.21.4 Foundation Insulation Part 1— General Performance Requirements Provide a minimum R value of 10. Insulation shall be suitable for direct bury application. Storage and Handling Protect insulation stored on the jobsite from physical damage and direct sunlight. Insulation should be stored off the ground and covered with a light color polyethylene film. Make sure the covered insulation is well ventilated to prevent excessive temperature build -up. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Insulation shall be Foamular 150 as manufactured by Owens Corning or equal. Part 3 — Execution Installation Extruded polystyrene insulation shall be placed as shown on the plans. Contractor shall not damage insulation during installation and take adequate care to backfill soils to meet compaction standards while not damaging insulation. Finish top edge of insulation 1"-2" below finished ground elevation. Install only as much insulation as can be covered, at least temporarily, during the same day. 7.21.5 CMU Wall Insulation Part 1— General Performance Requirements 7 -2 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering,. Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection Lind Lift Station All non - grouted exterior exposed CMU walls shall be insulated to R- values as stated on the plans. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers All concrete masonry units with an exterior face shall be insulated with Perlite block insulation or equal. Part 3 — Execution Installation Insulation shall be installed by methods and personnel approved by the block manufacturer. 7.21.10 Exposed Small Piping Insulation Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Insulation shall be equal to S and S Industries. Part 3 — Execution Installation All exposed piping 1" and less used to distribute hot, tepid, cold, potable and non - potable water shall be insulated with closed cell polystyrene insulation pre slit and installed per manufacturer's written information. Insulation shall be sized to match the diameter of the piping. 7.46 Siding 7.46.43 Steel Materials 7.46.43.2 Steel Soffit Panels Part 1— General Design Requirements The panels shall be able to withstand the wind loading identified in the Plans. Finishes Finish all panels as recommended by the manufacturer. Color shall be chosen by the owner from a minimum of 15 colors. Part 2 — Products Materials Panels shall be equal to AEP Span Prestige Series (PS -12) soffits. Panels shall have a Zincalume or Kynar finish. Vented and non - vented aoffit panels shall have matching beads 7 -3 H: \File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1 I t 1, Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection Lind Lift Station or groove widths and matching finishes. Provide venting per local building code requirements. All vents shall include aluminum or galvanized bird screens. Part 3 — Execution Installation Panels shall run perpendicular to rafters. Install panels next to transition between wall and eve as recommended by the manufacturer. Panels shall run perpendicular to studs. Install per manufacturer's written recommendations. 7.60 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 7.61 Metal Roofing 7.61.1 Common Work for Metal Roofing Part 1— General General Work covered in this section consists of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment for preformed metal roofing as shown on the Plans and as specified herein. Submittals Submit shop drawings detailing all edges, hips, valleys, eaves, rakes, other flashing and include fastener schedule and in accordance with Division 1.33. Prior to Engineer review, Contractor shall have the shop drawings reviewed and approved by the system manufacturer. The Roofer shall submit a list of a minimum of (5) five successfully completed projects with owner references, total roofing system square footage and roofing cost. The Roofer shall be regularly engaged in construction of metal roofing systems and approved to install metal roofing by the accepted system manufacturer. Such approval shall be submitted in writing along with the shop drawings as specified below. Storage and Handling I The Contractor is responsible for continuously maintaining materials subject to precipitation or weather damage in new condition. Replace warped or weathered plywood, insulation, or other materials damaged by climatic conditions. Follow all manufacturer's recommendations regarding product delivery, storage, and handling of materials. Part 2 — Products Materials Materials shall be purchased directly from the manufacturer's commercial department to verify that the Contractor is approved by the system manufacturer to install the roofing system specified. 7 -4 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection Lind Lift Station All materials shall be provided by one manufacturer and conform to the current IBC. Roofing felt shall be 30 -pound asphalt - saturated felt, conforming to ASTM D -250, Type I, plain, unperforated. Fasteners shall be as recommended by the roofing manufacturer; lengths as required. Other miscellaneous exposed fasteners shall be stainless steel or ZAC (exposed head of zinc / aluminum alloy). Fasteners shall be of the length to penetrate the top ridges of the steel decking only. Fasteners shall be inserted to penetrate only the top ridges of the steel roof support decking. Finishes The -Owner shall select the roofing color from manufacturer's standard offering of not less than fifteen colors. Color options shall be provided with the submitted shop drawings. Part 3 — Execution Examination Verify that work of other trades which penetrates the roof deck, or requires workers and equipment to traverse roof deck, has been completed. Examine surfaces for inadequate anchorage, foreign material, moisture, and unevenness which will prevent the execution and quality of application of roofing system as specified. Do not proceed with application of roofing until these defects are corrected. Preparation Provide temporary roof during inclement weather. Requests for use of alternate structural and /or base materials with superior weathering resistance, if approved by the Engineer, may be made in lieu of temporary roof replacement. Submit a description of each temporary roof system or alternate material schedule proposed. Provide special protection from heavy traffic on completed work. Restore to original condition, or replace work or materials damaged during handling of roofing materials. Installation Apply roofing felt below waterproof roof paneling, single -ply, lapped shingle fashion, 3 -inch head laps and 6 -inch side laps. Install no more roofing felt than can be covered by metal roofing in the same day. Roof underlayment shall be dry and free of defects prior to the installation of metal roofing. Apply roofing only in dry weather and when the ambient temperature is above 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Except as otherwise shown or specified, comply with recommendations and instructions of metal roofing manufacturer. Form and fabricate sheets, seams, strips, cleats, clips, hips, ridges, edge treatments, integral flashings, and other components of specified metal roofing to profiles, patterns, and drainage arrangement shown, and as required for permanent leakproof construction. Provide for thermal expansion and contraction of work caused by ambient air temperature difference of 100 degrees Fahrenheit. 7 -5 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t t it I s t L1 Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection Lind Lift Station All openings shall be sealed from weather and to prevent recessed areas that may attract nesting animals. Panel corrugations shall be sealed with the manufacturer's standard closed cell neoprene blocks conforming to the panel corrugation. Gaps created between corrugations and flashings shall be avoided whenever possible. Where such gaps occur, they shall be sealed with manufacturer's low pitch closures, or equal. All closures shall be installed as close to the face of the opening as possible to minimize any recessed areas. Provide uniform, neat seams with no exposure of sealant to ultraviolet light. Flashing with a drip edge shall be installed on all edges, corners and angle points. Valley gutters shall be provided at all valleys. Field Quality Control Metal roofing and its flashing shall be weather - tight. Exposed surfaces shall be free of dents, scratches, abrasions, or other visible defects. Construction and fabrication of metal roofing shall comply with Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) recommendations for fabrication and construction of details, expansion joints, and installation procedures, except as shown or specified. Fabricate and install work true and accurate with- lines and corners of exposed metal units. Form exposed faces and starter sections of seams flat and free of buckles, excessive waves, and avoidable tool marks considering temper and finish of metal. Hold -down attachments for roof shall be designed and spaced to resist uplift pressure due to Basic Wind Speed and Exposure as identified in the General Notes. Provide uniform, neat seams without tool marks or irregularities. 7.61.3 Preformed Metal Roofing over Wood Decking Part 2 — Products Materials Preformed metal roof paneling shall be equal to the CB -150 Titan Standing Seam system as manufactured by Custom -Bilt Metals. The metal roofing system shall consist of 24- gauge, factory- formed, pre - finished panels with major ribs not less than 1 -3/8" in height. Panels shall be held down to the structure with concealed clips and fasteners. The fastening schedule shall be designed by the manufacturer to resist the loads identified in the General Notes. Edges, hips, valleys, eaves, rakes, and miscellaneous flashing shall be finished with matching pre - finished pieces of 24 -gauge minimum, to form a weather -tight roofing system. Exposed sheet metal (including flashing used in this system): minimum 24 -gauge thickness. Roofing panels shall be factory- prefabricated in accordance with manufacturer's standard pattern and design. Extend panels from eaves to ridge in one piece. Shop- fabricate metal in conformance with manufacturer's pattern specifications to result in a minimum 1 -inch effective water dam height on both edges. Standing seam interval shall not exceed 16 inches. 7 -6 H: \File Sys \WWP - Wastewater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final. Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton P g ty Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection Lind Lift Station All final hand turning of seams at joints and junctions is to be of the same quality as the machine- produced seams. Practices and techniques described in the SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual are to be used as the standard of practice unless otherwise specified or shown on the Plans. Finishes Exposed sheet metal treated with a protective coating of Zincalume conforming to ASTM 792, AZ50, with factory- applied paint finish of full- strength Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 with a total dry film thickness of one mil. Reverse face shall be protected by a wash coat or primer. 7.70 ROOF AND WALL SPECIALTIES 7.72 Roof Accessories 7.72.1 Common Work for Roof and Wall Specialties I Part 1— General Design Criteria Attic ventilation shall be installed in accordance with IBC 1203. Contractor shall certify in writing that attic ventilation meets the IBC specification during the submittal process. Part 3 — Execution Installation Blocking shall be installed on all exterior eaves. Ventilation baffles shall be provided at all eave vents that provide a 1" minimum air gap between the attic insulation and the roof sheathing. Gable end vents or roof vents shall be provided. 7.72.26 Ridge Vent Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Roof vents shall be equal to Cor -A -Vent model V -600 ridge vents or approved equal. Part 3 — Execution Installation Roof vents shall be applied to both the hip ridges as well as the roof peak unless otherwise noted on the roof plan. 7.10 DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING 7.90 JOINT PROTECTION 7 -7 H: \FIle Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection Lind Lift Station 7.92 Caulk Part 1— General Submittals Submit schedule for caulk used on the project for approval prior to application. Part 2 — Products Materials Concrete and Masonry DAPS Premium Polyurethane Concrete & Masonry Sealant or equal. Other Surfaces Contractor shall provide caulk appropriate to surface and reason for caulk application. Caulk shall be the most durable available (longest warranty) by DAM, or equal. Part 3 — Execution Installation Caulk all joints and spaces necessary to provide a completely weather -tight product. Apply caulking in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions with regard to temperature at application and curing times, surface condition, moisture and cleanliness. Apply after surfacing prime and prior to final coatings if surface is to be coated. If surface will not be coated, provide color choices to the Owner for approval prior to application. Clean all adjoining surfaces of excess . sealant, smears, or marking due to application and leave joints with neat, uniformly -filled surfaces. 7 -8 H: \File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 8 Openings 8.00 GENERAL Sections in these specifications titled "Common Fork for Opening' shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 8.05 Common Work for Openings Part 1 - General Summary This division covers furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for providing all hatches. Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Door • Hatches • Hardware • Locks • Keys 8.06 Schedule See the plans for schedule of hatches and hardware. 8.10 DOORS AND FRAMES 8.11 Metal Doors and Frames 8.11.1 Common Work for Metal Doors and Frames Part 1 - General Summary This specification covers the doors, frames, accessories, and hardware for both interior and exterior man doors. Related Sections Div 1.16 Owner Standard Locks and Keys Submittals Submittal information shall include the following: 8 -1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -21 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Scheduling The Contractor shall ensure that all approvals and /or shop drawings are supplied or returned to the manufacturer in time for fabrication without affecting construction progress schedule. In addition, he shall ensure that templates and /or actual hardware requested by manufacturer are available in time for fabrication without affecting construction progress schedule Warranty The Manufacturer shall provide a one (1) year warranty against defects in workmanship and materials, including warping,. rotting, decaying or bowing. The Installer shall warrant installation procedures and performance for a minimum of two (2) years from the point of substantial completion against defects due to workmanship and materials handling. Part 2 - Products Components 8 -2 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 8 - Openings Lind Lift Station Manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each type of door, frame, accessory, or hardware. Include both published data and any specific data prepared for this project. Door and frame shop drawing for approval prior to fabrication. Include detailed plans, elevations, details of framing members, required clearances, anchors, and accessories. Include relationship with adjacent materials. As requested by the Engineer, provide sample color chips representing specified colors and finishes. Performance Requirements Doors between rooms requiring a fire separation shall have a listed fire rating equal to or greater than the required room fire rating. See plans for which rooms are required to be separated with a fire door. Doors and frames shall be listed and labeled for a minimum of 45 minutes. Doors between rooms requiring an acoustical separation (soundproof or sound rated door) shall have a minimum STC rating of 45. All exterior doors and frames shall be insulated for a maximum U -value of 0.60. Quality Assurance The manufacturer(s) shall be a minimum of ten (10) continuous years documented experience specializing in the manufacturing of doors, frames, accessories, and /or hardware of the type required for this project. At the request of the Engineer, the manufacturer shall provide testing and /or certification information demonstrating that the manufacturer shall has design and constructed all equipment to the latest applicable codes and standards. The manufacturer or his representative shall be available for consultation to all parties engaged in the project, including instruction to installation personnel. Scheduling The Contractor shall ensure that all approvals and /or shop drawings are supplied or returned to the manufacturer in time for fabrication without affecting construction progress schedule. In addition, he shall ensure that templates and /or actual hardware requested by manufacturer are available in time for fabrication without affecting construction progress schedule Warranty The Manufacturer shall provide a one (1) year warranty against defects in workmanship and materials, including warping,. rotting, decaying or bowing. The Installer shall warrant installation procedures and performance for a minimum of two (2) years from the point of substantial completion against defects due to workmanship and materials handling. Part 2 - Products Components 8 -2 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 8 - Openings Lind Lift Station Provide doors, frames, and accessories as noted on the Door Schedule. Provide door hardware as specified, as noted on the Door Schedule, and as required by the local building code. Contractor shall provide weather tight trim around all doors whether shown on the plans or not. The frames shall be furnished with sufficient wall and head anchors to secure the jamb and door against all operating, wind, and seismic loads. Exterior door frames shall have an integral weather -strip at head and jambs. Frames shall be trimmed in the field to form a weather tight seal if shown on the plans or not. Accessories Provide door accessories as noted on the Door Schedule. Hinges shall provide 180 - degree rotation of the door. Hinges which are exposed at building exterior shall be equipped with tamper -proof pins that cannot be removed. Hinges exposed at the interior of the building shall be removable. The manufacture shall provide door stops; no screw -on stops will be accepted. Finishes Prime doors and frames at the factory according to requirements for metals in Division 9. Finishes shall be per the appropriate metal finishes in Division 9. Part 3 - Execution Installation Install doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings; set frames plumb, square, level, and aligned to receive doors. Anchor frames to adjacent construction in strict accordance with recommendations and approved shop drawings and within tolerances specified in manufacturer's instructions. Seal metal -to -metal joints between framing members using good quality elastomeric sealant, and all doorjambs with Caulking as specified. Reinforce hinge and lock areas. Mount door using minimum of three (3) hinges. Hang door in the frames and apply hardware in a neat, secure manner so that the doors will operate without dragging or binding. Cleaning /Repair Upon completion of installation, thoroughly clean door and frame surfaces in accordance with AAMA 609. Do not use abrasive, caustic or acid cleaning agents. Protect products of this section from damage caused by subsequent construction until substantial completion. If damage does occur, Contractor shall repair damaged or defective products to original specified condition in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Replace damaged or defective products that cannot be repaired to Owner's acceptance. 8 -3 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1 f t fJ Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 8 - Openings Lind Lift Station 8.11.13 Steel Doors and Frames Part 2 - Products Components Doors shall be of flush construction, fabricated from 16 gauge steel minimum, 1 -3/4 inch thick. Doors shall be insulated with a solid polyurethane or urethane foam core. Door frames shall be 14 -gauge galvanized steel, as manufactured or recommended by the door supplier specifically for the door installed. Frames shall be furnished with sufficient wall and head anchors to secure the jamb and door against all operating, wind, and seismic loads. Alternatively, door frames installed within CMU walls can be 16 -gauge galvanized steel, tied to the CMU with masonry wire clips. Fully grout CMU block within one length of a full- sized block measured from door frame. 8.30 SPECIALTY DOORS 8.34 Access Hatches 8.34.2 Vault Hatches Part 1- General Summary Access hatches shall be of the dimensions and type shown on the project plans. Related Sections Div 1.16 Locks and Keys Div 11.12.2 Submersible Sewer Pump Performance Requirements Door leaf (or leaves) shall be able to withstand alive load of 300 lb /ft2 with a maximum deflection of 1/150th of the span. Access doors shall be rated for H -20 (AASHTO) loading. Submittals Provide manufacturer's statement of load rating. Warranty Manufacturer shall guarantee against defects in material or workmanship for a period of five years. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers All hatches shall be East Jordan Iron Works, Inc., LW Hatch or approved equal. 8 -4 H: \File Sys \WWp - wastewater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton P g tY Division 8 - Openings Lind Lift Station Components Access hatches shall have aluminum diamond plate door leaf (or leaves), stainless steel spring lift, neoprene weather seal, stainless steel hardware, self latching stainless steel slam lock, and recessed padlock hasp. Any drainage provision provided by the hatch shall be routed to the vault or building sump or drain system unless shown otherwise on the plans. Channel frame shall have a full anchor flange around the perimeter and shall allow for proper water drainage. Compression spring operator lift system enclosed in telescopic tubes shall be provided for smooth, easy and controlled door operation throughout the entire arc of opening and closing. Operation shall not be affected by temperature: The door shall automatically lock in the vertical position by means of a heavy steel hold -open arm with release handle. All access hatches and lids covering server wet wells shall be gas and odor -tight with a continuous EPDM gasket affixed to the frame to form an odor - resistant barrier around the entire perimeter of the cover. The door frame shall incorporate a 718" Neoprene bumper, a continuous EPDM debris gasket, and a continuous EPDM odor - resistant gasket, for a triple -seal system. All access hatches and lids covering sewer wet wells shall be installed using stainless steel bolts as described in the plans and shall NOT be installed using the hatch anchor bolts. t 8 -5 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. J Division 9 Finishes 9.00 GENERAL This division covers that work necessary for providing all materials, equipment, and labor to coat all items in accordance with these specifications. Sections in these specifications titled "Common llork for Finishe?' shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 9.05 Common Work for Finishes Part 1— General Submittals Before beginning any painting or coating, submit a list of coatings and manufacturers intended for use for review by the Owner. Include the application each coating is intended for, any surface preparation, number of coats, method of application, and coating thickness. Provide Material Safety Data Sheets for all materials to be used including solvents. Submit this information in accordance with the requirements regarding shop drawings included herein. Provide owner with schedule of coating operations and inspection timing. Coating inspections will be scheduled based upon contractor - provided schedule, update schedule weekly or as necessary. Substitutions of the coatings of other manufacturers shall be considered only if equivalent systems of coatings can be provided and only if a record of satisfactory experience with the system in equivalent applications is available. Offers for substitutions will not be considered which decrease film thickness, solids by volume or the number of coats to be applied or which propose a change from the generic type of coating specified herein. All substitutions shall include complete test reports to prove compliance with specified performance criteria. Performance Requirements The completed coating shall produce a minimum dry film thickness in accordance with the specifications as determined by the microtest thickness gauge or comparable instrument. In areas where this thickness is not developed, sufficient additional coats shall be applied to produce it at the contractor's expense. Quality Assurance The Contractor shall be responsible for compatibility of all paint products including the use of primer, intermediate and top coats by different manufacturers if applicable. Contractor shall insure complete compatibility between coatings provided for the project. If coatings are not compatible per manufacturer's review it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove incompatible coatings fully and replace with compatible coating systems. 9 -1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \W\VP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind IS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Name of contractor. • Name of engineer. -` 9 -2 �. H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 9 - Finishes Lind Lift Station Storage and Handling Bring all materials to the job site in the original sealed and labeled containers of the paint manufacturer. Materials shall be subject to inspection by the Owner. Store paint supplies as recommended by the manufacturer and as approved by the Owner. Extra Materials Provide one unbroken gallon container of each type and color of paint and each type of solvent and thinner used.\ Waste Products The contractor shall be responsible for the collection, containment, transportation, and disposal of all waste products generated for this project. Cleaning and disposal shall comply with all federal, state, and local pollution control laws. Provide acceptable containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Site Conditions Contractor shall take any and all measures necessary to prevent over -spray of structures and /or components in the field from both preparation and coating work. Should over -spray occur, the contractor is responsible for all costs associated with any damage that occurs as a result of over - spray. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers The paint and paint products of Tnemec, Chemprobe, Sherwin Williams and ICI Devoe and Xypex, mentioned in these specifications, are intended as a standard of quality. Substitutions may be considered but must be approved by Engineer, see above under Submittals. Part 3 — Execution Installers Contractor, shall be responsible for quality assurance including the retention of a coating applicator with experience necessary to complete the work as specified within this Division. Applicator's personnel shall be adequately trained for application of specified coatings. Applicator must prove adequate experience with the coatings specified for this project. At the discretion of the Owner, the applicator shall be approved to complete the coatings, portion of the work. Submit list of a minimum of 5 completed projects of similar size and complexity to this project during the submittal process. Include for each project: • Project name and location. • Name of owner. • Name of contractor. • Name of engineer. -` 9 -2 �. H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 9 -3 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton P g tY Division 9 - Finishes Lind Lift Station • Name of coating manufacturer. • Approximate area of coatings applied. • Date of completion. Examination The owner shall inspect and approve all surface preparations prior to application of any coating. Provide 24 -hour notice prior to surface inspection needs. Preparation Prepare surfaces in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the coating to be applied to the surface, or the surface preparation requirements of these specifications, whichever are stricter. In general all surface preparation shall meet Structural Steel Painting Council (SSPC) Surfacing Preparation (SP) guidelines, the National Association of Pipe Fitters (NAPF), American Water Works Association (AWWA) and /or the National Association of Corrosion Engineers (MACE) as noted herein unless more strictly described by coating manufacturer. Coatings shall only be applied during weather meeting the recommendations of the coating manufacturer. Air and surface temperatures, humidity and all other environmental conditions shall be within limits prescribed by the manufacturer for the coating being applied, and work areas shall be reasonably free of airborne dust at the time of application and while coating is drying. Materials shall be mixed, thinned and applied according to the manufacturer's printed instructions. Dry Film Thickness (DFT) shall be as stated here in or. applied based on coverage rates of square feet per gallon (sq ft /gal). Installation/ Construction Paint application shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions except that coating thickness specified herein shall govern. Finished coating on all items shall be clean, undamaged and of uniform thickness and color. Coating shall be done in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. The dry film thickness listed in the "Materials" section of this Division must be met, regardless of the applied film thickness or number of coats. Carefully observe all safety precautions stated in the manufacturer's printed instructions. Provide adequate ventilation and lighting at all times. Field Quality Control Acceptance of the completed coatings shall be based on the proper application and proper preparation of the coated surfaces, and a finished product that does not contain runs, drips, surface irregularities, overspray, color variations, scratches, pinholes, holidays, and other surface signs that detract from the overall appearance of the finished project. 9 -3 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 9 - Finishes Lind Lift Station Repair/ Restoration The contractor is responsible for all costs associated with any damage that occurs as a result of over - spray. Scratched, chipped or otherwise damaged coatings, including factory coatings, shall be repaired before final acceptance will be given. 9.06 Color Schedule Items of similar purpose shall be painted the same color. If items come from the factory with a shop applied coating that does not match said color, they shall be field coated to match. The Owner will develop a color schedule for painted items after award of the contract. Contractor shall provide a pallet of colors from the manufacturer of not less than 15 color choices. 9.90 PAINTING AND COATING 9.90.2 Unpainted Items Part 3 — Execution Construction: Do not coat aluminum or stainless steel items unless specifically directed otherwise below or as shown on the plans. 9.91 Painting 9.91.13.1 Metals Exterior (Wet Conditions) Part 1— General Location: building door Part 2 — Products Materials Tnemec Primer: Series 1 Omnithane Prime 2.5 to 3.5 Mil DFT Finish: Series 73 EnduraShield 3 to 5 mils DFT OR: Sherwin Williams Primer: Corothane 1 Mio -Zinc Primer 2.5 to 3.5 Mil DFT Finish: Acrolon 218HS B65 -650 Series 3 to 5 Mil DFT •' 9 -4 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 Division 9 - Finishes TCT Devoe Cnatinos City of Renton Lind Lift Station Primer Fast Set Option: Devran 261 QC Epoxy 4 to 6 Mil DFT Intermediate Cold Cure Option: BarRust 235 Epoxy 8 to 10 Mil DFT Finish Summer Option: BarRust 231 Epoxy Mastic 8 to 10 Mil DFT Finish Fast Set Option: DevThane 349QC Aliphatic Polyurethane 2 to 3 Mil DFT Commercial Option: DevThane 389 Aliphatic Polyurethane Premium Gloss Option: DevThane 379 UVA Aliphatic Polyurethane Premium SemiGloss Gloss Option: DevThane 378 UVA Aliphatic Polyurethane. 9.91.13 Exterior Painting Part 3 — Execution Preparation SSPC SP1 followed by SP6 Commercial Blast. Surface profile shall be 2.0 mils, minimum 9.91.33 Submerged Piping 9.91.33.3 Metals Submerged In Wastewater — Non NSF Part 1— General Location: piping inside wetwell Part 2 — Products Materials Tnemec Primer Series Omnithane 2.5 to 3.5 Mil DFT Intermediate Series 446 PermaShield MCU 1222 Gray 8 to 10 Mil DFT Finish Series 446 PermaShield MCU 1222 Gray 8 to 10 Mil DFT OR: Sherwin Williams Primer Copoxy Primer 4 to 6 Mil DFT Intermediate Dura -Plate 235 6 to 8 Mil DFT Finish Dura -Plate 235 6 to 8 Mil DFT OR: ICI Devoe Coatings Primer BarRust 236 Multipurpose High Solids Low Temperature Curing Epoxy Lining 4 to 5 Mil DFT Intermediate BarRust 236 Multipurpose High Solids Low Temperature 4 to 5 Mil DFT 9 -5 H: \File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 Division 9 - Finishes Raven Lining Svstem City of Renton Lind Lift Station Primer A uatapox A -10 2 -5 mils Protective Coating Raven 405 Ultra high build epoxy 60 -100 mils Part 3 — Execution 1. Preparation of Concrete a Verify state of cured concrete. No concrete surface shall be coated without a minimum 28 -day cure. This applies to patched areas, new pour areas, or newly formed walls and containment dikes. b Roughen concrete surface for improved adhesion. Concrete shall be abraded by an approved method such as steel shot blast, high pressure water blast, water jetting with abrasive injection, or similar to achieve a 4n-i1 profile. Profile tape is to be used to ensure adequate profile over the entire substrate. c Remove surface contaminants. Remove all oils, grease, dirt, efflorescence, laitance or other foreign contaminants. The concrete surface will also need to be free of moisture or standing water. Wash down with clean water and vacuum the surface subsequent to the above procedures. t d Repair substrate defects. After the concrete is clean and dried, all surface irregularities are to be repaired with an approved patching material. This includes form voids, honeycombs, fins, cracks, spalled areas and control joints. Any and all metallic protrusions shall be ground below the surface and then patched or filled with a suitable material. e Verify cure of patching products. All materials used shall be allowed to cure the minimum allowed time as stated by the manufacturer. Any concrete or mortar patch shall be allowed a 28 -day cure before proceeding with coating application. 2. Application Procedures of Primer and Coating a Application procedures shall conform to the recommendations of the coating manufacturer, including material handling, mixing, environmental controls during application, safety, and spray equipment. b The spray equipment shall be specifically designed to accurately ratio and apply the specified primer and protective coating materials and shall be regularly maintained and in proper working order. c The primer and protective coating material must be spray applied by a Certified Applicator of the coating manufacturer and must be able to provide written proof prior to beginning the work. 9.97.23.6 Concrete Vault Interior Do not coat interior walls or floor unless noted otherwise on the plans or stated herein. 9 -8 H: \File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 11, ��I P r f Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 9 - Finishes Lind Lift Station 9.97.23.7 Concrete Wetwell and Vault Exterior — Bottom and Walls Part 2 — Products Materials Tnemec One coat Series 4614-413 Hi -Build Tnemec -Tar 16 to 20 Mil DFT OR: Sherwin Williams One at Hi -Mil Sher -Tar Epoxy 16 to 20 Mil DFT OR: ICI Devoe Coadn -s DevTar 5A High Solids Coal Tar Part 3 — Execution 16 to 20 Mil DFT Preparation Allow 28 days cure time for concrete, or until passing the ASTM D 4263 Plastic Mat Test. Surface shall be clean, dry, and free of contaminants. 9.97.23.13 Concrete Exterior Surface Sealer (Equipment Pads, Wetwell and Vault Tops) Part 2 — Products Materials Tnemec Chemprobe 100 square feet /gallon (coverage based on smooth precast concrete). See Dur A Pell 40 product data sheet for coverage on other concrete surfaces. OR: Sherwin Williams Loxon 40% Silane 125 -175 square feet /gallon (coverage based on smooth precast Water Repellant concrete). See product data sheet for coverage on other concrete surfaces. OR: ICI Devoe Coatings RainGuard 60 -125 square feet /gallon (coverage based on smooth precast concrete). Blok -Lok See product data sheet for coverage on other concrete surfaces. Part 3 — Execution Preparation Surface Preparation: Prepare surface to clean, bare concrete free of contaminants including dust, oil and water. Apply sealer to concrete until it has moist appearance using a garden sprayer. Clean the 9 -9 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RI-12 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 9 - Finishes Lind Lift Station surface to remove purged matter and allow it to dry a minimum of 24 hours. Repeat process to apply 2 coats. Construction Apply concrete sealer to the following locations: landings, vault and wetwell concrete tops and all proposed exterior concrete surfaces. 9.97.23.11 CMU Exterior Anti - Graffiti Non - Sacrificial Coating and Water Repellent Part 2 — Products Materials Tnemec First Coat Chemprobe Dur A Pell GS Data sheet /substrate square 100 -120 square feet per feet per gallon Second Coat Chemprobe Dur A Pell GS Data sheet /substrate square 100 square feet per feet per gallon OR: Sherwin Williams First Coat Watch Dog CPU 347 100 -120 square feet per gallon Second Coat Watch Do -120 CPU 347 100 square feet per gallon OR: ICI Devoe Coatings First Coat RainGuard Blok -Lok 60 -125 square feet /gallondepending on substrate Second Coat RainGuard Vandal Guard 200 -300 square feet /gallon depending on substrate Part 3 — Execution Preparation Surface preparation: Clean, dry and free of contaminants -- must pass a wet mat test ASTM D4263 Plastic Mat test. 9 -10 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWR27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1 Division 10 Specialties 10.00 GENERAL This division covers that work necessary for fabricating and installing all furnishings and accessories as described in these specifications and as shown on the Plans. Sections in these specifications titled. "Common Vork for Specialtie "shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 10.05 Common Work for Specialties Part 1 - General Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Equipment Signs • Pipe Markings • Danger Signs 10.10 INFORMATION SPECIALTIES 10.14 Signs and Labels 10.14.1 Common Work for Signs and Labels Part 2- Products Materials Unless otherwise specified, text shall be white on a background color shown below. Purpose Plate Color General Black Warning Red Electrical Black Potable Water Blue Waste Water Green Part 3- Execution Installation Provide and mount, as directed, equipment signs for the following: 10 -1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 10 - Specialties Lind Lift Station Purpose Location Text Electrical panels and disconnects See Plans See Plans Pumps Wetwell 1,2 Check Valves Valve Vault 1,2 Electrical Panels and Disconnects See Plans See Plans 10.14.2 Equipment Signs Part 2- Products Materials Equipment signs shall be plastic - laminated 1 -inch high, by required length, by 1/8 -inch thick, with 1/2-inch high letters in N -2 Standard Gothic characters. 10.14.4 Danger Signs Part 2- Products Materials Danger signs shall be either fabricated from Cellulose Acetate Butyrate backed with 20 gauge galvanized steel plate or indoor /outdoor fiberglass reinforced plastic with embedded graphics. Danger signs dimensions shall be 14 inches by 20 inches and shall meet OSHA and WISHA specifications for accident prevention signs. Part 3- Execution Installation Mount signs securely in locations shown on the Plans. 10.14.8 Electrical and Control Equipment Part 2 - Products Materials Name plates and service legends shall be phenolic- engraved, rigid, laminated plastic type with adhesive back. Letter height shall be 5/16 -inch unless specified otherwise on the Plans. Labeling shall clearly identify the associate component. Color shall be black background with white letters. Tags shall be securely attached. Adhesive backed tags shall also have at least two brass screws for positive fastening. Part 3 — Execution Installation 10 -2 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. D `! 10 -3 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design\Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. S P rin 2013 City of Renton g Division 10 - Specialties Lind Lift Station Provide engraved nameplates indicating load served, voltage, and phase for every circuit breaker, panel board, motor control center, motor starter, disconnect switch, and fused switch. All components provided under this specification, both field- and panel- mounted, shall be provided with permanently- mounted nametags. The Engineer shall have complete control over the hardware to be labeled and the labeling provided. Provide labels as directed. Provide a name tag for each piece of equipment and for each circuit and /or control device associated with the equipment. Provide a nameplate for each control center unit door. Warning nameplates shall be provided on all panels and equipment which contain multiple power sources which may have energized circuits with the main disconnecting means in the off position. Lettering shall be white on red background. 10.14.9 Pump and Check Valve Signs Part 2- Products Materials Provide 4 inch high, temperature and corrosion resistant metal or vinyl number for each pump and check valve. Part 3- Execution Installation Number shall face the motor control center and be attached to the hatch frame in alignment with the pump or valve. The numbers shall be placed so as not to be obscured from other equipment. Confirm with Engineer the proper location for the number for each pump and �1. valve. D `! 10 -3 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design\Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. I'� Division 11� Equipment 11.00 GENERAL. This division covers that work necessary for providing and installing all equipment as described in these specifications and as shown on the plans. Sections in these specifications titled "Common Work for Equipment" shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 11.05 Common Work for Equipment Part 1- General Related Sections See Div 1.81 for Seismic Restraint requirements Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Pumps • Motors • Temporary Pumps and Motors • Pump Installation Mechanisms • Pump Removal Mechanisms 11.10 Pumps 11.10.1 Common Work for Pumps Part 1- General Summary This section covers work necessary to provide the pumps, complete with motors and accessories, described herein and as shown on the Plans Related sections: • 1.82 Pressure Ratings • 9.91.33.3 Metals Submerged in Wastewater Non NSF • 10.14.9 Pump signs • 11.19 Pump Anchor Bolts • 11.20.1 Common Work for Pump Motors References • HI - Hydraulic Institute. 11 -1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \\X7WP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 11 t D I I f t Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 11- Equipment Lind Lift Station • ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials. • AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute. • ANSI - American National Standards Institute. Definitions Pumps are classified by the following terms: Submersible — Refers generally to single stage centrifugal pumps such as Submersible Sewage or Sump Pumps. Submittals Submittal information shall be provided for each individual pump. Product Data: • A minimum of 5 installations with similarly sized and configured pumps in equivalent fluid applications. Include location, contact name, and number. • Specifications and data describing all pump parts, pieces, and components. Include information on materials of construction and proposed coating systems. • Performance curves showing total dynamic head (TDH) in feet, efficiency and net- positive- suction head required (NPSHR) vs. output in gallons per minute (GPM). Provide (up /down) thrust forces versus pump output (GPM) for each operating point specified. All losses from the drive shaft, seal, coupling and other mechanical losses shall be included in the pump efficiency data presented. Catalog curves may be submitted for preliminary approval and ordering. • Complete list of all pump system components and accessories to be provided. All pump system components are to come from the pump manufacturer. • Calculations showing compliance with bearing life and shaft deflection. • Certification from the Contractor that if pump motor horsepower is different than design that all electrical and emergency power components shall be sized to accommodate Contractor initiated changes at no cost to the Owner. Shop Drawings: • Provide detailed dimensional drawings showing outline dimensions, lengths, overall sizes, materials and weights for each pump unit and associated accessories. Closeout Submittals: Provide the following submittals prior to project closeout: • Operations and Maintenance Manual • Manufacturer Signed Warranties with pump serial numbers. Schedule Provide delivery time in time from approval of shop drawings/ submittal. All equipment shall be delivered within 14 weeks or less from approval of complete submittal information. 11 -2 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 11- Equipment Lind Lift Station Quality Assurance The pump manufacturer shall accept unit responsibility for the motor /pump assembly. Ensure that pumps selected are locally serviceable and replacement parts are readily available. Delivery, Storage and Handling Pumps shall be delivered, stored, and handled in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. Warranty All pumping equipment described in this section and provided under this contract shall be warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of two years after date of original operation. "Original operation" shall be defined as the date that the manufacturer's representative approves field testing of each unit, and Owner accepts unit and its installation following completion of 10 -day start -up period. Following pump and motor installation, supplier shall furnish services of a qualified manufacturer's representative to inspect pump units and inform Owner, prior to field testing, of any defects or concerns regarding condition of each unit and its installation at the job site. Upon resolution of any defects or concerns (if any) and work performed by the Contractor at their expense, manufacturer's warranty shall then be in full effect with no reservation or qualifications other than those stated in the manufacturer's warranty. Upon completion of pump installation, manufacturer shall provide written certification that equipment is fully warranted as installed. Extra Materials Provide any special tools required for pump or motor maintenance. See individual specifications for other spare part requirements. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers Vaughan is the only manufacturer approved on this project. Components All pump system components are to come from the pump manufacturer and shall include: • Motor • Shaft assembly • Impeller assembly • Volute assembly • Discharge head or pump casing • Couplings 11 -3 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 Alva © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Design TDH (feet) Design Flow (gpm) • Supplier Name and Phone Number • Date of Manufacture Source Quality Control Field Pump Performance Testing Pump manufacturer shall have a representative that will oversee the pump vibration and performance during testing and startup. Part 3 - Execution Installation/ Construction Install pump .units in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and direction. Installation shall be supervised and approved by manufacturer's representative prior to operating or field testing units. Adjust pump assemblies so that driving units are properly aligned, plumb, and level with the driven units and all interconnecting shafts and couplings. Misalignment may not be compensated for use of flexible couplings. Connect suction and discharge piping to the pump in a manner which prevents strain on pump flanges. Field Quality Control Contractor shall be responsible for calibration, startup, and initial performance to meet specifications herein. A field test shall be made to give an indication of the performance of the new pump when it is operating under actual field conditions and to establish the acceptance of the pump furnished and installed. The field test shall be conducted and /or 11 -4 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 P g City of Renton tY Division 11- Equipment Lind Lift Station • Power cable • All other necessary appurtenances for complete unit assembly • Removal mechanisms Accessories All pumps are to include an engraved non - corrosive metal nameplate on the exterior of the pump head or body (duplicate attached to pump support flange or shipped loose if submersible), readily accessible without requiring any disassembly. The nameplate shall include, at a minimum, the following information: • Pump Manufacturer • Pump Model Number • Pump Serial Number • Impeller Number • Impeller Trim • Design TDH (feet) Design Flow (gpm) • Supplier Name and Phone Number • Date of Manufacture Source Quality Control Field Pump Performance Testing Pump manufacturer shall have a representative that will oversee the pump vibration and performance during testing and startup. Part 3 - Execution Installation/ Construction Install pump .units in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and direction. Installation shall be supervised and approved by manufacturer's representative prior to operating or field testing units. Adjust pump assemblies so that driving units are properly aligned, plumb, and level with the driven units and all interconnecting shafts and couplings. Misalignment may not be compensated for use of flexible couplings. Connect suction and discharge piping to the pump in a manner which prevents strain on pump flanges. Field Quality Control Contractor shall be responsible for calibration, startup, and initial performance to meet specifications herein. A field test shall be made to give an indication of the performance of the new pump when it is operating under actual field conditions and to establish the acceptance of the pump furnished and installed. The field test shall be conducted and /or 11 -4 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 11- Equipment Lind Lift Station supervised by the pump manufacturer's authorized representative, and observed by the Engineer after the piping and controls have been installed. Upon completion of pump installation and testing, manufacturer shall provide written certification that equipment is installed correctly and fully warranted per specification requirements. The field test shall be performed generally in accordance with AWWA E101, and to the accuracy obtainable with the testing equipment installed as a part of the piping and instrumentation. Prior to acceptance of installed pumps, manufacturer's representative shall demonstrate proper operation of pumps at capacities stated. Testing shall be completed under the observation of the Owner and Engineer. At that time, the following data shall be collected for each pump: • TDH vs. Flow at a minimum of three points which include: Shutoff head, Open to system, and approx 50% design flow with throttled discharge valve. Additional points may be required by Engineer. • Overall Efficiency • Vibration readings shall be taken at the locations described in Hydraulics Institute standard 9.6.4. Vibrations shall be read in the three orthogonal planes, with the maximum reading governing the results. If the vibration tests fail, the manufacturer and /or contractor shall modify the equipment and /or installation and retest until the standards are met. Submit three copies of the vibration test results to the Engineer. The manufacturer's representative shall provide proper, calibrated instrumentation to verify maximum completed unit vibration amplitude. Maximum allowable completed unit vibration amplitude (pump and motor installed) shall be as shown below. (velocity measurements are in /sec RMS) Submersible Sewage Power Vibration in /sec 11 -50 0.27 Upon completion of pump installation and testing, manufacturer shall provide written certification that equipment is fully warranted installed. Certification shall be provided that pumps meet all requirements set forth in these specifications and submittal literature. See Division 1.75 Testing, Startup and Operation for additional requirements. Repair Repair and retest units failing any field test. If unit fails second field test, unit will be.rejected and supplier shall furnish a unit that will perform as specified. 11 -5 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Stadon \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t t 11 J r t f I s 1 e f t Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 11- Equipment Lind Lift Station 11.12 Wastewater Pumps 11.12.2 Submersible Sewage Pump 11.12.2 Lind Lift Station Pumps and Motors Part 1 - General This section covers work necessary to provide the submersible non -clog pumps and motors with rail system, complete. The pumps shall be capable of passing a 3.0" spherical solid without degradation to the pump or motor. Each pump unit provided for this project shall be Vaughan, no substitutions. See lower sections for specific pump model numbers and operational requirements. Part 2 - Products tional Reauirements Design Head (TDH) (Fe.et) Design Flow (gpm) Pump No.1 PL 350 No. 2 350 Minimum Shutoff 'Head (feet) 24 24 Vaughan Model Number /Impeller No. SE4K 2 Blade SE4K 2 Blade Impeller Impeller Maximum MotorHorse Power Pump Design The pump(s) shall be automatically and firmly connected to the discharge connection, guided by no less than two stainless steel guide bars extending from the top of the station to the discharge connection. There shall be no need for personnel to enter the wet well. A machined metal to metal watertight contact shall accomplish sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection. Each pump shall be fitted with sufficient length of stainless steel cable to reach from bottom to top of wet well plus five feet of slack. The working load of the lifting system shall be 50% greater than the pump unit weight. Casing and Back Pull -out Plate The pump casing shall be of volute design, spiraling outward to the 125 lb. flanged centerline discharge. Back pull-out design shall incorporate jacking bolts for accurate adjustment of impeller to cutter bar clearance. Casing and backplate shall be ductile iron with all water passages to be smooth, and free of blowholes and imperfections. A pressure tap shall be included on the discharge flange. Backplate shall include a replaceable Rockwell C60 steel cutter adjustable for 0.005" - 0.015" clearance to cut against the rotating impeller pump out vanes for removing fiber and debris. 11 -6 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AiVI © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Electrical Pump Cord Spring 2013 City of Renton P g tY Division 11- Equipment Lind Lift Station Pump Impeller Impeller shall be semi -open type with pump out vanes to reduce seal area pressure. Chopping / maceration of materials shall be accomplished by the action of the cupped and sharpened leading edges of the impeller blades moving across the cutter bar at the intake openings, with a maximum set clearance between the impeller and cutter bar of 0.015" — 0.025" cold. Impeller shall be cast alloy steel, heat treated to a minimum of Rockwell C 60 and dynamically balanced. The impeller shall be keyed to the shaft and shall have no axial adjustments and no set screws. Cutter Bar Plate Cutter bar plate shall be recessed into the pump bowl and shall contain at least 2 shear bars extending diametrically across the intake opening to within 0.010" — 0.020" of the rotating cutter nut tooth. Chopper pumps utilizing individually mounted shear bars are not acceptable. Cutter bar shall be alloy steel, heat treated to a minimum of Rockwell C 60. Cutter Nut The impeller shall be secured to the shaft using a cutter nut, designed to cut stringy materials and prevent binding using a raised, rotating cutter tooth. The cutter nut shall be cast steel, heat treated to a minimum of Rockwell C 60. Upper Cutter Upper cutter shall be threaded into the back pull-out adapter plate behind the impeller, designed to cut against the pump out vanes and the impeller hub, reducing and removing stringy materials from the mechanical seal area. Upper cutter shall be cast steel, heat treated to a minimum of Rockwell C 60. Upper cutter teeth shall be positioned as closely as possible to the center of shaft rotation to minimize cutting torque and nuisance motor tripping. The ratio of upper cutter cutting diameter to shaft diameter in the upper cutter area of the pump shall be 3.0 or less. Pump Shaft Pump shaft shall be heat - treated alloy steel. The pump shaft shall directly couple to the motor shaft with a bolt and keyway. Spark Proof Guide Rail System Guide rail system shall be non - sparking guide rail system consisting of two stainless steel guide rails, cast ductile iron pump guide bracket and discharge elbow with mounting feet and 125 lb. flanges, upper guide rail mounting bracket and intermediate guide brackets every 10 feet. System design shall prevent spark ignition of explosive gases during pump installation and removal. Electrical Pump Cord Each pump shall be provided with submersible cable (SUBCAB) suitable for submersible pump applications. The power cable shall be of sufficient length to reach from the bottom of the wet well to the splice box shown on the Plans plus five feet of slack. The power cable shall be sized according to NEC and OCEA standards and also meet with PMSHA approval. 11 -7 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 R142 Engineering, Inc. t 1 n t r 1 Spring rin 2013 City of Renton Division 11 - Equipment Lind Lift Station Electric Motors The pump motor shall be UL approved as explosion -proof for continuous operation in a Class I, Division I, Group D hazardous location when not submerged. The pump motor shall be induction type with a squirrel cage rotor, shell type design, housed in an air filled, watertight chamber, NEMA B type. The stator windings and stator leads shall be insulated with moisture resistant Class F insulation. The motor and pump shall be designed and assembled by the same manufacturer. The combined service factor (combined effect of voltage, frequency and specific gravity) shall be a minimum of 1.15. The motor shall have a voltage tolerance of plus or minus 10 %. The motor shall be designed for operation up to 40 °C (104 °F) ambient and with a temperature rise not to exceed 80 °C (176 °F). A performance chart shall be provided showing curves for torque, current, power factor, input /output kW and efficiency. This chart shall also include data on starting and no -load characteristics. The motor shall be equipped with tandem independently mounted mechanical seals in oil bath and with dual moisture sensing probes. The inner and outer seals shall be separated by an oil -filled chamber. The oil chamber shall act as a barrier to trap moisture and provide sufficient time for a planned shutdown. The oil shall also provide lubrication to the internal seal. The inner seal shall be a standard UL listed John Crane Type 21 or equal, with carbon rotating faces and ceramic stationary face. The outer seal construction shall be designed for easy replacement. Outer mechanical seal shall be 316 stainless steel pusher type with tungsten carbide faces. Seal shall be positively driven by set screws. Elastomers shall be of Vdon. Motor shall include two normally closed automatic resetting thermostats connected in series and imbedded in adjoining phases. Motor shall be cast iron and all hardware and shaft shall be stainless steel. The power cable shall be sized according to the NEC and ICEA standards and shall be of sufficient length to reach the junction box without the need of any splices. The outer jacket of the cable shall be oil resistant chloroprene rubber. The motor and cable shall be capable of continuous submergence underwater without loss of watertight integrity to a depth of 65 feet. The motor horsepower shall be adequate so that the pump is non - overloading throughout the entire pump performance curve from shut -off through run -out. Motor Sensors The motor stator temperature shall be continuously monitored by three (3) low resistant, bi- metallic, (N.C.) normally closed thermal switches embedded in the stator windings. These thermal sensor switches shall be used as additional supplemental Motor protection and shall be wired in series with external third leg overload protection provided by the motor stator in the control panel. A float switch shall be installed in the seal leakage chamber and will activate if leakage into the chamber reaches 50% chamber capacity, signaling the need to schedule an inspection. 11 -8 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 11- Equipment Lind Lift Station Upon detection, the sensors shall actuate a panel mounted relay which will provide the operator with a visual indication of impending seal failure. Seal lubricant shall be FDA Approved, non - toxic. Pump Removal Rail System The pump removal rail system shall provide smooth, easy, removal and installation of the specified pumps from the lift station. The system shall include for each pump unit a hydraulic sealing flange, discharge base elbow, guide rails, carrier guide bracket„ nylon line, and lifting chain. The guide rails, carrier guide bracket, and lifting chain shall be constructed of stainless steel materials. Part 3 - Execution Installation of the pump units shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and direction. The installation shall be supervised and approved by the manufacturer's representative prior to operating or field testing the units. Upon completion of the pump installation, the manufacturer shall provide written certification that the equipment is fully warranted as installed. 11.12.3 Sump Pump Part 2 - Products Manufacturers Sump pump: equal to Hydromatic V -A1 Materials Provide a sump pump with cast iron and engineered thermoplastic body, thermoplastic vortex impeller, carbon /ceramic mechanical seal, oil -filled motor with reset thermal overload, single -row ball bearing construction, and piggyback plug. 11 -9 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 12 Furnishings Not Used This Project 12 -1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 13 ' Special Construction 1 Not Used This Project 11 I L11 I u 13 -1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind IS Tech Specs - City I Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 14 Conveying Systems See Division 11 for pump conveyance /access /lift systems. 14 -1 ' H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. w Division 15 ' Mechanical 1 15.00 GENERAL. This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing mechanical ' appurtenances and accessories as described in these specifications and as shown on the Plans. ' Sections in these specifications titled "Common Work for Mechanical' shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 15.05 Common Work for Mechanical ' Part 1 - General Summary ' Provide piping, plumbing, fittings and appurtenances necessary to make all piping systems complete, tested, and ready for operation as specified herein and as shown on the Plans. , Some fittings that are necessary for proper piping system installation and operation may not have been shown. Provide fittings, pipe and appurtenances necessary, whether shown or not shown on the Plans, to complete all piping systems, tested and ready for operation. Note that some pipe supports, thrust blocking, and tie rods may not be shown on the Plans. Provide pipe supports, thrust blocking, and tie rods for pipes as required by accepted design ' criteria to support and restrain the loads encountered. Related Sections Division 1.81 Seismic Restraint and Anchorage; Division 10.14 .3 Pipe Markers; 1.82 ' Pressure Ratings Submittals , Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Ductile Iron Pipe ' • Ductile Iron Fittings • Copper Pipe and Fittings , • PVC Pipe and Fittings • Isolation Valves , • Eccentric Plug Valves • Swing Check Valves ' • Air Vacuum Release Valves • Floor Drains and Cleanouts 15 -1 1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind IS Tech Specs - City ModiSed.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. e 1 Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 15 - Mechanical Lind Lift Station • Level Sensors • Pressure Gauges • Shackle Rods and Restraint Systems • Other Mechanical Components listed in this Division and /or required by the Engineer 15.10 BURIED PIPE INSTALLATION 15.12 Sewer Main Installation Part 1- General References Use materials and installation methods in accordance with Uniform Plumbing Code, latest edition, and local codes and regulations which are applicable. Install ductile iron /PVC and HDPE sewer mains in accordance with Owner standards. Part 3 - Execution Installation Install pipes in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Use types and sizes of pipes as specified herein and /or as shown on the Plans. Where sizes of small pipe are omitted from the Plans and not mentioned in the specifications, use sizes corresponding to code requirements, and as required by equipment and plumbing fixtures and appurtenances. In any event, properly size any undesignated pipe sizes for functions to be performed. Carefully lay pipe and supported at proper lines and grades. Follow piping runs shown on the Plans as closely as possible, except for minor adjustment to avoid architectural and structural features. Make major relocations, if required, in a manner acceptable to Engineer. Keep openings in pipes closed during progress of work. Form thrust blocking so that bolts, joints, gaskets, and flanges of adjacent joints are clear of concrete and so that bolts and joints can be dismantled without removing concrete. All concrete blocking shall have a minimum compressive strength of as identified in Division 3.31.3. Pipe passing through concrete walls or slabs shall be made watertight. Field Quality Control No permanent connections to the existing system shall be made until the new sewer main has been tested and approved by the Engineer. No temporary connections of the untested, unapproved new sewer main to the existing system shall be made without the installation of a double check valve assembly between the new sewer main and water system. The Contractor shall verify the size, material, and location of the existing main at the connection point prior to installing the new connecting sewer main. 15 -2 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 15 - Mechanical Lind Lift Station Each connection shall be made in compliance with the construction plans. Connections to existing mains shall comply with the requirements for maintaining service as described herein. 15.18 Buried Piping Inspection and Testing 15.18.3 Valve Testing Part 3 - Execution Testing Test all valve bonnets for tightness. Test operate all valves at least once from closed -to- open-to- closed positions while valve is under pressure. Test all valves for water tightness under differential working pressure. To perform this test, pressurize pipe section with valve in place, close valve, and relieve pressure on seat side of valve. The valve shall not pass water during a 5 minute test period. The contractor shall verify that the pressure differential across the valve does not exceed the rated working pressure of the valve. 15.18.5 Sewer Force Main Inspection and Testing Part 3 - Execution Preparation All pumps, gauges, plugs, saddles, corporation stops, miscellaneous hose and piping, and other equipment necessary for performing the test shall be furnished and operated by the Contractor. The pipeline trench shall be backfilled sufficiently to prevent movement of the pipe under pressure. All thrust blocks shall be in place and sufficiently cured to reach design strength before testing. Where permanent blocking is not required, the Contractor shall furnish and install temporary blocking and remove it after testing. The mains shall be filled with water and allowed to stand under pressure for a minimum of 24 hours to allow the escape of air and /or allow the lining of the pipe to absorb water. The Contractor will furnish the water necessary to fill the pipelines for testing purposes. Gauges used in the test may be required to be certified for accuracy at a laboratory by the Owner. Testing All new force mains and appurtenances shall be tested under a hydrostatic test pressure as stated in 1.82 Pressure Ratings. The Contractor is responsible for the proper disposal of any waste, including water. An acceptable test of pipe and fittings buried under or adjacent to proposed concrete slabs or other structures must be performed prior to construction of structure. Whenever possible, have pipe joints, fittings, and valves exposed for inspection. Any visible leakage detected shall be corrected by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Owner regardless of the allowable leakage specified above. Should the test section fail to meet the 15 -3 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. F I� �i I+ 1-1 1 Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 15 - Mechanical Lind Lift Station pressure test successfully, as specified, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, locate and repair the defects and then retest the pipeline. Prior to calling out the Owner to witness the pressure test, the Contractor shall have all equipment set up completely ready for operation and shall have successfully performed the test to assure that the pipe is in a satisfactory condition. Owner shall witness test. Before applying the specified test pressure, air shall be expelled completely from the pipe, valves, and hydrants. The test shall be accomplished by pumping the main up to the required pressure; stop the pump for a minimum of 15 minutes up to a maximum of 60 minutes as directed by the Engineer, and then pump the main up to the test pressure again. During the test, the section being tested shall be observed to detect any visible leakage. The quantity of water required to restore the initial hydrostatic pressure shall be accurately determined by either: 1) pumping from an open container of suitable size such that accurate volume measurement can be made by the Owner; or 2) by pumping through a positive displacement water meter with a sweep unit hand registering one gallon per revolution. The meter shall be approved by the Owner. For the test to be considered acceptable, the quantity of water lost from the main shall not exceed the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula: IVD,[P- ' L _ 7400 in which, L = allowable leakage, gallons /hour N = number of joints in the length of pipeline tested ' D = nominal diameter of the pipe in inches P = average test pressure during the leakage test, psi ' There shall not be an appreciable or abrupt loss in pressure during the 15- minute test period. Connections to Existing Mains Provide connections to existing force mains, as indicated on the Plans and specified in ' Section 7- 17.3(1) of the Standard Specifications. 15.20 PIPE AND FITTINGS 15.21 Common Work for Pipe and Fittings Part 2 - Products Components Under no circumstances shall the fasteners be of lesser strength or higher corrosive potential than the materials being connected. In the event that dissimilar metals are adjacent (for 15 -4 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 15 - Mechanical Lind Lift Station example: stainless flange connecting to ductile iron flange) a dielectric insulation kit shall be used. Fasteners for pipe and fittings: Per AWWA standards unless otherwise specified. All relevant subsections of AWWA C100, C200 and C500. For submerged conditions, connection bolts shall be Nitronic 60 steel. Nuts and washers shall be Stainless Steel, minimum grade 304 in raw domestic or treated domestic water and minimum grade 316 in treatment processes and sewage applications. Bolts and nuts shall meet ASTM F593 and F594. All shackled thrust restraint systems shall be of Cor -Ten (ASTM 242) construction and manufactured by Star National Products or approved equal.. All components of any Cor - Ten system shall include all Cor -Ten components. Bolts, nuts, washers, tie rods, and other components shall be one material and not intermixed. Part 3 - Execution Construction All piping and related equipment to be joined together shall be connected as shown on the plans, specifications, as recommended by the manufacturer, or as required by standard industry practices if not otherwise specified. 15.22 Metal Pipe and Fittings 15.22.2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings Part 1 - General Design Requirements Ductile iron pipe shall have thickness designed in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C150/A21.50 and shall be based on laying conditions and internal pressures to meet the requirements of Division 1.82. The pipe thickness for sewer force mains shall not be less than DI Thickness Class 52 pipe. Part 2 - Products Manufactured Units Pipe shall be cement -lined and asphaltic coated in accordance with ANSI Standard A21.4 (AWWA C104) and unless otherwise specified, and shall conform to standards of ANSI Standard A21.51 (AWWA C151). Rubber gasket pipe joints are to be push -on -joint (Tyton) or mechanical joint (MJ) in accordance with ANSI Standard A21.11 (AWWA C -111), unless otherwise specified. Flanged joints shall conform to ANSI Standard B16.1. When requested, furnish certification from manufacturer of pipe and gasket being supplied that inspection and all of the specified tests have been made and the results comply with requirements of this standard. 15 -5 H: \Fde Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. .1 II J J t I - t Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 15 - Mechanical Lind Lift Station Ductile Iron Fittings All fittings shall be ductile iron where possible. Steel fittings will not be accepted. Ductile iron fittings shall be short body, cement -lined, and for the pressure rating noted in Division 1.82. Metal thickness and manufacturing processes shall conform to applicable portions of ANSI Standards A21.20, A21.11, B16.2, and B16.4. Standard cement lining shall be in accordance with ANSI Standard A21.4 (AWWA C104). Mechanical joint (MJ), ductile iron, compact fittings 3 inches through 24 inches and 54 inches through 64 inches shall be in accordance with AWWA C153. Flanged pipe spools shall be fabricated from minimum Class 53 wall thickness pipe and conform to ANSI /AWWA C1 15/A21.15 with the exception that flanges shall be fabricated from ductile iron, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. Interior shall be cement lined. Ductile iron flange (FL) fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C110, fabricated from ductile iron unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, with bolt pattern to match adjacent pipe. Gasket material for flanges shall be neoprene, buna n, chlorinated butyl, or cloth- inserted rubber. Gaskets shall be full face or ring type. Type of ends shall be specified as mechanical joint (MJ), restrained joint (RJ), true restrained joint (TRJ), plain end (PE), or flanged (FL). RJ and TRJ pipe and fittings shall be capable of restraining the hydrostatic test pressures and working pressures specified. Part 3 - Execution Installation The Contractor shall provide tools and equipment, including any special tools required for installing each particular type of pipe used. 15.22.4 Stainless Steel Pipe•and Fittings Part 1- General Related Sections 5.13 Stainless Steel Design Requirements The pipe wall thickness shall be as required by Division 1.82 and the following table: Test Pressure 50 psi 200 psi Pipe Wall Thickness in inches. Nominal Pine Diameter 1" 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 24" 30" .109* .109* .120* .120* .134* .148* .165* .180* .188* .188* .188* .250* .312* .1 33(p .154cp .216cp .237cp .2807 .322cp .365y .375cp .390 .450 .510 .680 .850 15 -6 H: \File Sys \WWP WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring ry 2013 City of Renton P Division 15 - Mechanical Lind Lift Station , *Per Schedule 10s ' cDPer Schedule 40s Part 2 - Products , Materials All stainless steel pipe and fittings shown on the plans in direct bury applications shall meet ASTM A312, Type 316 or 316L, WELDED. All heat tints and chromium depleted layers ' caused by welding shall be removed prior to onsite delivery. Welding of pipe shall be per ASME welding code. Welding shall be capable of withstanding , the hydrostatic testing pressure as stated in Division 1.82 without leakage. 15.23.5 PVC Pipe and Fittings — Solvent Weld ' Part 2 - Products Materials Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material for pipe fittings and couplings shall conform to ASTM D -1784, Type 1, Grade 1, with 2,000 psi design stress. Pipe shall be Schedule 40 or 80 in accordance with ASTM D -1785, as shown on the Plans. ' There is no pipe color preference or requirement. 15.23.7 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings for Sewer — Push on Joint Part 1- General Design Requirements Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe shown on the Plans shall meet the standards of AWWA C900 for pipe up to 12- inches in diameter and AWWA C905 for 14 -inch diameter and larger. Pipe fittings for diameters of 4 inches to 8 inches shall meet the standards of AWWA C907, unless ductile iron fittings are called out on the plans. Other fittings shall be fabricated with pipe meeting the standards of AWWA C900 or C905, and the fittings shall be rated by the manufacturer for the working pressures and hydrostatic testing pressure as listed in these , specifications. Pipe shall be of SDR 25. Submittals The manufacturer shall supply dimensional ratio with corresponding pressure rating during the submittal process. The manufacturer shall certify that the pipe supplied is capable of ' withstanding the working pressure and hydrostatic testing pressure as listed in this division. Part 2 - Products ' Materials , 15 -7 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton P g tY Division 15 - Mechanical Lind Lift Station All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured by the pipe supplier or approved equal ' and have bell and /or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. PVC pipe and fittings up to 12 inches in diameter shall be equal to Ipex, Blue Brute TM. Pipe and fittings 14 inches and larger shall be equal to Ipex, Centurion M (fittings fabricated with working and hydrostatic testing pressure ratings equal or higher than those listed in Division 1.82.) 15.30 VALVES 15.31 Common Work for Valves 1 Part 1— General Design and Performance Requirements Valves noted on the Plans or in other parts of the specifications shall meet the requirements herein. Valves shall be designed for the intended service. ' Valve suppliers shall review the design and certify that the valve provided in the submittal is appropriate for the application and will operate as shown and described. Any discrepancies from the design and the valves shall be brought to the engineer's attention during the bidding process. Valves that do not operate as specified and per normal industry standards shall be replaced or modified so that they operate within the design parameters at the contractor's expense. Pressure rating shall be per Division 1.82 unless shown otherwise. Install valves in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown on the Plans. Provide buried valves will all operators or valves boxes installed so that wrenches or operators perform freely and without binding or other interference. Bed and backfill buried valves according to the requirements of the pipe to which they are attached. Install valves and fittings in accordance with, manufacturer's recommendation and the Plans. Verify alignment and adjustments after installation. 15 -8 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 — Products Components If shear pins are installed with any valve, the manufacturer shall certify the shear pin(s) to fail between 95% to 99% of the operator shaft failure torque. Provide concrete supports for operators where required, as shown on the Plans. Buried valves shall be equipped with AWWA 2 -inch wrench nut with a minimum of 12 turns to close valve, unless otherwise noted on plans. Exposed valves shall be equipped with lever actuator for valves 4 inches and smaller, or handwheel actuator for valves 6 inches and larger, unless otherwise noted on plans. Valves located at elevations higher than 6 feet above finished floor shall be equipped with chainwheel operator. ' Part 3 - Execution Installation Install valves in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown on the Plans. Provide buried valves will all operators or valves boxes installed so that wrenches or operators perform freely and without binding or other interference. Bed and backfill buried valves according to the requirements of the pipe to which they are attached. Install valves and fittings in accordance with, manufacturer's recommendation and the Plans. Verify alignment and adjustments after installation. 15 -8 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 15 - Mechanical Lind Lift Station 15.32 Isolation Valves 15.32.5 Eccentric (Plug) Valves Part 2 —Products Manufacturers Valves shall be equal to: M &H /Kennedy Valve Company Eccentric Plug valves, Pratt eccentric valves, or Dezurik eccentric valves. Manufactured Units Plug valves shall be eccentric plug valves unless otherwise specified. Valves shall be of the non - lubricated eccentric type with resilient faced plugs and shall be furnished with end connections as shown on the Plans. Valve bodies shall be ASTM A126 Class B cast iron. The valve seat shall meet one of the following two requirements: 1) seat shall have a 1/8 inch welded overlay of not less than 90% pure nickel, with a raised seat area, so that the plug face contacts only nickel; 2) seat shall be factory- coated with heat -fused thermoset epoxy or thermoplastic nylon in accordance with AWWA C550. The valve plug shall be ASTM A536 ductile iron, faced with Neoprene with a cylindrical seating surface eccentrically offset from center of the plug shaft. Interference between the plug face and the body seat shall be externally adjustable in the field with the valve under pressure, and the plug in the closed position. Valves shall have sleeve type metal bearings and shall be of sintered, oil impregnated, permanently lubricated type 316 ASTM A743 Grade CF -8M. Valve shaft seals shall be of the single or multiple V -ring type, externally adjustable and re- packable under pressure without removing bonnet or actuator. Valves utilizing O -ring seals or non - adjustable packing shall not be acceptable. Valves shall be equipped with actuators as shown on the plans. Buried valve shall have a direct nut actuator. Actuator shaft shall be supported on permanently lubricated bronze bearings, and shall indicate valve position. An adjustable stop shall be provided to set closing torque and to provide seat adjustment. Valve surfaces shall be coated internally and externally with a heat -fused thermoset epoxy or thermoplastic nylon. Exposed nuts, bolts, springs, and washers for buried service valves shall be stainless steel. 15.33 Check Valves 15.33.2 Swing Check Valves Part 1— General Design Requirements 15 -9 H: \File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WW -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. i fl P� 1 I Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 15 - Mechanical Lind Lift Station The swing check valve shall function to permit flow in only one direction. The valve shall ' close tightly, without slamming, when the pressure on the discharge side exceeds the pressure on the inlet side. All swing check valves shall conform with AWWA C508 and the following specifications. The valve shall be constructed to withstand the pressures stated in Division 1.82. Flanges shall be drilled to ANSI B16.1, Class 125# or as specified in the Plans. Operating pressure range is 0 psi (low) to 60 psi (high). The manufacturer shall certify that the check valve will seal completely within the operational range. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers The valve shall be equal to M &H Model 159 Swing Check Valve. Manufactured Units The swing check valve body shall be constructed with heavy cast iron or cast steel and have a bronze or stainless steel seat ring, rubber clapper facing, a non - corrosive shaft and external counterweight attachment. See plans for which side of the valve to locate the counterweight. The valve disc shall be constructed of cast iron or cast steel and shall be suspended from a non - corrosive shaft. The valve shall allow the equivalent flow area of the adjoining pipe. The shaft shall pass through a stiffing box and be connected to the swing arm in the outside of the valve. Swing arm shall be oriented as shown on the plans. ' Finishes The interior and exterior of the valve body, bonnet and seal plate shall be coated with fusion- bonded epoxy meeting AWWA C -550 (latest revision). Interior coating shall be a minimum dry film thickness of 7 mils, not including primer. Exterior coating shall be a minimum dry film thickness of 5 mils, not including primer. Alternatively, exterior may be coated per Division 9.91.33.6. 15.40.4 Adapters and Dielectric Fittings Part 3 - Execution Installation Provide adapters between dissimilar types of pipes (e.g. copper - steel). Provide dielectric 1 fittings at joints between dissimilar metals. 15.60 PRESSURE AND LEVEL MEASUREMENT 15.60.1 Common Work for Pressure and Level Measurement 1 Part 1— General Related Sections 15 -10 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 15 - Mechanical Lind Lift Station See Division 16 for electronic pressure and level devices. Design Requirements Pressure and level measurement devices shall be scaled and rated for the application. Part 3 — Execution Installation All devices shall be installed to be field serviceable without taking the facility out of service. Readouts shall be positioned to be easily read from a standing position, central to the room unless allowed otherwise by the Engineer. 15.61 Pressure Gauges Part 1— General References ASTM B40.1 Grade 2A Performance Requirements Gauge accuracy shall be ± 0.5 percent of full scale. Submittals Provide catalog sheets showing dimensions, pressure range, accuracy and optional accessories. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Marsh, 3D Instruments or approved equal. Materials Gauges shall be analog or digital type as shown on the plans; stem mount type with 4' /Z inch scale face, glycerin filled and be completely suitable for measuring raw sewage. Connection shall be '/2 inch threaded with bleed off branch and ball valve. Wetted parts shall be brass, bronze or stainless steel. The full scale pressure range for each gauge location shall be as follows. Full Scale Normal Operation Range 0 -25 psi 5 -7 psi For pressure gauges used in applications other than clean water, provide a diaphragm seal suitable for the contact fluid. Diaphragm seals shall have 316 SS construction with bleed screw, flushing connection, and seal -off orifice. Diaphragm seal shall be Coniflo "lift- Gard" Model 300 -A (with flushing connection) as supplied by Branom Instruments, Seattle, WA, or approved equal. 15 -11 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 15 - Mechanical Lind Lift Station Part.3 - Execution Installation Install gauges as shown on the plans. Support gauges adequately. Field Quality Control Provide calibrated test gauges for each scaled range. Build a temporary common testing manifold that can hold all similarly scaled gauges plus the test gauge at one time. Pressurize manifold to the pressure specified by the Engineer. Gauges that do not meet the accuracy requirements shown under the Performance Requirements shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 15 -12 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 16 Electrical 16.00 GENERA. This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing electrical equipment required for this project. Items not covered shall be suitable for their particular application. Sections in these specifications titled "Common Work for Electrical' shall apply to all following sections whether directly referenced or not. 16.05 Common Work for Electrical Part 1 - General Summary Plans are diagrammatic and indicate general arrangements of systems and equipment, except when specifically dimensioned or detailed. The intention of the plans is to show size, capacity, approximated location, direction and general relationship of one work phase to another, but not exact detail or arrangement. Permits and Fees The Contractor shall coordinate and provide all permits, licenses, approvals, inspections by the authority having jurisdiction and other arrangements for work on this project and all fees shall be paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall include these fees in the bid price. Related Sections See the following sections for items that may be provided and /or installed with other electrical equipment. • 10.14.8 Signs for electrical equipment • 11.20 Pump motors References Provide all electrical work in accordance with latest edition of National Electrical Code, National Electrical Safety Code, Washington State Electrical Code, and local ordinances. If any conflict occurs between government adopted code rules and these specifications, the codes are to govern. All electrical products shall bear a label from a certified testing laboratory recognized by the State of Washington. Recognized labels in the State of Washington are UL, ETL, and CSA -US. Definitions • Dry Locations: All those indoor areas which do not fall within the definitions below for wet, damp, or corrosive locations and which are not other wise designated on the Plans. • Wet Locations: All locations exposed to the weather, whether under a roof or not, unless otherwise designated on the Plans. 16 -1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1 1 t I II J C 1 Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station • Damp Locations: All spaces wholly or partially underground, or having a wall or ceiling forming part of a channel or tank unless otherwise designated on the Plans. • Corrosive Locations: Areas where wastewater is stored or any areas classified as Class 1, Division 1 or 2. These areas are identified on the Plans. Submittals Provide' submittals of each item specified in this division to engineer for approval in accordance with the submittals' sections of these specifications. Submittals for motor control centers, motor control panels, control panels, instrumentation panels, and pump control panels shall include as a minimum a wiring diagram or connection schematic and an ' interconnection diagram. Wiring Diagram or Connection Schematic This plan or plans shall include all of the devices in a system and show their physical relationship to each other including terminals and interconnecting wiring in assembly. This diagram shall be in a form showing interconnecting wiring only by terminal designations (wireless diagram). Interconnection Diagram This diagram shall show all external connections between terminals of equipment and outside points, such as motors and auxiliary devices. References shall be shown to all connection diagrams which interface to the interconnection diagrams. Interconnection diagrams shall be of the continuous line type. Bundled wires shall be shown on a single line with the direction of entry /exit of the individual wires clearly , shown. All devices and equipment shall be identified. Terminal blocks shall be shown as actually installed and identified in the equipment complete with individual terminal identification. All jumpers, shielding and grounding termination details not shown on the equipment connection diagrams shall be shown on the interconnection diagrams. Spare wires and cables shall be shown. Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Utility Meter Enclosure • Service Disconnect • Surge Protection Device (SPD) • Motor Control Center • Distribution Transformers • Branch Circuit Panelboard • Circuit Breakers • Conduit and Fittings • Outlet and Junction Boxes ' • Electrical Handholes and Vaults • Wire and Cables 16 -2 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind IS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station • Switches and Receptacles • Light Fixtures • Engine Generator Set • Automatic Transfer Switch • EG Fuel Tank • Other Electrical Components listed in this division and /or required by the Engineer. Project Conditions Contractor shall keep all power shutdown periods to a minimum. Carry out shutdowns only after a shutdown schedule has been submitted and favorably reviewed by both. the client and the Engineer. Construction Power: See Division 1.51 Part 2 - Products Source Quality Control Do not use equipment exceeding dimensions indicated or equipment or arrangements that reduce required clearances or exceed specified maximum dimensions unless approved by the Engineer. Identification of Listed Products Electrical equipment and materials shall be listed for the purpose for which they are to be used, by an independent testing laboratory. When a product is not available with a testing laboratory listing for the purpose for which it is to serve, the inspection authority may require the product to undergo a special inspection at the manufacturer's place of assembly. All costs and expenses incurred for such inspections shall be included in the original contract price. Materials Use equipment, materials and wiring methods suitable for the types of locations in which they will be located, as defined in Definitions above. Components Fasteners for securing equipment to walls, floors and the like shall be either hot -dip galvanized after fabrication or stainless steel. Provide stainless steel fasteners in Corrosive locations. When fastening to existing walls, floors, and the like, provide capsule anchors, not expansion shields. Size capsule anchors to meet load requirements. Minimum size capsule anchor bolt is 3/8 -inch. Unless otherwise noted, provide enclosures as follows: • Class 1, Division 1 &2 Locations: NEMA Type 7 • Indoors unclassified Locations: NEMA Type 12 • Corrosive Locations: NEMA Type 4X 16 -3 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design\Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Ll 11 [I t 1 r� r i Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station • Outdoors and /or Wet Locations: NEMA Type 4 • Electrical rooms: NEMA Type 1 Accessories Wire Identification Identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pull box using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each -electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as approved by the Engineer. Identify each wire or cable in each pull box with plastic sleeves having permanent markings. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Finishes Refer to each electrical equipment section of these Specifications for painting requirements of equipment enclosures. Part 3 - Execution Installation Install all materials in accordance with electrical code, UL listing requirements and manufacturer's instructions. All underground electrical conduits shall be installed by a licensed electrical contractor. Ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in their installations. Perform any required work to correct improperly fit installations at no additional expense to the Owner. Provide the required inserts, bolts and anchors, and securely attach all equipment and materials to their supports. Install all floor - mounted equipment on 3-1/2-inch high reinforced concrete pads. Cutting, Drilling and Welding: Provide any cutting, drilling, and welding that is required for the electrical construction work. Structural members shall not be cut or drilled, except when favorably reviewed by the Engineer. Use a core drill wherever it is necessary to drill through concrete or masonry. Perform patch work with the same materials as the surrounding area and finish to match. Metal Panels: Mount all metal panels, which are mounted on, or abutting concrete walls in damp locations or any outside walls '/a -inch from the wall, and paint the back side of the panels with a high build epoxy primer with the exception of stainless steel panels. Film thickness shall be 10 mils minimum. Maintenance: Install all equipment and junction boxes to permit easy access for normal maintenance. 16 -4 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station Interconnections: Provide all interconnection wiring between work provided in other divisions and work provided in this division. All equipment to be completely wired and fully operational upon completion of the project. Seismic Requirements: See Division 1.81 Equipment Protection: Exercise care at all times after installation of equipment, motor control centers, control panels, etc., to keep out foreign matter, dust debris, and moisture. Use protective sheet metal covers, canvas, heat lamps, etc., as needed to ensure equipment protection. Field Quality Control Minor Deviations The electrical plans are diagrammatic in nature and the location of devices, fixtures and equipment is approximate unless dimensioned. On the basis of this, the right is reserved to provide for minor adjustments and deviations from the apparent locations shown on the Plans without any extra cost. Deviations from the Plans and /or specifications required by code shall also be done, subsequent to Owner's approval, without extra costa Plans indicate the general location and number of the electrical equipment items. When raceway, boxes, and ground connections are shown, they are shown diagrammatically only and indicate the general character and approximate location. Layout does not necessarily show the total number of raceways or boxes for the circuits required. Furnish, install, and place in satisfactory condition all raceways, boxes, conductors and connections, and all of the materials required for the electrical systems shown or noted in the contract documents complete, fully operational, and fully tested upon the completion of the project. Record Plans The Contractor shall maintain a complete and accurate record set of Plans for the electrical construction work. Continually record actual electrical system(s) installation on a set of prints kept readily available at the project during construction for this purpose alone. Accurately locate all raceways and circuit number of each equipment item. At the completion of the work, furnish a set of clean, neat, and accurate record plans on reproducible sepia -type paper which shows raceway type, routing, and conductors for every outlet and every circuit. . After testing and acceptance of the project the Contractor shall furnish in the O&M manuals an accurate connection schematic and interconnection diagram for every MCC and instrumentation panel provided this project. Cleanup Cleaning Equipment: Thoroughly clean all soiled surfaces of installed equipment and materials upon completion of the project. Clean out and vacuum all construction debris from the bottom of all equipment enclosures. Painting: Repaint any electrical equipment or materials scratched or marred in shipment or installation, using paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer. 16 -5 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Stadon \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1 t 1 7 H111 C r�� U11111 ,,I Ell I [17 Spring 2013 City of Renton P g tY Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station Cleanup: Upon completion of the electrical work, remove all surplus materials, rubbish, and . debris that accumulated during the construction work. Leave the entire area neat, clean and acceptable to the Engineer. 16.10 ELECTRICAL SITE WORK 16.10.1 Common Work for Electrical Site Work Part 3 — Execution Construction Provide all excavation, trenching, backfill and surface restoration required for the electrical work. Trenching shall be to depths as required by Code, particular installation, or as shown on the Plans. Trench width and length as required by the installation or as shown. Trench bottom shall be free of debris and graded smooth. Where trench bottom is rock or rocky, or contains debris larger than 1 inch or material with sharp edges, over excavate 3 inches and fill with 3 inches of sand. Separation between new electrical utilities and other utilities shall be 1 foot 0 inches minimum, except gas lines shall be 1 foot 0 inches both vertical and horizontal. Perform crossing of concrete or asphalt only after surface material has been saw cut to required width and removed. Backfill around raceways shall be 3 -inch pea gravel or sand for systems of 600 volt or less. Provide red marker tape over raceways below grade. Place backfill material to obtain a minimum degree of compaction of 95 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content. Moisten backfill material as required to obtain proper compaction. Do not use broken pavement, concrete, sod roots, and debris for backfill. 16.10.2 Underground Marking Tape (Detectable Type) tPart 2 — Products Manufacturers Tape shall be Brady "Detectable Identoline — Buried Underground Tape, or equal. Materials Underground marking tape shall be for location and early warning protection of buried power and communication lines. Tape shall be detectable by a pipe /cable locator or metal detector from above the undisturbed ground. Tape shall be nominally 2 inches wide with a type B721 aluminum foil core laminated between two layers of 5 mil thickness polyester plastic. The plastic color shall be red for electrical lines and orange for telephone lines. 16.15 ELECTRICAL GROUNDING 16.15.1 Common Work for Electrical Grounding Part 1 General - References 16 -6 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 R142 Engineering, Inc. 16 -7 1 H: \Ffle Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWR27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station Service and equipment grounding shall be per Article 250 of the National Electrical Code. Performance Requirements Verify that a low- resistance ground path is provided for all circuits so an accidental contact to ground of any live conductor will instantly trip the circuit. Part 2 - Products Components The grounding systems shall consist of the ground rods, grounding conductors, ground bus, ground fittings and clamps, and bonding conductors to structural steel as shown on the Plans. System components shall be as allowed in the N.E.C. unless specified otherwise below. • Ground Rods: Ground rods shall be cone pointed copper clad Grade 40 HS steel rods conforming to ASTM B228. The welded copper encased steel rod shall have a conductivity of not less than 27% of pure copper. • Ground Conductors: Buried conductors shall be medium -hard drawn bare copper; other conductors shall be soft drawn copper. Sizes over No. 6 AWG shall be stranded. Coat all ground connections except the exothermic welds with electrical joint compound, non - petroleum type, UL listed for copper and aluminum applications. • Ground Rod Boxes: Boxes shall be a 9 -inch diameter precast concrete unit with hot - dip galvanized traffic cover. Units shall be 12- inches deep minimum. Covers shall be embossed with the wording "Ground Rod ". Part 3 - Execution Installation Provide a ground rod box for each ground rod so as to permit ready access to facilitate testing. Provide a ground wire in every conduit carrying a circuit of over 110 volts to ground. Make embedded or buried ground connections, taps and splices with exothermic welds. Coat ground connections. Testing ' Following completion of the grounding electrode system, measure ground resistance at each ground rod using the three rod method. Submit results to engineer prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Perform testing per NETA Standard ATS paragraph 7.3. Testing methods shall conform to NETA Standard ATS using the three electrode method for large systems. Conduct tests only after a period of not less than 48 hours of dry weather. Furnish to the Engineer a test report with recorded data of each ground rod location. See Division 16.95.4 16 -7 1 H: \Ffle Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWR27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. �1 Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station 16.20 UTILITY SERVICE 16.21 Electrical Service The Contractor shall meet all the standard requirements for working in the King County right -of -way which may require a county inspector to watch work being performed within the right -of -way. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all cost for the representative to be on site if required as part of the right -of -way permit. Coordinate with PSE. Part 3 - Execution Installation/ Construction Puget Sound Energy will perform the following_ t1. Extend secondary raceway and conductors provided to the edge of the transforme by the Contractor into the transformer vault and terminate service conductors on the secondary side of the transformer. 16 -8 H: \FIle Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 1— General Summary The following is a brief description of the work required to provide power service to the proposed facilities. The Electrical Power Provider, Puget Sound Energy (PSE), shall perform some of the work and the Contractor shall do the remainder of the work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to understand what work will be completed by the Electrical Power Provider. Work to be completed by the Electrical Power Provider will be paid by the Owner and shall not be included in the Contractor's bid price. References During design, contact was made with Customer Service Representative, Mr. Nate Lindo, who can be contacted by telephoning (253) 970 -7284. Work involving service installation shall be done in accordance with Electrical Power Provider standards and the National Electric Code. Service equipment shall be listed and labeled by UL as "suitable for use as service equipment ". Project Conditions Before submitting a bid, the Contractor shall become familiar with all the electrical service requirements that may affect the execution of their work. ' Sequencing and Scheduling The Contractor shall be fully and completely responsible for. all scheduling and coordination with the Electrical Power Provider. The Contractor shall contact the Customer Service Representative to coordinate scheduling of work to be performed and to verify responsibilities. The Contractor shall meet all the standard requirements for working in the King County right -of -way which may require a county inspector to watch work being performed within the right -of -way. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all cost for the representative to be on site if required as part of the right -of -way permit. Coordinate with PSE. Part 3 - Execution Installation/ Construction Puget Sound Energy will perform the following_ t1. Extend secondary raceway and conductors provided to the edge of the transforme by the Contractor into the transformer vault and terminate service conductors on the secondary side of the transformer. 16 -8 H: \FIle Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. g City Spring 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station j 2. Install a utility revenue meter in the proposed main revenue metering enclosure provided and installed by the Contractor. 3. Disconnect existing secondary conductors to the existing lift station service disconnect from the transformer after the proposed lift station is operational and accepted by the City in writing. Contractor's Responsibilities Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any changes to the responsibilities between the Electrical Power Provider and the Contractor as outlined in these specifications prior to submitting a bid. Any change(s) in responsibilities not brought to the attention of the Engineer prior to bidding will not be cause for additional payment. The Contractor shall perform the following_ 1. Install the service entrance disconnect switch and main revenue metering enclosure as shown on the plans. 2. Install new raceway and conductors for secondary service from the existing pad -mount transformer location to the proposed service disconnect switch including trenching, backfill and restoration. Terminate service conductors at the service entrance disconnect switch. Final raceway penetration into the transformer vault will be completed by PSE. 3. The Contractor shall meet all the standard requirements for working in the right -of -way which includes a utility representative on site during work within the right -of -way. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all cost for the representative to be on site. 4. Remove and dispose the existing secondary conductors from the raceway after they are disconnected from the transformer. 16.21.2 Electrical Utility Meter Enclosure Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Meter enclosure shall be a Circle AW or equal and as required to meet the requirement of the Electrical Power Provider. Materials , Contractor shall coordinate with Puget Sound Energy on the type of metering required and shall provide all labor and material necessary to meet Puget Sound Energy requirements. 16.21.3 Service Disconnect Switch ' Part 1— General Design Criteria The switch shall be heavy duty type, shall be quick -make, quick break, and shall be horsepower rated. The switch shall have blades as required to open all ungrounded conductors. The disconnect shall have a minimum available fault current withstand rating of 42,000 amperes unless noted otherwise on the plans. 16 -9 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. rj t Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Acceptable switch manufacturer's: Cutler /Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, Square -D or Westinghouse. Materials The switch shall be pad - lockable in both the OFF or ON position. The enclosure shall have interlocking cover to prevent opening the door when the switch is closed. The interlock shall include a defeating scheme. The enclosure shall be pad - lockable. The NEMA enclosure rating shall be as shown on the Plans. Circuit Breaker Type Circuit breakers shall be molded case thermal- magnetic type and meet molded case circuit breaker specifications covered in Division 16.55.16. 16.21.4 Manual Transfer Switch Part 2 — Products Switch shall be heavy duty . safety switch, double throw type, non -fused manually operated, NEMA 1 enclosure, 600 volt, 3 phase, 100 ampere rated. Manufacturers Acceptable switch manufacturer's: Cutler /Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, or Square -D. 16.21.5 Generator Connection Receptacle As shown on the plans. 16.30 PANEL COMPONENTS 16.31 Panel Monitoring and Indication 16.31.2 Run Time Meters Part 2 — Products Manufactured Units Hour meter (elapsed time meters) shall be 2-1/2 inch square case type for flush panel mounting. The meter face shall be of the style that most closely resembles the switchboard indicating instruments if provided and shall have black trim with white or aluminized face. The meters shall have a six -digit non -reset register with the last digit indicating tenths of an hour. 16 -10 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station 16.31.3 Power Meter Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Acceptable digital power meter manufacturers and models are: 1. Siemens Model PAC 3200 2. Allen Bradley Power monitor 3000 3. Eaton IQ 250/260 4. or equal. Manufactured Units A digital 3 -phase power monitor with remote capabilities and associated sensors shall be provided as indicated on the plans. The power monitor shall be equipped with an Ethernet port for communicating to the PLC's via Ethernet /IP protocol. The digital power meter shall be capable of measuring at a minimum the following parameters: 1. Voltage (line - neutral) 2. Voltage (line -line) 3. Voltage unbalance 4. Current 5. Current unbalance 6. Neutral amps 7. Real power 8. Reverse and single phase detection 9. Reactive power 10. Apparent power 11. Power factor 12. Frequency 13. Auxiliary voltage 14. Total Harmonic Distortion 16.31.5 Operational Counters Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Redington model no. 3301 -3000 or approved equal. Manufactured Units 16 -11 H: \File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 — Products Manufactured Units Units shall be 30.5 mm NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion - resistant /watertight /oil - tight, type push buttons with momentary contacts rated for 10- ampere continuous at proper operating voltage. Button color shall be as specified in control panels and shall have a full guard. Unit shall have standard size legend plated with black field and white marking as indicated, contact arrangements shall be as shown. 16.33 Panel Relays 16.33.2 Relays Y Part 1— General Design Criteria Contacts and relays shall be NEMA rated and UL recognized. 1 16 -12 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \W1"-27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modifed.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 02013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. S rin , 2013 City of Renton P g tY Division 16 - Electrical 'Lind Lift Station Eight -Digit LCD, .28" minimum High Digits, flush rectangular, Non - resettable counter with 7 -year self - contained battery. 16.31.10 Indicating Pilot Lights Part 2 — Products Manufactured Units Indicating pilot lights shall be 30.5 mm NENIA type 4/4X/13, corrosion resistant /watertight /oil- tight, full voltage, push -to -set, high visibility 28 chips LED type. Pilot lights shall be rated for the proper operating voltage. Appropriate lens caps shall be provided as shown on plans. 16.32 Panel Switches 16.32.2 Selector Switch Part 2 — Products Manufactured Units Units shall be 30.5 mm NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion - resistant /watertight /oil - tight, type selector switches with contacts rated for 10 amperes continuous at proper operating voltage. Units shall have standard size, black field, legend plated with white markings as indicated. Operators shall be black knob type. Units shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements and spring return function (if any) as shown. Units shall be single -hole mounting, accommodating panel thicknesses from 1/16 -inch minimums tot /4- inch maximum. 16.32.5 Pushbuttons Part 2 — Products Manufactured Units Units shall be 30.5 mm NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion - resistant /watertight /oil - tight, type push buttons with momentary contacts rated for 10- ampere continuous at proper operating voltage. Button color shall be as specified in control panels and shall have a full guard. Unit shall have standard size legend plated with black field and white marking as indicated, contact arrangements shall be as shown. 16.33 Panel Relays 16.33.2 Relays Y Part 1— General Design Criteria Contacts and relays shall be NEMA rated and UL recognized. 1 16 -12 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \W1"-27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modifed.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 02013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station The electrical life expectancy for the relay shall be over 500,000 operations at 120V AC, 10 Amp; (over 200,000 operations at 120V AC, 10A for SPDT, 3PDT, and 4PDT). The mechanical life expectancy for the relay shall be over 50,000,000 operations. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Relays shall be Idec RH Series — General Purpose Midget Relays with DIN rail mounted socket or equal. Single Function Timing Relays shall be Idec GE1A Series — Single Function ON Delay Timers with DIN rail mounted socket or equal. Multi- Function Timing Relays shall be Idec RTE or GT3 series depending on intended functions with DIN rail mounted socket or equal. Manufactured Units Relays for control, alarm and report -back functions shall be supplied as required to provide external keying and control switching. Relays shall be 120 -volt A.C., or 12 -or 24 -volt D.C. Relays and shall be plug -in type with dust covers and shall be interchangeable with one another. All relays shall have LED indicators to signal when the coil is energized. Contacts shall have amperage rating higher than their intended use. Signal circuit switching shall be accomplished with analog signal switching relays and shall be provided to switch either 4 to 20 MA D.C. or 1 to 5V D.C. signals. Units shall have double - throw dry circuit contacts in a break - before -make configuration rated for 15VA minimum. The number of poles and coil energization voltage shall be as shown on plans. Signal switching relays shall be sealed to prevent entry of contamination in the form of dust, dirt, or moisture. Part 3 — Execution Installation Provide adjustable time relays on all alarm and shut down circuits to prevent nuisance tripping of other alarm points. Time delay relays for these functions may not be shown on the plans; however, provide as required on all circuits. 16.33.3 Phase Fail Relay (PFR) Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Acceptable power phase monitor and models are: 1. Time Marker 257 or equal Manufactured Units A UL listed 3 -phase power monitor shall interrupt the control power in the event of phase loss, phase reversal, low voltage and phase unbalance. It shall have primary fuse protection. Contacts shall be rated for 15A resistive at 120 VAC. The 3 -phase power monitor shall automatically reset when proper power is re- applied. Additional contacts shall be provided with an interpose control relay when multiple contacts are required for the application. 16 -13 H:\File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AIM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 'J Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station 16.35 Other Panel Components 16.35.5 Terminal Blocks Part 2 — Products Manufactured Units Terminal blocks shall be one - piece, molded, plastic blocks with screw -type terminals and barriers rated for 300 volts. Terminals shall be double -sided and supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with the protection cover removed. Part 3 — Execution Installation All wires between panel- mounted equipment and other equipment shall be terminated at terminal blocks. Switches shall be terminated at the terminal blocks with crimp -type, pre - insulated, ring - tongue lugs. Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for their terminal block screws and for the number and size of the wires terminated. All wires shall be labeled with the circuit number and common function. 16.35.10 Surge Protection Device (SPD) Part 2 — Products Manufacturers The SPD shall be an Innovative Technology Protector Model or Total Protection Solutions Model ST -160. No Substitutions. The SPD shall be compatible with the electrical system voltage, current, system configuration and intended applications. Manufactured Units Protect the electrical service with a SPD device as shown on the Plans. The SPD shall be located in the MCC and connected with the shortest conductors possible. The SPD shall meet the following: • Provide surge current withstand up to 160 kA per phase • Short Circuit current rating of 200 kAIC • A Thirty -Year Free Replacement Warranty • Audible Alarm with Silence Button • UL 1283 Tracking Filter • Status indicator lights for each phase and one service LED 16 -14 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 R142 Engineering, Inc. g City Spring 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station 16.40 MOTOR CONTROL 16.41 Motor Control Center Part 1- General Related Sections Simage Division 10.14.8 Standard Motor Starter Division 16.41.2 References The equipment shall be constructed to .meet or exceed the requirements within NEMA ICS3 -322 and UL845 for motor control centers. Each MCC section shall bear the UL label. Design Requirements This equipment shall consist of a line -up of standard design, free - standing sheet metal sections, assembled and pre -wired for motor control and power distribution as shown on the Plans. This equipment shall be designed as to permit future additions of vertical sections and interchanging of units by users. Include provisions for supervisory control equipment as specified elsewhere. The MCC enclosure shall a NEMA 1A rated enclosure with gasketing. Gasketing shall be closed cell neoprene material. The MCC shall be NEMA Class Il, Type B construction. The MCC shall be rated as shown on the Plans with a minimum available fault current withstand rating of 42,000 amperes with a neutral conductor in the MCC. Submittals Provide submittals for all components. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers During design, Siemens Motor Control Center equipment was used for sizing. MCC manufacturer shall be Siemens or equal. Components A. Vertical Sections Each vertical section for the NEMA 12 enclosure shall be approximately 90 inches high and 15 inches deep. Vertical sections shall have internal base mounting angles at the bottom and external lifting angles at the top running continuously within each shipping block. See the plans for approximate dimensions of the MCC enclosure. The MCC enclosure shall fit within the area shown on the plans. To ' minimize the chance of fault propagation to adjacent sections, each vertical section shall have side sheets extending the full height and depth of the section. 16 -15 H: \Ffle Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind IS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. f 1 YI f 1 Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station B. Incoming Line Compartments C. Bus Incoming line /lug compartment shall be bottom entry unless noted otherwise on the Plans. The size and quantity of incoming cables shall be as shown on the Plans. The main horizontal bus shall be as indicated on the Plans. Horizontal bus bars shall be located at the top of the MCC. All power bussing shall be braced to withstand a fault current of 42,000 RMS symmetrical amperes unless otherwise noted on the Plans. Bus supports shall be fabricated from high strength, glass -filled polyester resin. The horizontal bus shall be tin plated copper with a conductivity rating of 100 percent AICS. The horizontal bus bars shall be fully sized to carry 100 percent of the rated current the entire length of the MCC. The entire horizontal bus assembly shall be located behind the top horizontal wireway. Horizontal bus bars located behind usable unit space are not acceptable. The horizontal bus shall be isolated from the top horizontal wireway by a clear, flexible, polycarbonate barrier allowing visual inspection of the horizontal bus without removing any hardware. The vertical bussing shall be rated 300 amperes respectively. Vertical bus bars shall be fabricated of tin plated solid copper bars with a conductivity rating of 100 percent AICS. The vertical bus barrier support shall be designed as to effectively enclose each vertical bus bar. Provisions shall be made to close off unused unit stab openings in the vertical bus barrier with removable covers. All bus ratings are to be based on a maximum temperature rise of 50 degrees Celsius over a 40 degree Celsius ambient temperature. Provisions for terminating a neutral wire at the MCC shall be provided. D. Unit Disconnect Operator Mechanism A door - mounted operator mechanism shall be provided for operating all feeder breakers provided with the MCC. The operator shall extend through an opening in the unit door and shall clearly indicate whether the disconnect is `on', `off' or `tripped'. With the disconnect in the `ON' position, a mechanical interlock shall prevent opening of the unit door. This interlock shall be provided with a defeater so that authorized personnel may gain access to the compartment without interrupting service. The operator mechanism design shall allow padlocking the disconnect in the `OFF' position with up to four padlocks. E. Wireways Horizontal wireways of standard sections, both top and bottom, shall be not less than 6 inches (150 mm) high. To prevent damage to cable insulation, the wireway 16 -16 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 Division 16 - Electrical City of Renton Lind Lift Station opening between sections shall have rounded corners and the edges shall be rolled back. A full height, vertical wireway and hinged door shall be provided in each standard vertical section. A permanent vertical wireway wall shall separate the units from the vertical wireway, and remain intact even when the units are removed. F. Operator Interface Devices and Control Relays This section covers all components required in a motor control center that require operator interface devices and control relays. Nameplates shall be provided for each control component. The nameplate shall be phenolic, black background with white lettering. Selector Switch Division 16.32.2 Pushbuttons Division 16.32.5 Indicating Pilot Lights Division 16.31.10 Run Time Meters Division 16.31.2 Operational Counters Division 16.31.5 Terminal Blocks Division. 16.35.5 Relays Division 16.33.2 G. Units After insertion, each plug -in unit shall be held in place by a latch that is located at the front of the unit. Plug -in stabs shall be mounted in a polyester molding at the rear of the unit. Wiring from the unit disconnecting means to the plug -in stables shall be routed into this molding such that the wiring is not being exposed at the rear of the unit. Size 1 through Size 5 non - reversing starters shall be plug -in units. The unit door shall be fastened to the stationary structure (not the unit itsel�, so that the door can be closed when the unit has been removed. The door shall be hinged on the left -hand side so that it opens away from the vertical wireway. The operator handle of all units shall be interlocked with the MCC frame, so that a unit insert cannot be withdrawn or inserted when the operator is in the ON position. Position of operating handle shall indicate ON, OFF, or tripped condition. Handle shall provide .provisions for padlocking in the OFF position. Interlock provision shall prevent unauthorized opening or closing of the door with the disconnect in the ON position. Circuit breaker type starter units shall have a short circuit rating greater than the available fault current listed in the General Section, and shall be motor circuit protectors (MCP) with magnetic only trip. Feeder breakers shall be molded case breakers with thermal magnetic trip and have a short circuit rating greater than the available fault current listed in the General Section. 16 -17 H: \File Sys \W" - WasteWater \V/" -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t i L� Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station An auxiliary contact shall be provided on the disconnect for purposes of isolating the external source of control voltage. One control circuit fuse shall be provided. Control circuit transformer (CC I) shall be mounted within the unit. CCT shall be individually protected, and provide the following excess capacity, in addition to that required by the starter coil: Size 1 — extra 40VA, Size 2 — extra 40VA, Size 3 — extra 125VA, Size 4 — extra 180VA, Size 5 — extra 200 VA. H. Power Monitoring Division 16.31.4 I. Surge Protection Device (SPD� Division 16.35.10 J. Transformers Lighting transformers to be installed in this equipment shall be Class H insulation type for 80 degree C rise. Provide transformer with ratings as shown on the Plans. Transformer shall be compatible with the environment in which it will be located and provided with properly -rated taps. K. Lighting Panels Panelboards shall be provided with a rating at the proper voltage and current for intended use with tin- plated copper bus bars. Panels shall have 100 percent neutral, with equipment ground bar unless noted otherwise. Panelboards shall be deadfront. The panelboard shall have the number of available single pole breaker spaces as shown on the Plans or a minimum of 18 spaces when a number is not indicated on the Plans. Where noted in the panel schedule on the Plans provide spare breakers, complete for future connection of wiring circuits. Where "Space Only" is indicated for breakers, provide all bussing and breaker mounting hardware. The following interrupting capacity shall be considered minimum for the circuit breakers provided. Other ratings shall be as specified on the Plans. • 240V and 208Y/120V Panelboards - 22,000 AIC symmetrical • 480Y/277V Panelboards - 42,000 AIC symmetrical Provide GFI breakers when indicated on the Plans. L. Integration with Telemetry The Manufacturer of the MCC shall determine all requirements for transmitting data to the telemetry system and shall include in the panel all required devices and equipment for interfacing contact closures. Each door on the NEMA 3R enclosure shall be equipped with an intrusion switch wired to the telemetry panel. Intrusion switches shall be typically to type shown on the plans. M. Wiring Diagrams Wiring diagrams shall be provided at a centralized location in the MCC. The diagram shall show the exact devices inside the unit and shall not be a generic diagram. The 16 -18 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station supplier of the equipment shall have the capability to provide revisions to electronic files of wiring diagrams at a local office. The wiring diagrams must be provided with product submittals in order to be considered for review. Supplier shall provide a disk copy of all plans in AutoCAD format. N. Wire and Control Relay Identification All control wire in MCC shall be marked with shrink type wire markers on both ends of wire. All control relays provided in the MCC panel shall be permanently labeled. The label for the control relays and wiring shall match the wiring diagrams. Finishes Surfaces shall be painted according to the manufacturer's standard color scheme. All unpainted parts shall be plated for resistance to corrosion. Part 3 - Execution Testing This equipment shall be tested, and placed into operation by a qualified factory representative trained in start -up and troubleshooting procedures for equipment being installed. 16.41.2 Standard Motor Starter Unit Part 1 - General Design Requirements Each unit shall consist of a motor circuit protector and a magnetic starter. The combination shall have an interrupting rating of not less that 42,000 amperes symmetrical at 480 volts. Each unit shall have a control terminal board and other components as shown on plans. Starters shall be of NEMA, not IEC design. That is, starters shall have molded coils, replaceable contacts, and metal mounting plate. Starters shall have provisions for accepting up to seven (7) auxiliary contacts and one (1) overload alarm contact. All starters shall be size 1 or larger and no intermediate sizes (such as 1 3/4) will be acceptable. Pilot devices shall be of NEMA heavy -duty design. Part 2 — Products Manufactured Units Overload protection is to be provided by a solid state overload relay that shall be self powered. Each overload shall be adjustable over a full 2:1 FLA adjustment range. A tamper proof cover must be provided. The standard overload shall provide Class 20. The overload relay must provide phase loss protection. The overload must be ambient insensitive. The overload relay must have a trip -free, normally - closed contact with a visible trip indication and N.O. isolated alarm contact. The overload shall have a method of being manually tripped for test purposes. Size the overload heaters to protect the motor actually installed with allowance for power factor correction, if applicable. 16 -19 H: \File Sys \WWP - Waste)X7ater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1 t F I ' Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station Terminal blocks shall be mounted within the unit and located near the front for accessibility. They shall not be located at the rear of the vertical wireway. Power terminal blocks shall be provided. On non plug -in (frame mounted) units, terminal blocks need not be pull-apart style. On plug -in units, control terminal blocks shall be pull-apart style. Starter units shall contain the number of auxiliary contacts, unit- mounted devices, indicating lights, control relays, and other devices as shown on the plans. ' 16.55 SWITCHES AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES 16.55.1 Common Work for Switches and Protective Devices Part 1 General - Design Requirements Overcurrent devices shall be NEMA rated. Extra Materials Provide one fuse for each ungrounded conductor and a minimum of two spare fuses of each ampacity and voltage used on the project. Deliver fuses to Owner at the completion of the ' project. Part 3 — Execution Installation Overcurrent protection devices and safety switches shall be centered 5' -0" above the finished floor unless noted otherwise on the Plans. 16.55.16 Molded Case Circuit Breakers ' Part 1- General Design Requirements ' Breakers shall have the interrupting rating and trip rating indicated on the Plans. All breakers shall be calibrated for operation in an ambient temperature of 40° C. Part 2 - Products Manufactured Units ' Molded case circuit breakers shall be quick -make and quick -break type with wiping type contacts. Each breaker shall be provided with arc chutes and individual trip mechanisms on each pole consisting of both thermal and magnetic trip elements. Two and three pole breakers shall be common trip. Molded case circuit breakers shall be trip -free. Each breaker shall have trip indication independent of the ON or OFF positions. 16.55.17 Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Breakers Part 1 - General Design Requirements 16 -20 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station The magnetic trips shall be adjustable and accessible from the front of all these breakers. Part 2 - Products Manufactured Units Breakers in motor circuits which are indicated but not sized, shall be provided with Manufacturer's recommended size based on the actual motor installed. Where indicated on the Plans and in the combination motor starter /motor control center schedule, furnish instantaneous magnetic trip only circuit breakers for motor short circuit protection. 16.55.18 Disconnect Switches Part 1- General Design Requirements Furnish and install disconnect switches conforming to NEMA KS 1, type HD, sized for the ampere and voltage as shown on the plans and as required by the National Electrical Code and nameplate requirements of the equipment served. Part 2 - Products Manufactured Units The switches shall be 600 volt type and horsepower rated. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as indicated on the Plans. Part 3 — Execution Installation Provide additional disconnects if required by Code. 16.60 CONDUCTORS 16.61 Low Voltage Wire and Cable Part 1- General Design Requirements This section is for power and control conductors for 600 volts or less. All conductors shall be copper. Wire or cable not shown on the Plans or specified, but required, shall be of the type and size required for the application and in conformance with the applicable code. Part 2 - Products Materials Conductors 16 -21 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton P g tY Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station • Stranded copper wire shall be 600 volt Type THW, THWN, or THHW, Class B ' stranding, sizes #14 AWG, #12 AWG, and #10 AWG only. Use of THHN insulation shall not be allowed. Aluminum conductors shall not be allowed. • Stranded copper wire shall be 600 volt Type XHHW, Class B stranding, sizes #8 AWG and larger. Aluminum conductors shall not be allowed. ' Color Coding: Provide color coding for all circuit conductors. Insulation color shall be white for neutrals and green for grounding conductors. An isolated ground conductor shall be identified with an orange tracer in the green body. Ungrounded conductor colors shall be as follows: • 120/208 Volt, 3 Phase: Red, black and blue. ' • 277/480 Volt, 3 Phase: Yellow, brown and orange. 16 -22 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Splices ' • For Lighting Systems and Power Outlets: Wire nuts shall be twist -on type insulated connectors utilizing an outer insulating cover and a means for connecting and holding the conductors firmly. • All Equipment: Crimp type connectors shall be insulated type, suitable for the size and material of the wires and the number of wires to be spliced and for use with either solid ' or stranded conductors. • Division 16 Equipment and Power Conductors: Bolted pressure connectors shall be ' suitable for the size and material of the conductors to be spliced. • All Equipment: Epoxy splice kits shall include epoxy resin, hardener, mold, and shall be suitable for use in wet and hazardous locations. ' Terminations • Crimp type terminals shall be self - insulating sleeve type, with ring or rectangular type tongue, suitable for the size and material of the wire to be terminated, and for use with ' either solid or stranded conductors. • Terminal lugs shall be split bolt or bolted split sleeve type in which the bolt or set screw does not bear directly on the conductor. • Wire Markers shall be plastic sleeve type. Wire numbers shall be permanently imprinted on the markers. Location (Installment) Schedule ' Provide the following conductors for the following applications. • Use stranded copper conductors for all power and control circuits unless noted otherwise on plans or below. Size as noted on the plans. • Contractor may use solid copper conductors for lighting and receptacle circuits using screw -type terminals. Size as noted on the plans. ' • Size #14 AWG wire or smaller shall not be allowed for power circuits. Finishes ' Color Coding: Provide color coding for all circuit conductors. Insulation color shall be white for neutrals and green for grounding conductors. An isolated ground conductor shall be identified with an orange tracer in the green body. Ungrounded conductor colors shall be as follows: • 120/208 Volt, 3 Phase: Red, black and blue. ' • 277/480 Volt, 3 Phase: Yellow, brown and orange. 16 -22 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station • 120/240 Volt, 1 Phase: Red and black. Part 3 — Execution Installation Conductor Splices • Splices: Install all conductors without splices unless necessary for installation, as determined by the Engineer. Splices when permitted and terminations shall be in accordance with the splice or termination kit manufacturer's instructions. Conductor Identification • Except for interior lighting and receptacle circuits, identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pullbox, junction box, handhole, and manhole using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as shown in the circuit schedule as favorably by the Engineer. • Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Testing Insulation Resistance Tests: For all circuits 150 volts to ground or more and for all motors circuits over 1/2 horsepower, test cables per NETA Paragraph 7.3.1. The insulation resistance shall be 20 megohms or more. Submit results to Engineer for review. 16.63 Signal Cable Part 2 - Products Materials Twisted Shielded Pairs (TSP). Cable shall conform to IEEE 383, UL 13, and UL 83 and shall be type PLTC cable suitable for direct burial. Each TSP shall consist of two #16 AWG, 7- strand copper conductors per ASTM B8 with 15 mils PVC insulation and individual conductor jacket of nylon. Conductors shall be twisted with 2 -inch or shorter lay, with 100 percent foil shielding and tinned copper drain wires. The cable shall have an overall PVC jacket with a thickness of 35 mils. The insulation system shall be rated at 90 °C and for operation at 600 volts. Multiple gwisted) Shielded Pair (MSP, Cables Each MSP cable shall conform to IEEE 383, UL 13, and UL 83 and shall consist of the number of pairs shown on the Plans of #20 AWG, 7- strand copper conductors per ASTM B8 with 15 mils PVC insulation and individual conductor jacket of nylon. Conductors shall 16 -23 H: \File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. F n 0 11 Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station be twisted with 2 -inch or shorter lay, with 100 percent foil shielding and tinned copper drain wires. The MSP cable itself shall have, in addition, an overall foil shield, tinned copper drain wire, and an outer PVC jacket. Thickness of the jacket shall be 50 mils for 8 or fewer pairs, 60 mils for 10 to 16 pairs, and 70 mils for 18 or more pairs. The insulation system shall be rated at 90° C and for operation at 600 volts. CAT 5E and CAT6 Ethernet Cable General Requirements: The Ethernet cable shall be shielded 600V UL PLTC rated. The use of a 300V rated cable is not acceptable. All Ethernet cable terminating outside of a telemetry panel shall be grounded at the telemetry panel only. Category 6 Cabling — Non - Plenum: Horizontal cabling shall be 23 AWG, 4 -pair UTP, UL /NEC CMR rated, with a blue flame retardant PVC jacket and polyolefin insulation. Cable jacketing shall be lead -free. Cable shall meet the performance requirements of standard Category 6 cables. Cable shall be UL listed and comply with NEC /CEC Type CMR (CJL 1660) for non - plenum. Category 6 Cabling — Plenum: Horizontal cabling shall be 23 AWG, 4 -pair UTP, UL /NEC CMP rated, with a white, low- smoke, flame retardant PVC jacket and fluoropolymer insulation. Cable jacketing shall be lead -free. Cable shall meet the performance requirements of standard Category 6 cables. Cable shall be UL listed and comply with NEC /CEC Type CMP (NFPA 262) for plenum. Part 3 - Execution Installation Cable Installation Cables shall be continuous from initiation to termination without splices except where specifically indicated. Cable shielding shall be grounded at one end of the cable only. Bonding shall be to a single ground point only. Bonding from cable to cable in multiple run installations shall not be permitted. Install instrumentation cables in separate raceway systems with voltages not to exceed 30 volts DC. Conductor Splices Splices: Install all conductors without splices unless necessary for installation, as determined ' by the Engineer. Splices when permitted and terminations shall be in accordance with the splice or termination kit manufacturer's instructions. Conductor Identification Except for interior lighting and receptacle circuits, identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pullbox, junction box, handhole, and manhole using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor 16 -24 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as shown in the circuit schedule as determined by the Engineer. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Testing Insulation Resistance Tests: Perform insulation resistance on all circuits. Make these tests before any equipment has been connected. Test the insulation with a 500 Vdc insulation resistance tester with a scale reading 100 mega ohms. The insulation resistance shall be 20 mega ohms or more. Submit results to Engineer for review. 16.70 CONDUIT, RACEWAYS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 16.71 Raceways Part 1— General Design Requirements Conduit sizes not noted on Plans shall be in accordance with N.E.C. requirements for the quantities and sizes of wire installed therein. Part 2 — Products Components Conduit and Fittings • Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS): Rigid conduit shall be steel, hot dipped galvanized inside and out. The GRS must meet USA Standards Institute C80 -1 Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL6, and carry a UL label. Use cast threaded hub fittings and junction boxes for all rigid conduit except in locations not permitted by the N.E.C. • PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit: PVC coated conduit shall meet the GRS standard above plus have a 40 mil PVC factory applied PVC coating. • Nonmetallic Conduit: Nonmetallic Conduit shall be rigid PVC, Schedule 40 or 80. PVC conduit installed above grade shall be Schedule 80 extra heavy wall 90 degree C. UL listed for aboveground use and UV resistant. Conduit shall be gray in color. Fittings shall be of the same material as the raceway and installed with solvent per the Manufacturer's instructions. Conduit, fittings and solvent shall all be manufactured by the same Manufacturer. • Flexible Metal Conduit: Flexible conduit shall be interlocking single strip, hot dipped galvanized and shall have a polyvinyl chloride jacket extruded over the outside to form a flexible watertight raceway. Flexible conduit shall be American Brass Company Sealtite Type VA, General Electric Type UA or equal. • Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): EMT shall be UL 797 and ANSI C80.3; steel tubing, hot dipped galvanized. EMT fittings shall be ANSI /NEMA FB 1; steel, rain tight, insulated throat, compression type. 16 -25 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 0 1 t I 1 0 Spring 2013 Division 16 - Electrical Conduit & Cable Supports City of Renton Lind Lift Station • Conduit Supports: Hot dipped galvanized framing channel shall be used to support groups of conduit. Individual conduit supports shall be one -hole galvanized malleable iron pipe straps used with galvanized clamp backs and nesting backs where required. Conduit support for PVC or PVC coated rigid steel shall be one hole PVC or epoxy coated clamps or PVC conduit wall hangers. Conduit Sealants • Moisture Barrier Types: Sealant shall be a non - toxic, non - shrink, non - hardening, putty type hand applied material providing an effective barrier under submerged conditions. • Fire Retardant Types: Fire stop material shall be a reusable, non - toxic, asbestos -free, expanding, putty type material with a 3 -hour rating in accordance with UL 1479. Provide products indicated by the manufacturer to be suitable for the type and size of penetration. Part 3 - Installation . Schedule ' • Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS) conduit shall be used in all locations unless noted otherwise below or on the Plans. • PVC Conduit shall not be used within five (5) feet from any building, structure, foundation, wall, or floor slab. The only exception shall be the secondary power conduit from the transformer vault to the service disconnect switch. • PVC coated GRS conduit shall be installed below all buildings, structures, in concrete, in corrosive areas, and in Class 1, Division 1 and 2 locations for all power and instrumentation circuits. The following areas are considered corrosive as it pertains to the electrical installation: Wet well. GRS conduit that penetrates from the floor slab or ' walls inside a corrosive area shall be PVC coated per the specifications. • Flexible Metal Conduit shall be used for final connection to motors and vibrating ' equipment. Jacketed flex with threaded fittings shall be used outside and in wet corrosive atmosphere. Maximum length of flexible conduit shall be as allowed by NEC. • EMT conduit may be used for all above grade lighting circuits in the building only. A ground wire shall be provided in all EMT conduits. IInstallation • Spare conduits shall contain one 3/16 inch diameter nylon pull rope. • Conduit routing is shown diagrammatic on the Plans. Contractor is responsible for routing the conduits in a neat manner, parallel and perpendicular to walls and ceilings. ' • Securely fasten raceways at intervals and locations required by N.E.C., or the type raceway employed. 16 -26 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - Ciq Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station • Location of conduit ends are shown approximately. Contractor is responsible for ending conduits in location that will not conflict with electrical equipment. Route conduit ends to facilitate ease of equipment maintenance. Conduits extending from the floor to a device shall be located as close as possible to avoid creating a hazard. • Do not install one (1) inch and larger raceways in or through structural members (beams, slabs, etc.) unless approved by Engineer. • All raceways shall contain a separate grounding conductor. • Conduit Encasement or Embedment in the earth shall be separated from the earth by at least 3- inches of concrete unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Plastic conduit spacers shall be located 5 feet on centers. The spacers shall be secured to the conduits by wire ties. The conduits shall be watertight. • Analog signal conduits shall be separated from power or control conduits. The separation shall be a minimum of 12- inches for metallic conduits and 24- inches for nonmetallic conduits. • Install explosion -proof seal -offs in hazardous areas shown on the Plans as required by the N.E.C. • Plastic raceway joints shall be solvent cemented in accordance with recommendations of raceway manufacturer. • Avoid cutting openings, where possible, by setting sleeves or frames, and by requesting openings in advance. 16.72 BoxEs AND ENCLOSURES 16.72.2 Outlet and Junction Boxes Part 1— General Design Requirements In corrosive areas, all junction boxes shall be NEMA 4X. Outlet boxes and switch boxes shall be designed for mounting flush wiring devices. Outlet boxes shall not be less than 4" square and 1 1/2" deep. Ceiling boxes shall withstand a vertical force of 200 pounds for 5 minutes. Wall boxes shall withstand a vertical downward force of 50 pounds for 5 minutes. Part 2 — Products Materials Use cast boxes with threaded hubs for all rigid and intermediate conduits. Steel boxes may be used with rigid and intermediate conduits where cast boxes are not allowed by the N.E.C. All boxes shall be of proper size to accommodate devices, connectors, and number of wires present in the box. Boxes shall be readily accessible. Cast box bodies and cover shall be cast or malleable iron with a minimum wall thickness of 1/8" at every point, and not less than 1/4" at tapped holes for rigid conduit. Bosses are not 16 -27 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1 J I� I� J u r t t LJ L Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station acceptable. Mounting lugs shall be provided at the back or bottom corners of the body. Covers shall be secured to the box body with No. 6 or larger brass or bronze flathead screws. Boxes shall be provided with neoprene cover gaskets. Outlet boxes shall be of the FS types. Boxes shall conform to FS W- C -586C and UL 514. Sheet metal boxes shall conform to UL 50, with a hot - dipped galvanized finish conforming to ASTM A123. Boxes and box extension rings shall be provided with knockouts. Boxes shall be formed in one piece from carbon -steel sheets. Non - metallic boxes shall be hot - compressed fiberglass, one - piece, molded with reinforcing of polyester material, with a minimum wall thickness of 1/8 ". Finishes Where only cast aluminum is available for certain types of fixture boxes, an epoxy finish shall be provided. 16.72.3 Watertight Enclosures Part 2 — Products Manufacturers The watertight enclosure shall be equal to Hoffman. Materials Watertight enclosures for vault electrical outlets shall be molded from fiberglass reinforced polyester material. A hinged cover shall be gasketed and opened with quick release latches. The conduit penetrations shall be sealed watertight. Part 3 — Execution Installation An epoxy plug shall be installed in the conduit to prevent the migration of water into the conduit. The enclosure shall be NEMA rated and installed per all applicable codes. 16.72.4 Pull Boxes and Vaults Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Pull boxes and vaults shall be Utility Vault Co., or approved equal unless specified otherwise on the Plans. Materials The lids to all pull boxes and vaults shall be permanently marked for its intended use, "signal" for all signal and instrumentation handholes and "Electrical' for all power handholes. Letter shall be a minimum of 3- inches high. Part 3 — Execution Installation 16 -28 H: \File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 Alai 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station Conduits entering handholes shall have grounding bushings installed and the conduit ends shall be sealed with Permagum sealing compound. Where conduits enter through sides of handholes, the penetration shall be made watertight. 16.75 WIRING DEVICES 16.75.1 Common Work for Wiring Devices Part 3 - Execution Installation Wiring Devices Position of Outlets: All outlets shall be centered with regard to building lines, furring and trim, symmetrically arranged in the room or outside the structure. Device outlets shall be set plumb and shall extend flush to the finished surface of the wall, ceiling or floor without projecting beyond the same. Unless otherwise noted, wall mounted outlet devices shall generally be 24- inches above the floor, 18 inches in architecturally treated areas, above process piping near process valve boards. Switches shall be 48 inches above the finished floor unless otherwise noted. Installation of Wall Plates Interior Dry Locations: the finished wall surfaces sectional plates. Install plates so that all four edges are in continuous contact with , Plaster filled will not be permitted. Do not use oversize plates or Exterior and /or Wet Locations: Install plates with gaskets on wiring devices in such a manner as to provide a rain tight weatherproof installation. Cover type shall match box type. Testing After installation of receptacles, circuits shall be energized and each receptacle tested for proper ground continuity, reversed polarity, and /or open neutral condition. GFI receptacles shall be tested with the circuits energized. Devices shall be tested with a portable GFI receptacle tester capable of circulating 7.5 milliamperes of current, when plugged in, between the "hot" line and "ground" to produce tripping of the receptacle. Resetting and tripping shall be checked at least twice at each GFI receptacle. Submit results of all field testing to the Engineer for review. 16.75.2 Receptacles Part 1— General Design Requirements Receptacles shall be heavy duty, high abuse, grounding type conforming to NEMA configurations, NEMA WD1 and UL 514 Standards. 16 -29 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t t t t Spring 2013 Division 16 - Electrical Part 2 — Products Materials Single and Duplex Receptacles: City of Renton Lind Lift Station Indoor Clean Areas: Receptacles shall be duplex, 20 amp, NEMA 5 -20R, and shall accept NEMA 5 -15P and 5 -15P plug caps. Receptacles shall be Hubbel 5362, General Electric 4108 -2, or equal. Color shall be brown in industrial areas. and ivory or white in office and laboratory areas. Outdoor, Process or Corrosive Areas: Receptacles shall be duplex, 20 amp, NEMA 5 -20R, and shall accept NEMA 5 -15P and 5 -20P plug caps. Receptacle and plug caps shall be corrosion resistant, marine duty with yellow polycarbonate weatherproof lift covers. Receptacles shall be Hubbell 53CM62/53CM21 or equal. GFI Receptacles: Device shall be rated 20 amp, 2 -pole, 3 -wire, 120 volt, conforming to NEMA WD1.10 1 configuration. Device shall have a test and reset push buttons. GFI device shall be Hubbell 5362 or equal. Surface Multiple Outlet Assemblies: Units shall have outlets on center -to- center spacing as shown on the Plans. Assembly shall conform to Article 353 of the N.E.C. 16.75.3 Line Voltage. Switches Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Sierra Electric, Monumental Grade, Catalog No. 5721; Daniel Woodhead 1900 series; or equal. Materials Line Voltage Types: Switches shall be rated 20 amps at 120 or 277 volts AC only. Units shall be flush mounted, self grounding, quiet operating toggle devices. Handle color shall be brown in industrial areas and white or ivory in office or laboratory areas. Units shall conform to Federal Specifications W -S -896 D and E, UL 20, and NEMA WD1 standards. 16.75.4 HOA Lighting Switches 1 Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Bryant No. 4925 or equal. 1 16 -30 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 R142 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station Materials HOA Switch (Lighting): Switches shall be rated 20 amps at 120 volts AC, three- position toggle, positive action with "center-off" maintained contact, double pole. 16.75.6 Plates Part 1— General Design Requirements Plates shall be of the style and color to match the wiring devices, and of the required number of gangs. Plates shall conform to NEMA WD1, UL 514, and ANSI C73. In noncorrosive indoor areas, device plates shall be made of sheet steel, zinc electroplated with chrome finish. Device plates in corrosive or outdoor areas shall be corrosion_ resistant /marine -duty type with weather protective double doors. Device plates for explosion -proof equipment shall be factory provided with the equipment. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers As manufactured by Crouse- Hinds, Appleton, or equal. Components Device plates shall be provided with engraved laminated phenolic nameplates with 1/8 -inch white characters on black background. Nameplates for switches shall identify panel and circuit number and area served. Nameplates for receptacles shall identify circuit and voltage if other than 120 volts, single phase. 16.85 LIGHTING 16.85.1 Common Work for Lighting Fixtures Part 1 - General Design Requirements Fixtures shall be a standard, cataloged item general description as called for on the Plans. All fixtures shall be UL approved and so labeled. Provide suitable supports and mountings. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers As shown on Plans. Equals will be accepted. 16.85.2 Lamps Part 1 - General Design Requirements 16 -31 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t F� t Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station Provide all lamps as specified. Refer to the Lighting Fixture Schedule on the plans for the ordering information on lamps. Fluorescent lamps shall be standard type, not energy efficient type due to low temperature conditions. Lamps shall be new at the time of acceptance. Lamps shall be provided for all lighting fixtures. Warranty Lamps that fail within 90 days after acceptance by the Owner shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Approved manufacturers are Westinghouse, Sylvania, and G.E. 16.85.3 Fixtures Part 1- General Design Requirements Fixtures shall be of the types, wattages and voltages shown on the Plans, comply with UL 57, and shall be UL classified and labeled for intended use. Fixtures for use in hazardous locations shall be UL listed per UL Standard 844. 16.85.4 Ballast Part 1 - General Design Requirements Fluorescent lamp ballast shall be UL "P" rated. Ballast shall be CBM certified and bear the UL label. Ballast shall be General Electric Maxi -Miser II, Advance Mark II or equal. Ballasts in luminaries for exterior use shall provide reliable starting of lamps at 0° f at 90% of the nominal line voltage. All locations, other than totally enclosed rooms, shall be considered exterior. Warranty Ballasts producing excessive noise (above 36 dB) or vibration will be rejected and shall be replaced at no expense to the Owner. 16.88 SENSORS AND CONTROLS 16.88.1 Common Work for Sensors and Controls Part 1— General Design Requirements Sensors and controls shall be scaled and rated for the application. 16 -32 H: \File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station Part 3 — Execution Installation All devices shall be installed to be field serviceable without taking the facility out of service. Readouts shall be positioned to be easily read from a standing position, central to the room unless allowed otherwise by the Engineer. 16.88.2 Intrusion Alarm Switch Part 1 - General Design Requirements The switch shall be two -pole side plunger type switch with one normally open and one normally closed set of contacts. The switch shall be a Type C and NEXIA rated. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers Intrusion switches shall be as specified on the Plans. Equals will be accepted. Components Provide with a standard box plug -in and connecting cable of significant length to reach a junction box located near the switch. Part 3 — Execution Installation Furnish and install intrusion alarm switch on all entrance doors and access hatches as shown on the Plans. All components shall be suitable for installation in the environment where installed. 16.88.2A Keyed Switch Box Part 1 - General Design Requirements All components shall be suitable for installation in the environment where installed. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers The keyed switch shall be a Best Model No. 1W7B2 626 with Construction Core. The key shall be removal from the open or closed position. No substitution. Materials The key switch shall have a minimum contact rating of 15 amps at 30 VDC. The switch type shall be single pole - double throw (SPDT). The switch shall be provided in a junction box provided from the manufacturer. 16 -33 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. fl H t t t J t 1 Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Switches shall be Anchor Scientific, Inc., Roto -Float Type S or approved equal. Manufactured Units Float switch shall be mercury tube switch -type enclosed in a sealed polyurethane float. A weight shall be on the cord near the float switch. 2/C # 16 flexible type SJO oil- proof, 300 - volt cord shall be integral with the float switch and shall be of sufficient length to reach the splice handhole with an additional five feet of slack cord. Two (2) float switches shall be inormally open -type. One (1) float switch shall be normally close -type. 1 1 16 -34 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. S P rin g 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station All keyed switches shall be provided with construction cores. tPart 3 — Execution Installation Furnish and install keyed switch box at the location shown on the plans for providing an input into the telemetry system. Mount the keyed switch box outdoors as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, mount top of box at 40 inches above finished grade. The ' keyed switch shall be wired to the terminal block in the telemetry panel. 16.88.3 Flood Liquid Level Switches Part 1- General Site Conditions All components shall be suitable for installation in the environment where installed. I Design Requirements The switch shall be SP ST rated for 100VA. The float shall be constructed on Buna -N material and the stem shall be constructed from brass. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers As shown on the Plans. Equals will be accepted. Part 3 - Execution Installation Furnish and install liquid level switch as shown on the Plans. Mount the switch to the end of schedule 40 PVC or galvanized pipe. Provide threaded busing as necessary to provide a complete assembly. Secure pipe to wall with a minimum of two galvanized conduit hangers. Mount the liquid level assembly 1/2" above the finished floor. 16.88.4 Wastewater Level Float Switches Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Switches shall be Anchor Scientific, Inc., Roto -Float Type S or approved equal. Manufactured Units Float switch shall be mercury tube switch -type enclosed in a sealed polyurethane float. A weight shall be on the cord near the float switch. 2/C # 16 flexible type SJO oil- proof, 300 - volt cord shall be integral with the float switch and shall be of sufficient length to reach the splice handhole with an additional five feet of slack cord. Two (2) float switches shall be inormally open -type. One (1) float switch shall be normally close -type. 1 1 16 -34 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station Part 3 - Execution Installation Level switches shall be provided for the following: • High level alarm sensing • Pump start sensing • Pump stop sensing The float switch shall indicate to the control system that the liquid level, at which the switch has been positioned, has been reached. 16.88.5 Submersible Level Transmitter Part 1- General Design Requirements The complete level transmitter assembly shall be completely rated for the environment for which it will be installed and shall be a totally submersible device with molded integral cable. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers The submersible level transmitter shall be a KPSI level transmitter 705 series or equal with cable hanger and aneroid bellows. Manufactured Units The transduction principle shall be an integrated silicon strain gauge bridge with a two -wire 4 -20 mA output signal. The operating pressure range of the device shall be up to 20 feet with an overpressure acceptance of two times the rated pressure. Total error band shall not exceed 0.25% of full scale over a temperature range of 30° to 86T. The accuracy shall be 0.1% of full scale for 1 psi to 900 psi range. Voltage input shall be 9 to 30 vdc. The electronics shall have built -in protection against AC line transients and lightning spikes and an RFI filter to reject internal electrical and internal noise. The transmitter shall have a maximum OD of 1.20 inch and a maximum length of 9 inches. The transmitter shall be provided with enough submergence -proof cable to allow for an unspliced run from the transmitter mounting depth to the control electronics plus 10 %. The submergence -proof cable shall be constructed of polyurethane sheathed cable with integral vent tube and Kevlar strain cord. Part 3 - Execution Installation The transmitter shall be installed in location as described on the Plans. A weighted stainless 3/16 -inch aircraft cable shall be provided for attachment of level transmitter. The aircraft cable with weight system shall be the length of the wet well depth. 16 -35 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind IS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 ATM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. t t fl t J Design Criteria Provide one self - contained, exterior rated standby engine generator system to automatically operate the load criteria listed in the rating section of these specifications during prime power failure conditions. Insulate, enclose, or guard exposed parts subject to high- operating temperatures or energized electrically, and moving parts which are of such nature or so located as to be a hazard to operating personnel. Safety devices and safety measures shall not impair the proper functioning of any part of the set. Parts which require adjustment or servicing (not repair or replacement) to permit operation of the sets shall be arranged to provide optimum ease of servicing. Adjustment, repair, and replacement of parts, assemblies, and. accessories shall be possible with minimum drainage and minimum disturbance of set. Maintenance shall be possible by use of common tools. Design, construct, and install complete engine generator set to be free from objectionable vibration in any mode. Freedom from torsional vibration shall be demonstrated during factory test performed on the set provided, and proof of torsional acceptability shall be provided by the manufacturer. Performance Criteria The engine generator set provided shall not have a standby rating less than 50 kW at 0.8 PF with fan. Rating of diesel engine- generator set shall be based on operation of set when equipped with all necessary operating accessories such as radiator, fan, air cleaners, lubricating oil pump, fuel injection pump, jacket water pump, and governor charging generator. Generator shall meet the following requirements: • Standby rating — 50 Kilowatt 16 -36 H:\File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring rin 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station 16.90 POWER GENERATION 1 16.91 Engine Generator 16.91.2 Standby Diesel Engine Generator Set Part 1- General IDefinitions • Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to highest value of a parameter over a range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter. • LP: Liquid Petroleum. • NG: Natural Gas. • Standby Rating: Power output rating equal to the power the generator set delivers continuously under normally varying load factors for the duration of the power outage. Design Criteria Provide one self - contained, exterior rated standby engine generator system to automatically operate the load criteria listed in the rating section of these specifications during prime power failure conditions. Insulate, enclose, or guard exposed parts subject to high- operating temperatures or energized electrically, and moving parts which are of such nature or so located as to be a hazard to operating personnel. Safety devices and safety measures shall not impair the proper functioning of any part of the set. Parts which require adjustment or servicing (not repair or replacement) to permit operation of the sets shall be arranged to provide optimum ease of servicing. Adjustment, repair, and replacement of parts, assemblies, and. accessories shall be possible with minimum drainage and minimum disturbance of set. Maintenance shall be possible by use of common tools. Design, construct, and install complete engine generator set to be free from objectionable vibration in any mode. Freedom from torsional vibration shall be demonstrated during factory test performed on the set provided, and proof of torsional acceptability shall be provided by the manufacturer. Performance Criteria The engine generator set provided shall not have a standby rating less than 50 kW at 0.8 PF with fan. Rating of diesel engine- generator set shall be based on operation of set when equipped with all necessary operating accessories such as radiator, fan, air cleaners, lubricating oil pump, fuel injection pump, jacket water pump, and governor charging generator. Generator shall meet the following requirements: • Standby rating — 50 Kilowatt 16 -36 H:\File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station • Voltage — 480 volts • Phase — 3 phase I • Frequency — 60 Hertz • Insulation — Class H , • Wiring —12 lead reconnectable • Ambient Temperature —100 degrees F (max), 0 degrees F (min) Allowable temperature rise in the generator shall not exceed 257 degrees F over 104 degrees F ambient temperature. The alternator shall produce a clean AC voltage waveform, with not more than 59/o total harmonic distortion at full linear load, when measured from line to neutral, and with not more than 3% in any single harmonic, and no 3rd order harmonics or their multiples. Telephone influence factor shall be less than 40. The generator set shall accept a single step load of 100% of rated load at 0.8 power factor and recover to rated speed and voltage as required in NFPA 110. Voltage regulation shall be plus or minus 0.5 percent for any constant load between no load and rated load. Random voltage variation with any steady load from no load to full load shall not exceed plus or minus 0.5 percent. Frequency regulation shall be isochronous from steady state no load to steady state rated load. Random frequency variation with any steady load from no load to full load shall not exceed plus or minus 0.5 %. The generator set shall be certified by the engine manufacturer to be suitable for use at the installed location and rating, and shall meet all applicable exhaust emission requirements at the time of commissioning. Submittals The following information shall be furnished: Evaluation of engine generator size based in starting requirements. Provide calculations verifying transient voltage dip will not exceed 15 percent with sudden application of rated load. Plan of diesel generator set offered showing interconnecting wiring diagrams; all wiring in unit and on Plans shall be number coded. Literature describing the diesel engine generator set. , Literature describing auxiliary equipment to be furnished. The following shall be furnished in tabular form: • Engine make • Number of cylinders • Bore (in inches) 16 -37 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring rin 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station • Stroke (in inches) 1 • Generator make and type • Generator electrical rating, kVA • Cubic inch displacement Fuel oil consumption • Exciter and type • Horsepower at rated load • Enclosure size, exterior dimensions Provide factory test results. See Source Quality Control included as - part of this specification. Provide field test results. See Site Test requirements under Part 3 of this specification. Provide three (3) copies of manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions for each piece of equipment. Information shall be complete and in suitable form for ready use by Owner's operations staff. Catalog cuts and information regarding spare parts shall be included. Operating manuals and instructions shall be assembled in hardback binders. Project Conditions Interruption of existing electrical service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by the Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: • Notify Owner no fewer than 2 working days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. • Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner's written permission. Engine generator system shall withstand the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability: • Minimum Temperature: 0° F • Maximum Temperature: 100° F • Relative Humidity: 0 — 95 percent • Altitude: Sea level to 500 feet Coordination Coordinate size and location of concrete bases for package engine generator set and fuel tanks. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into concrete bases. Concrete, reinforcement and formwork requirements are specified with concrete. ' Coordinate size and location of roof curbs, equipment supports, roof penetrations and wall penetrations for exhaust systems. 1 16 -38 H: \File Sys \WWP - Wastewater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design\Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station Quality Assurance The engine generator set shall be supplied by a manufacturer who has been regularly engaged in the production of engine- generators sets and associated controls for a minimum of twenty years, thereby identifying one source of supply and responsibility. The packaged engine generator set and auxiliary components shall be provided through one source from a single manufacturer. The manufacturer shall provide factory - trained service and parts support through a factory authorized dealer /supplier that is regularly doing business in the area of installation. The factory authorized dealer /supplier shall maintain a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency services within 50 miles of the project site. Warranty The electrical standby system, including the engine generator set, exerciser and transfer switch, shall be guaranteed for 2 years or 1,500 hours operation from date of start -up service and acceptance, whichever occurs first. Maintenance Service Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide twelve months' full maintenance by skilled employees of manufacturer's designated service organization. Include quarterly exercising to check for proper starting, load transfer, and running under load. Include routine preventive maintenance as recommended by manufacturer and adjusting as required for proper operation. Provide parts and supplies same as those used in the manufacture and installation of original equipment. Extra Materials A set of specialty tools necessary for routine maintenance of the equipment shall be furnished. The following spare parts shall be furnished: 3 - Sets of fuel filter elements and gaskets 3 - Lubricating oil filter elements and gaskets 3 - Air cleaner filter elements 2 - Complete sets of V -belts including fan and alternator drive belts Part 2 — Products Manufacturers Subject to compliance with these specifications, the following manufacturers are approved for bidding: • Cummins /Onan • Caterpillar/ Olympian • Pacific Detroit /Kohler 16 -39 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. I, Ll Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station • Detroit /MTU Ensure engine generator and accessories are provided by the above named manufacturer and its authorized dealer. Ensure local availability of service and replacement parts. Manufactured Units The general design of the engine generator furnished shall be manufacturer's standard, except where it differs from the requirements of these specifications. Engine shall, as a minimum, be in accordance with requirements of this specification and may be manufacturer's standard commercial product with added features needed to comply with these requirements. Additional or better features which are not specifically prohibited by this specification, but which are a part of the manufacturer's standard commercial products, shall be included in the engine generator being furnished. A standard commercial product is a product which has been or will be sold on the commercial market through advertisements or manufacturer's catalogs, or brochures, and represents the latest production model. Components Generator Generator shall be a revolving field, 4 -pole brushless connection to the alternator. Generator rotor shall have been dynamically balanced and aligned with the engine, and connected to the engine using a flexible disc coupling. Voltage Regulator Engine- generator unit shall have a steady state voltage regulator. Generator set shall be capable of recovering to a minimum of 90% of rated no load voltage following the application of the specified kVA load at near zero power factor applied to the generator set. Maximum voltage dip on application of this load, considering both alternator performance and engine speed changes shall not exceed 15 %. I Supply generator with a voltage level control to provide an adjustable output voltage of plus /minus five percent. Mount voltage control device on engine control panel. The voltage regulator shall shutdown the generator after sustained overvoltage. The overvoltage point shall be preset at 20 percent over normal generator operating voltage, with a preset time out of 0.75 seconds. Electric Starting System Engine shall be equipped with electric starting system of sufficient capacity to crank engine at a speed which will allow for full diesel start of the engine. Arrange starting pinion to disengage automatically when diesel engine starts. Furnish storage batteries with rack having sufficient capacity for cranking engine for at least 30 seconds at firing speed in ambient temperatures specified and with capacity for starting diesel engine a minimum of three times in immediate succession. Batteries and rack shall be easily removable without disassembly of engine components. Cooling System 16 -40 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton p Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station Cooling system shall consist of frame - mounted radiator with engine water pump fan assembly and fan guard. Radiator capacity shall be adequate using engine fan cooling to maintain safe operation at 105° F ambient temperature. Provide an engine thermostat to regulate engine water temperature as recommended by the manufacturer. Included in the cooling loop shall be a high- coolant temperature device to shut down engine through the engine control panel when engine temperature is excessive. Fill engine cooling system with a mixture of water, anti- freeze, and corrosion inhibitor to provide freezing protection at an ambient temperature of -20 degrees F. Coolant -jacket Heater , Provide a 120 -volt electric water heater with integral thermostatic control, properly sized to maintain engine jacket water at 90 degrees F and suitable for operation in an ambient temperature of 0 degrees F. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 equipment for heater capacity. Heaters shall be Kim Jacket heaters or approved equal. The coolant heater shall be UL 499 listed and labeled. Air Cleaners I Engine shall be provided with one or more dry -type air cleaners of sufficient capacity to effectively protect working parts of the engine from dust, grit, and ash. Governor System An electronic governor system shall provide automatic isochronous frequency regulation. The control system shall actively control the fuel rate and excitation as appropriate to the state of the generator set. Fuel rate shall be regulated as a function of starting, accelerating to start disconnect speed, accelerating to rated speed. The governing system shall include a programmable warm up at idle and cool I down at idle function. Lubrication Engine shall have gear -type lubricating oil pump for supplying oil under pressure to �. main bearings, crank pin bearings, pistons, piston pins, timing gears, camshaft bearings, and valve rocker mechanism. Provide effective lubricating oil filter, and locate and connect it so that lubricating oil is continuously filtered and cleaned. Filters shall be accessible, easily removed and cleaned, and equipped with spring- loaded bypass valve as insurance against stoppage of lubricating oil circulation In event the filters become clogged. Engine shall have suitable lubricating oil cooler, either air- cooled or water - cooled, I and provisions for draining oil by piping or other means to the outside of engine housing. Frame Engine shall be factory- assembled and aligned on a heavy -duty steel base with integral fuel tank. Batteries shall be housed in an acid - resistant box, which shall be 16 -41 H: \FIle Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. r, Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station mounted on engine frame and adjacent to the engine. Location of battery housing shall not interfere with maintenance and inspection of the engine. Construct the frame to insure proper alignment of all rotating parts and to prevent vibration build- up. Base shall permit skidding in any direction during installation and shall be provided with suitable holes for foundation bolts and vibration isolators. Provide vibration isolators, spring /pad type, quantity as recommended by the generator set manufacturer. Isolators shall include seismic restraints if required by the site location. Set shall have provision for conveniently attaching hoisting slings as well as for fork lift pick -up. Sound - Attenuated Enclosure The engine /generator system shall be provided with an exterior rated, sound - attenuated enclosure to reduce noise emissions, protect the system from excessive dirt, dust, ash, weather and vandalism. All access doors shall be lockable. The housing shall be factory installed and allow easy access to the engine- generator and the control panel. The control panel shall be mounted on the end of the enclosure, opposite the radiator end. Enclosure doors shall not be wider than 36" each to allow for convenient access to the enclosure interior. The enclosure shall provide a sound level at full load no greater than 75 dB(A). This sound level shall represent the average measurement taken at eight points located equidistant, 23 feet from the center of the engine generator at full load. The enclosure shall comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code for all wiring materials and component spacing. The total assembly of generator set, enclosure, and sub -base fuel tank (when used) shall be designed to be lifted into place using spreader bars. Housing shall provide ample airflow for generator set operation at rated load in an ambient temperature of 105 degrees F. The housing shall have hinged access doors as required to maintain easy access for all operating and service functions. Provide intrusion alarm switches on each door when shown on the Plans. Enclosure roof shall be cambered to prevent rainwater accumulation. Openings shall be screened to limit access of rodents into the enclosure. All electrical power and control interconnections shall be made within the perimeter of the enclosure. Enclosure shall be constructed of minimum 12 gauge steel for framework and 14 gauge steel for panels. Enclosure shall be designed to withstand wind loads up to 100 mph. ASCE 7 -05 Exposure C, 3- second wind gusts. All hardware and hinges shall be stainless steel. A factory- mounted exhaust silencer shall be installed inside the enclosure. The exhaust shall exit the enclosure through a rain collar and terminate with a rain cap. Exhaust connections to the generator set shall be through seamless flexible connections. The enclosure shall include the following maintenance provisions: 1 16 -42 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Fuel S, s Engine shall operate on automotive diesel fuel complying with the limiting requirements of ASTM grade low sulphur Diesel Fuel #2 and the requirements of the engine manufacturer. Diesel engines requiring a premium fuel will not be considered. Injection pumps and injection valves shall be a type not requiring adjustment in service and shall be capable of quick replacement by ordinary mechanics without special diesel experience. Fuel injection pumps shall be positive action, constant - stroke pumps, actuated by cam - driven gears from engine camshaft. Fuel lines between injection pumps and valves shall be of heavy seamless tubing and, (J{ to eliminate irregularity of fuel injection shall be the same length for all cylinders. Equip fuel system with racor -type, water - removing fuel filter, having replaceable elements which may be easily removed from their housing for replacing, without breaking any fuel line connections or disturbing fuel pumps or any other part of engine. Locate all fuel filters in one accessible housing, ahead of injection pumps so that fuel will have been thoroughly filtered before it reaches the pump. No screen or filter requiring cleaning or replacement will be used in the injection pump or injection valve assemblies. Provide integral fuel tank mounted between the structural steel skids for engine fuel supply. The tank, as installed shall meet all local and regional requirements for above 16 -43 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton P g n' Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station • Flexible coolant and lubricating oil drain lines, that extend to the exterior of the enclosure, with internal drain valves • External radiator fill provision. Exhaust System Muffler shall be rated as necessary to comply with City of Renton noise emission standards, and shall be furnished with the engine. The muffler and engine combination shall be sized to meet the power supply rating. All exhaust piping and fittings shall be stainless steel. Provide stainless steel supports as necessary for a secure rigid pipe system. Exhaust system for the diesel engine shall conform to codes set forth in the National Fire Protection Association, Volume 4, Section 211, and shall comply with recommendations for exhaust systems as specified by the diesel engine manufacturer. Pitch horizontal runs of exhaust pipe downward, away from engine. Completely support the exhaust system so no weight or stress is applied to engine exhaust manifold or turbocharger. Provide a condensate drain for the muffler through a petcock. The entire exhaust system shall be wrapped in an insulation blanket rated to withstand a minimum temperature of 1200 °F. The exterior blanket shall be protected with a 0.016 aluminum jacket with weatherproof end cap. Fuel S, s Engine shall operate on automotive diesel fuel complying with the limiting requirements of ASTM grade low sulphur Diesel Fuel #2 and the requirements of the engine manufacturer. Diesel engines requiring a premium fuel will not be considered. Injection pumps and injection valves shall be a type not requiring adjustment in service and shall be capable of quick replacement by ordinary mechanics without special diesel experience. Fuel injection pumps shall be positive action, constant - stroke pumps, actuated by cam - driven gears from engine camshaft. Fuel lines between injection pumps and valves shall be of heavy seamless tubing and, (J{ to eliminate irregularity of fuel injection shall be the same length for all cylinders. Equip fuel system with racor -type, water - removing fuel filter, having replaceable elements which may be easily removed from their housing for replacing, without breaking any fuel line connections or disturbing fuel pumps or any other part of engine. Locate all fuel filters in one accessible housing, ahead of injection pumps so that fuel will have been thoroughly filtered before it reaches the pump. No screen or filter requiring cleaning or replacement will be used in the injection pump or injection valve assemblies. Provide integral fuel tank mounted between the structural steel skids for engine fuel supply. The tank, as installed shall meet all local and regional requirements for above 16 -43 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1 Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station ground tanks. The tank shall be sized to allow 24 hours of continuous full load operation using the following criteria: • 12 hours of exercising supply before low fuel alarm • 12 hours of operation after a low -low fuel alarm • Tank shall be especially constructed for mounting in this location by the engine generator manufacturer. Provide tank with the following: • Fuel level gauge • Drain • Fill pipe and vent • Leak detection provisions, wired to the generator set control for local and remote alarm indication. • High and low level float switches to indicate fuel level. Wire switches to generator control for local and remote indication of fuel level. • Integral lifting provisions. • Slope tanks to the engine pick -up tube 5 percent minimum. Provide a panel mounted fuel level gauge. . Provide fuel feed line valve at engine. Provide fuel return line that is not valved. Mount return line in the top of the tank to prevent fuel siphon into the engine. All fuel lines shall have flexible sections between tank and engine to absorb vibration. Install fuel storage system according to diesel engine manufacturer's recommendations and conform to the National Fire Protection Code and Uniform Building Code. Fill fuel tank completely full at completion of construction. Control Panel and Alarm System The Engine control panel shall be integrally mounted to the engine generator assembly on the generator at the opposite end of the radiator. It shall be enclosed in a NEMA 4 enclosure. The control shall have automatic remote start capability from a panel- mounted three- position (Stop, Run and Remote) switch. The generator set shall be provided with alarm and status indicating lamps to indicate non - automatic generator status, and existing alarm and shutdown conditions. The lamps shall be high- intensity LED type. The generator set control shall indicate the existence of the following alarm and shutdown conditions on a digital display panel: Alarms 1. Low oil pressure warning 2. Oil pressure sender failure 3. Low coolant temperature 16 -44 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 Division 16 - Electrical 4. High coolant temperature warning 5. Low coolant level 6. Engine temperature sender failure 7. Low DC voltage 8. High DC voltage 9. Weak battery 10. Low fuel warning 11. Overload 12. Battery Charger Malfunction 13. Overcurrent 14. Under Frequency Shutdown Alarms 1. Low oil pressure 2. Low -Low Fuel 3. High coolant temperature 4. Fail to crank 5. Overcrank 6. Overspeed 7. High AC voltage 8. Low AC voltage 9. Under frequency 10. Over current 11. Short circuit 12. Emergency stop Engine control panel shall include the following: 1. Oil pressure gauge (psi) 2. Emergency Stop Pushbutton 3. Coolant temperature gauge ( °F) 4. Operating hour meter (hrs) 5. Hand -off Auto Selector switch (H -O -A) 6. AC Frequency meter (hertz) 7. AC Volt meter (0 -600v) City of Renton Lind Lift Station 16 -45 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. f' t Spring 2013 Division 16 - Electrical 8. AC Current Meter (Amps) 9. Load Meter (kW) City of Renton Lind Lift Station Alarm panel shall have a reset push button for acknowledging alarm conditions and latching indicating lights for each alarm point to display to operation personnel the reason for engine shutdown. Label lights as shown above. Alarm Contacts to Telemetry Provide auxiliary dry contacts for activating remote alarms to the telemetry panel on activation of any of the following conditions: 1. Low Fuel 2. Generator run 3. Generator failure (shutdown) 4. Generator trouble 5. Intrusion Generator failure alarm shall be activated when any shutdown conditions exists. Generator trouble shall be activated when any alarm conditions exists. Generator Overcurrent and Fault Protection Generator Circuit Breaker Provide generator switch gear with exciter circuit breaker with manual reset. and a line circuit breaker with manual reset. Circuit breaker shall be set mounted and wired, UL listed, molded case thermal - magnetic type, rated as shown on plans. Mount breakers in engine control panel. Field circuit breakers shall not be acceptable for generator overcurrent protection. Generator Protector A microprocessor -based unit shall continuously monitor current level in each phase of generator output, integrate generator heating effect over time, and predict when thermal damage of alternator will occur. When signaled by generator protector or other generator -set protective devices, a shut -trip device in the generator disconnect switch shall open the switch to disconnect the generator from load circuits. Protector shall perform the following functions: 1. Initiate a generator overload alarm when generator has operated at an overload equivalent to 110 percent of full-rated load for 60 seconds. Indication for this alarm shall be integrated with other generator -set malfunction alarms. 2. When overcurrent heating effects on the generator approach the thermal damage point of the unit switch the excitation system off, open the generator disconnect device, and shut down the generator set. 3. Sense clearing of a fault by other overcurrent devices in the electrical system and control recovery of rated voltage to avoid overshoot. 16 -46 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton P g tY Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station Battery Charger Provide a battery charger for mounting inside the EG enclosure. The battery charger shall be current - limited, automatic- equalizing and float - charging type. The unit shall comply with UL508 and include the following features: Operation: Equalizing- charging rate of 5A is initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit then automatically switches to a lower float - charging mode and continues operating is that mode until battery is discharged again. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjusts floats and equalizes voltages for variations in ambient temperature to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintains output voltage constant regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door of battery charger. Meters shall indicate charging rates. Safety Features: Include sensing of abnormally low battery voltages arranged to close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Also include sensing of high battery voltage and loss of AC input or do output of battery charger. Either of these conditions closes contacts that provide a battery charger malfunction indication at the monitoring panel. Finishes Prime and paint diesel engine set and accessories in conformity with manufacturer's standard practice. Color of diesel engine set enclosure shall be of manufacturer's standard color, unless noted otherwise on Plans. Manufacturer shall ship with the unit a quart of touch -up paint for each of the finishes. All sheet metal exposed to the exterior (generator enclosure) shall be primed for corrosion protection and finish painted with the manufacturer's standard color using a two -step electrocoating paint process, or equal meeting the performance requirements specified below. All surfaces of all metal parts shall be primed and painted. The painting process shall result in a coating that meets the following requirements: • Primer thickness, 0.5 -2.0 mils. Top coat thickness, 0.8 -1.2 mils. • Gloss, per ASTM D523 -89, 80% plus or minus 5 %. Gloss retention after one year shall exceed 50 %. • Crosshatch adhesion, per ASTM D3359 -93, 413-513. • Impact resistance, per ASTM D2794 -93, 120 -160 inch - pounds. • Salt Spray, per ASTM B117 -90, 1000+ hours. • Humidity, per ASTM D2247 -92, 1000+ hours. 16 -47 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift S tation\Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Upon completion of unit installation, carry out running tests. Operate engine for a period of not less than 2 hours, in which 5 starts of the engine generator set shall be made and power supplied to motor(s) and pump(s). Engine generator shall be tested to verify that the transient voltage dip will not exceed 15 percent of rated voltage when sudden application of rated load is applied. Test shall demonstrate the ability of the engine generator to carry the specified loads. Upon completion of the tests, final adjustments shall be made to equipment by a qualified representative of the engine manufacturer. Fuel and oil filters shall be replaced, belt drive tensions checked, and the proper operation of all equipment demonstrated to Owner's representative. Owner's representative shall be instructed in the maintenance and operation of equipment. Five (5) copies of these test results shall be provided to Owner and included with the operation and instruction manual. 16.92 Transfer Switches 16.92.2 Automatic Transfer Switch Part 1 - General Design Criteria 16 -48 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station • Water Soak, per ASTM D2247 -92, 1000+ hours. Painting of hoses, clamps, wiring harnesses, and other non - metallic service parts shall not be acceptable. Fasteners used shall be corrosion resistant, and designed to minimize marring of the painted surface when removed for normal installation or service work. Source Quality Control Engine generator unit shall be tested at manufacturer's plant at full load before shipment. Test shall consist of a steady load run of at least 4 hours duration at 100 percent full rated load. Complete test reports shall be made which show the engine fuel consumption, kilowatt output, voltage, frequency, amperage, engine temperature, lube oil pressure, and load transfer results. Five (5) copies of the certified test reports shall be supplied to Owner prior to shipment. Owner and /or their representative shall be given opportunity to witness the tests by the manufacturer. Part 3 - Execution �. Installation Install engine in conformity with the plans and manufacturer's instructions and under manufacturer's direct supervision. Install ancillary circuits for battery charger, engine heaters, etc. in conformance with the plans. Site Test Supplier shall be responsible for calibration, startup, and initial performance to meet the specifications herein. Supplier shall provide a trained, qualified representative to check installation and connection, perform field tests as indicated, and certify to Owner its - performance does meet the specifications. Upon completion of unit installation, carry out running tests. Operate engine for a period of not less than 2 hours, in which 5 starts of the engine generator set shall be made and power supplied to motor(s) and pump(s). Engine generator shall be tested to verify that the transient voltage dip will not exceed 15 percent of rated voltage when sudden application of rated load is applied. Test shall demonstrate the ability of the engine generator to carry the specified loads. Upon completion of the tests, final adjustments shall be made to equipment by a qualified representative of the engine manufacturer. Fuel and oil filters shall be replaced, belt drive tensions checked, and the proper operation of all equipment demonstrated to Owner's representative. Owner's representative shall be instructed in the maintenance and operation of equipment. Five (5) copies of these test results shall be provided to Owner and included with the operation and instruction manual. 16.92 Transfer Switches 16.92.2 Automatic Transfer Switch Part 1 - General Design Criteria 16 -48 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station The transfer switch shall be -shall be NEMA 12 rated and equipped with three poles for normal and emergency service of 480 volts, 60 hertz, 3- phase. The transfer switch shall be mechanically and electrically held and rated to 480 volts for all classes of load and continuous inductive duty. The transfer switch shall conform to UL 1008 provisions for Withstand Current Ratings and Closing Ratings. The transfer switch shall be rated at a minimum Withstand Rating of 42,000 Amps. The switch shall be capable of enduring 6000 cycles of complete opening and closing at rated current and voltage at a rate of 6 cycles per minute without failure. �. The switch shall be double throw inherently interlocked mechanically and electrically to prevent supplying the load from both sources simultaneously. The operating current shall be obtained from the source to which the load is to be transferred. The transfer mechanism shall be of the double break design with solid silver cadmium surface contacts and individual heat resistant arc chambers. The switches shall have arc chutes, heating dissipation and arcing suppression and heavy duty springs to ensure quick and clean breaks. Arc barriers and magnetic blowout coils will also be acceptable if single break contacts are used. The contacts shall be capable of carrying 20 times the continuous rating for interrupting current. All contacts, coils, etc. shall be readily accessible for replacement from front of panel without major disassembly of associated parts. If a service entrance rated switch is required as shown on the Plans, the switch shall have overcurrent protection on the utility side of the incoming. Panel shall be UL listed and labeled as service entrance rated from the factory. Part 2 — Products Manufactured Units The automatic transfer switch shall be supplied by the Manufacturer of Engine generator system. Components The transfer switch shall include the following accessories: 1. Undervoltage Sensor: Adjustable solid state low voltage sensing relays (pick up 85 to 98 percent of normal voltage set at 98 %; drop out 75 to 100 percent set of 90% of pickup setting). Provide for each phase. 2. Time Delay Start and Stop on Drop Out: Solid state adjustable time delay on start (0 to 15 seconds). Set start delay for 15 seconds. Timer will send start signal to gen set CP, where louver timer will allow 15 second delay for louvers to open prior to starting gen set. 3. Time Delay Stop: Solid state adjustable time delay (0 to 10 minutes) to allow generator cooldown after normal power is restored and retransfer occurs. Set at 5 minutes. 16 -49 t H: \File Sys \WWp - WasteWater \WWp -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc 16.95.1 Common Work for Testing Part 1 - General Submittals Test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to final acceptance in accordance with Division 1.33 of these specifications. Scheduling and Coordination 1 16 -50 H: \Ffle Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station 4. Time Delay Transfer and Retransfer: Solid state time delay relay adjustable 2 to 120 seconds for transfer to emergency and 0 to 30 minutes for retransfer to normal. Set at 5 minutes for retransfer to normal. Set at 3 seconds for transfer to emergency. 5. With or Without Load Selector Switch: Switch to select exercise with or without station load. 6. Normal -Test Switch: Switch such that in the "Normal' mode the transfer switch will operate automatically and in the "Test" mode the generator will start for test purposes. This switch shall work in conjunction with the "With" or "Without" load switch. 7. Exercise Clock: Provide solid state exerciser clock to set the day, time, and duration of Igenerator set exercise /test period. Provide with /without load selector switch for the exercise period. 8. Programmed Transition: The load transfer control shall be capable of remaining in the neutral position for an adjustable time of 0.5 to 60 seconds when transferring from one line power source to the other to allow residual voltages to decay before application of the source. Set at 60 seconds. 9. Position lights for normal and emergency potions indication and for normal and emergency power available. 10. Switch position indication limit switches for normal and generator positions. 11. Provide dry contacts wired to terminal strip for 1) ATS in emergency position, 2) ATS common trouble alarm, 3) Normal Position. 12. Provide contacts and necessary power transformer(s) for supplying power to the EG room intake louver. Contacts shall open once the engine generator is called to start, removing power from the louver; therefore, opening the louver. When generator is stopped, contacts shall close and reapply power to the louver; therefore, closing the louver. 13. Power Meters: Provide an AC Voltmeter, an Ammeter, and a Frequency meter; 2.5 inch, analog, 2% accuracy. Provide a phase selector switch to read L -L voltage and current of both power sources. 14. Provide manual override switch to bypass the control system and transfer load from source to source when control is disabled. 16.95 TESTING 16.95.1 Common Work for Testing Part 1 - General Submittals Test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to final acceptance in accordance with Division 1.33 of these specifications. Scheduling and Coordination 1 16 -50 H: \Ffle Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AM 0 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Site Testing • Test all circuits for continuity, freedom from ground, and proper operation during progress of the work. • Insulation Resistance, Continuity, and Rotation: Perform routine insulation resistance, continuity and rotation tests for all distribution and utilization equipment prior and in addition to tests performed by the testing laboratory specified herein. • Electric Motors: Perform voltage, current and resistance tests on all motors '/2 horsepower and larger installed this project. Insulation resistance readings shall be taken with a 500 volt megger for 30 seconds with the circuit conductors connected to the motor. Verify that an overload condition does not exist. • Conduct special test as required for service and /or system ground. Field Quality Control • General: Conduct final test in the presence of Owner and /or their authorized representative. Contractor shall provide all testing instrumentation and labor required to demonstrate satisfactory operation of systems, equipment and controls. • Operational Tests: Operational test all circuits to demonstrate that the circuits and equipment have been properly installed, adjusted and are ready for full-time service. Demonstrate the proper functioning of circuits in all modes of operation, and including alarm conditions, and demonstrate satisfactory interfacing with the data acquisition and alarm systems. 16 -51 HAFile Sys \WV(IP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring City 2013 Ci of Renton P Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station The Contractor. shall inform the Engineer in advance of testing in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1 of these specifications. Prior to scheduling the testing, the Contractor shall have satisfied himself that the project area is properly cleaned up; all patching and painting deemed necessary properly completed; and all systems, equipment and controls are functioning as intended. Part 2. - Products Source Quality Control Submit reports of factory tests and adjustments performed by equipment manufacturers to the Engineer prior to field testing and adjustment of equipment. These reports shall identify the equipment and show dates, results of test, measured values and final adjustment settings. Provide factory tests and adjustments for equipment where factory tests are specified in the equipment specifications. The Engineer may inspect the fabricated equipment at the factory before shipment to job site. Provide the Engineer with sufficient prior notice so that an inspection can be arranged at the factory. Part 3 — Execution Site Testing • Test all circuits for continuity, freedom from ground, and proper operation during progress of the work. • Insulation Resistance, Continuity, and Rotation: Perform routine insulation resistance, continuity and rotation tests for all distribution and utilization equipment prior and in addition to tests performed by the testing laboratory specified herein. • Electric Motors: Perform voltage, current and resistance tests on all motors '/2 horsepower and larger installed this project. Insulation resistance readings shall be taken with a 500 volt megger for 30 seconds with the circuit conductors connected to the motor. Verify that an overload condition does not exist. • Conduct special test as required for service and /or system ground. Field Quality Control • General: Conduct final test in the presence of Owner and /or their authorized representative. Contractor shall provide all testing instrumentation and labor required to demonstrate satisfactory operation of systems, equipment and controls. • Operational Tests: Operational test all circuits to demonstrate that the circuits and equipment have been properly installed, adjusted and are ready for full-time service. Demonstrate the proper functioning of circuits in all modes of operation, and including alarm conditions, and demonstrate satisfactory interfacing with the data acquisition and alarm systems. 16 -51 HAFile Sys \WV(IP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Lind Lift Station 16.95.4 Ground Electrode Resistance Test Report 1 Division 17 Automatic Control 17.0 GENERAL This division covers that work necessary for installing a remote telemetry unit (RTU) required for this project. Items not covered shall be suitable for their particular application. . The City of Renton owns and operates an existing radio based telemetry system that monitors and controls their sewage lift stations. 17.05 Remote Communications Devices Part 1 - General Communications Antenna The Contractor shall reuse the existing Yagi antenna at the lift station site compatible with the City of Renton's telemetry system. Contractor shall provide bulkhead mounted lightning protection for the antenna. The poly phaser shall be mounted to the top of the telemetry panel. The Contractor (professional installer) shall install a mast and other apparatus required to assemble a complete, operable, and reliable fixed data communication system. The City's System Integrator shall setup the radio for communications. The radio will be provided with the RTU. The antenna mast will be provided by the Contractor. Antenna Cable Cable and connectors shall be industry standard, shielded and shall be provided to connect all peripherals and equipment. Radio Radio will be provided in the RTU. Part 2 - Products Antenna Manufacturer The antenna shall be 450 -470 MHz, 10 dB gain, Dataradio antenna kit, model no. 250 -0241- 510 or equal. Antenna Cable Manufacturer The antenna cable shall be Dataradio LMR -400 cable or equal with significant length to reach the RTU. 7 17 -1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Shops Spring 2013 City of Renton Division 17 — Automatic Control Lind Lift Station 17.10 Installation of Equipment by Others The RTU and antenna mast shall be installed in accordance with the installation of the Part 3 - Execution Installation of City of Renton Provided Telemetry Panel (RTU) Description This section specifies the installation of a wall mounted RTU inside the proposed electrical building at the proposed Sewer Lift Station. Coordination The City of Renton will be responsible for furnishing the RTU as shown on the Plans. The electrical contractor shall be responsible for installing the RTU and interconnecting the RTU to all related equipment as shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and installing the antenna on the existing mast as shown on the Plans. Copies of the telemetry panel shop drawings are provided as part of the Contract documents in Appendix A for use by the electrical contractor during the construction of the conduit and grounding system. Delivery H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City The Contractor shall pick up the RTU from the City of Renton Shops. Contractor shall coordinate with City of Renton on pick up schedule. Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary for loading and unloading the RTU at the project site. City of Renton Shops 3555 NE Second Street Renton, WA 98056 (425) 430 -7400 Installation The RTU and antenna mast shall be installed in accordance with the installation of the drawings and City System Integrator's instructions. Workers who are skilled and experienced in the installation of telemetry equipment shall perform installation. The City's System Integrator will perform all work at the Master Telemetry Unit to establish a functioning telemetry system. Testing Testing and inspection of the RTU shall include all components. All components of the RTU shall be interconnected to the field devices and powered with rated incoming voltage. The Contractor shall verify that all interconnections and work completed by them is functioning properly. After completion of the initial testing, the City of Renton will conduct subsequent testing to verify that all connections and work completed by the Contractor was performed correctly. 17 -2 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/201311:36 AINI © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 18 Measurement and Payment 18.0 GENERAL It is the intention of these specifications that performance of work under bid items shall Pa result in complete construction, in proper operating condition, of improvements identified in these written specifications and accompanying plans. Work and material not specifically listed in the proposal, but required according to the plans and specifications and general practice, shall be included in the Contractor's bid price. The City will NOT pay any materials on hand until the materials are delivered and installed on the project site. The only exception to this rule is for the MCC and the pumps. The City will pay up to 100 - percent of the invoice cost for the MCC and the pumps delivered to a secured storage area approved by the Owner. n t 18 -1 1 H: \File Sys \WWP - WasteWater \WWP -27 -3626 Lind Ave Lift Station \Design \Final Design \Final Lind LS Tech Specs - City Modified.doc 03/20/2013 11:36 AM © 2013 RH2 Engineering, Inc. I t J I t r I City of Renton Lind Avenue Lift Station Replacement Standard Details List 1. 400.1— Standard Sanitary Manhole a 2. 400.4 — Typical Utility Cover Adjustment for Pavement or Overlay 3. 400.5 —Abandon Manhole 4. 401— Manhole Frame and Cover 5. 405 — Pipe Bedding for Sanitary Sewers I 1 7' ps NOT TO SCALE MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER SEE STD. PLAN 401 ADJUSTMENT RINGS (2" MIN.) SEE NOTE 6 MORTAR JOINT(S) (3/8" MIN.) SEE NOTE 5 CONE (ECCENTRIC) RUBBER GASKETED JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C -443 STEPS - POLYPROPYLENE STEPS SHALL BE INCLUDED CONCRETE RISER BY PIPE INC., OR APPROVED EQUAL. LADDER - POLYPROPYLENE SHALL BE ATTACHED TO MANHOLE MAX. PIPE SIZE - 'E' CONCRETE SHELF PRECAST BASE SECTION OR CAST IN SHELF. NOTES: 1. STEPS TO BE POLYPROPYLENE SAFETY STEPS. 2. STEPS ARE TO BE IN PLACE BEFORE MANHOLE SECTIONS ARE INSTALLED. 3. CASTING SHALL BE PER STD. PLAN 401. 4. MANHOLE SECTIONS TO BE OF REINFORCED PRECAST CONCRETE. 5. ALL JOINTS BETWEEN THE CONE, RISER RINGS, BRICKS AND CASTING SHALL BE GROUTED. 6. ADJUSTMENT OF THE CASTING TO GRADE SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED WITH A COMBINATION OF ADJUSTMENT RINGS, BRICKS AND MORTAR ONLY. BRICKS SHALL BE STAGGERED TO CREATE A RUNNING BOND OR 1/2 BOND. BJE USE OF SHIMS IS PROHIBITED. 7. SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES SHALL HAVE ALL INTERIOR SURFACES, INCLUDING CHANNELING, COATED (SEALED) WITH A HIGH SOLIDS URETHANE COATING; WASSER MC- AROSHIELD OR APPROVED EQUAL; COLOR OF COATING SHALL BE WHITE. 8. RUBBER GASKETED JOINTS SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH ASTM C -443. 9. CHANNEL HEIGHT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4 OF THE INSIDE DIAMETER OF THE LARGEST PIPE. 10. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLE SHALL BE MADE USING GPK ADAPTOR, KOR -N -SEAL BOOTS OR APPROVED EQUAL. 11. IN UNIMPROVED AREAS, MANHOLES SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 6" AND A MAXIMUM OF 12" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE OR MUST HAVE A MINIMUM 2' DIAMETER CONCRETE RINGS POURED AT GRADE. IN PAVED AREAS, COVER MUST SLOPE IN ALL DIRECTIONS TO MATCH PAVING. a SM. PLAN - 400.1 PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD SANITARY MANHOLE DEPARTMENT SEPTEMBER 2011° I a t r 11 1 ,A, ,8, ,C, ,D, .E, 48" MH 48" 6" MIN. 5 "MIN 24" MIN. 21" I.D. 54" MH 54" 8" MIN. 5.5" MIN. 24" MIN. 24" I.D. 60" MH 60" 8" MIN. 6" MIN. 42" MIN. 30" I.D. NOTES: 1. STEPS TO BE POLYPROPYLENE SAFETY STEPS. 2. STEPS ARE TO BE IN PLACE BEFORE MANHOLE SECTIONS ARE INSTALLED. 3. CASTING SHALL BE PER STD. PLAN 401. 4. MANHOLE SECTIONS TO BE OF REINFORCED PRECAST CONCRETE. 5. ALL JOINTS BETWEEN THE CONE, RISER RINGS, BRICKS AND CASTING SHALL BE GROUTED. 6. ADJUSTMENT OF THE CASTING TO GRADE SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED WITH A COMBINATION OF ADJUSTMENT RINGS, BRICKS AND MORTAR ONLY. BRICKS SHALL BE STAGGERED TO CREATE A RUNNING BOND OR 1/2 BOND. BJE USE OF SHIMS IS PROHIBITED. 7. SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES SHALL HAVE ALL INTERIOR SURFACES, INCLUDING CHANNELING, COATED (SEALED) WITH A HIGH SOLIDS URETHANE COATING; WASSER MC- AROSHIELD OR APPROVED EQUAL; COLOR OF COATING SHALL BE WHITE. 8. RUBBER GASKETED JOINTS SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH ASTM C -443. 9. CHANNEL HEIGHT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4 OF THE INSIDE DIAMETER OF THE LARGEST PIPE. 10. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLE SHALL BE MADE USING GPK ADAPTOR, KOR -N -SEAL BOOTS OR APPROVED EQUAL. 11. IN UNIMPROVED AREAS, MANHOLES SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 6" AND A MAXIMUM OF 12" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE OR MUST HAVE A MINIMUM 2' DIAMETER CONCRETE RINGS POURED AT GRADE. IN PAVED AREAS, COVER MUST SLOPE IN ALL DIRECTIONS TO MATCH PAVING. a SM. PLAN - 400.1 PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD SANITARY MANHOLE DEPARTMENT SEPTEMBER 2011° I a t r 11 1 F.11 SEAL WITH AR 4000 OR APPROVED EQUAL AND DRY SAND AFTER PATCHING PATCHED AREA 0 SECTION A -A 2" ASPHALT CLASS "B" OR AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. ' CONCRETE NOTES: REMOVE PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIALS FOR A DISTANCE WHICH IS EQUAL TO THE DIAMETER OF THE FRAME PLUS TWO FEET. ADJUST CASTING FRAME TO PAVEMENT SURFACE USING RISER RINGS OR CONCRETE BLOCKS PER STD. PLAN 400.1. REPLACE ALL BUT TOP 2" OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL WITH CLASS 3000 CONCRETE (3/4). FINISH PAVEMENT SURFACE WITH 2" OF ASPHALT CLASS "B" OR AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. Y PUBLIC WORKS TYPICAL UTILITY COVER STD. PLAN - 400.4 O DEPARTMENT ADJUSTMENT FOR PAVEMENT OR OVERLAY DECEMBER 2010 REMOVE MANHOLE COVER, FRAME, ADJUSTMENT RINGS AND CONE (OR FLAT TOP) TO A DEPTH OF AT LEAST 4 FEET BELOW THE FINISHED GRADE ELEVATION. '4 CONCRETE PLUG (MINIMUM OF 12" IN LENGTH) I r ymwy R .•f IN ROADWAYS, RESTORE PER STANDARD PLAN 110.1. OUTSIDE OF ROADWAYS, RESTORE TO MATCH THE ADJACENT AREA. COMPACTED SAND, GRAVEL BORROW OR CDF CONCRETE PLUG (MINIMUM OF 12" IN LENGTH) DRAINAGE HOLE (TYPICAL) 1. DRILL A MINIMUM OF 4 - 2" DRAINAGE HOLES IN THE BOTTOM OF THE MANHOLE. 2. PLUG ALL INCOMING AND OUTGOING PIPES WITH CONCRETE. 3. FILL THE MANHOLE WITH COMPACTED SAND, GRAVEL BORROW (SECTION 9- 03.14(1)) OR CDF. 4. DEBRIS FROM BREAKING THE UPPER PORTION OF THE MANHOLE MAY BE MIXED WITH THE FILL MATERIAL SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. 5. THE FRAME AND COVER SHALL BE SALVAGED AND ALL OTHER MATERIAL DISPOSED OF. ST PLAN - 400.5 PUBLIC WORKS ABANDON MANHOLE + B DEPARTMENT JANUARY 2011 n t I I B❑LTH❑LES - 3 PLCS EQUALLY SPACED 120' APART ON 23 I /16' (586mm) DIA B.C. (SEE DETAIL) REN�TONI llI f-: Af., COVER & FRAME PLAN VIEW 25' DIA. C635mml I' 3/4'25mm1 C19mm] 8 3/4' 2 1/2' C222mml C64mml TYP COVER SECTION VIEW 26 1/2' DIA C673mml 25 1/4' DIA 1641mml 1 1/16' 1/4' (6mm) DIA C27mml NEOPRENE GASKET 6' C152 mmJ 5/8' 23 3/8' DIA CL ❑PEN 116mml 1594mml 27 5/16' DIA C694mml 34 1/8' DIA C867mml NOTES: COVER BOTTOM VIEW (3) BLT S OC. (ALLEN HEAD) 5/8' -I1 X 1.5 SS RUBBER WASHER EON BOLTING DETAIL 1/4' C6mm3 C27mm3 C3mml 1!6' CR3mml GASKET GROOVE DETAIL FRAME SECTION VIEW 1. ALL COVERS SHALL BE LOCKING LID PER EAST JORDAN IRON WORKS INC. No. 3717C1 OR EQUAL. 2. USE FRAME AND COVER FOR STORM (SPECIFY "DRAIN" ON COVER), SANITARY (SPECIFY "SEWER "), OR WATER (SPECIFY "WATER "). ti`�Y O OPUBLIC WORKS MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER SAD. PLAN — 401 DEPARTMENT FAO , DECEMBER 2008 BEDDING MATERIAL FOR SANITARY SEWER PIPE (SEE NOTE 5) FOUNDATION LEVEL LIMITS OF PIPE ZONE 1' -0" lolublorejammi0o BEDDING FOR SANITARY SEWER PIPE NOTES: 1. PROVIDE UNIFORM SUPPORT UNDER BARREL. 2. HAND TAMP UNDER HAUNCHES. 3. COMPACT BEDDING MATERIAL TO 95% MAX. DENSITY EXCEPT DIRECTLY OVER PIPE. HAND TAMP ONLY. 4. PIPE INSTALLATION SHALL BE PER SECTION 7 -08 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 5. PIPE ZONE MATERIAL SHALL BE "GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAINS" AS SPECIFIED IN THE AGGREGATES SECTION OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS OR PEA GRAVEL. 6. PIPE MUST BE ANCHORED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO ENSURE FLOW LINE IS MAINTAINED. 7. TRENCH WIDTH SHALL BE PER SECTION 2 -09.4 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. F PUBLIC WORKS PIPE BEDDING DEPARTMENT FOR SANITARY SEWERS "ti•�,.�o OCTOBER 2012 e' ° 1 /2 PLUG AS DAM TEE OF APPROPRIATE SIZE 's SEE NOTE 6 o: . "RELINER" BRAND STAINLESS STEEL ADJUSTABLE CLAMPING BRACKETS OR APPROVED EQUAL 0111IIIIIIIIIA. 11=1111 3/4 THE DIAMETER OF THE DOWNSTREAM PIPE NOTES: 1. INSIDE DROPS ARE ONLY TO BE USED UPON APPROVAL BY THE WASTEWATER UTILITY SECTION. 2. ALL PIPES AND FITTINGS SHALL BE SIMILAR SIZE AND MATERIAL AS INCOMING MAINLINE. 3. MINIMUM SIZE MANHOLE FOR INSIDE DROP CONNECTION SHALL BE 60" DIAMETER. 4. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLE SHALL BE MADE USING GPK ADAPTOR, KOR —N —SEAL BOOTS OR APPROVED EQUAL. 5. WITHIN A 60" DIAMETER MANHOLE, THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DIAMETER OF THE INSIDE DROP PIPING IS 12 ". INSIDE DROPS EXCEEDING 12" IN DIAMETER OR MULTIPLE DROPS SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE WASTEWATER UTILITY AND MAY REQUIRE A LARGER DIAMETER MANHOLE. 6. "RELINER" BRAND STAINLESS STEEL ADJUSTABLE CLAMPING BRACKETS OR APPROVED EQUAL SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 6" OF BOTH BELL AND SPIGOT ENDS OF EACH DROP PIPE. IF DROP PIPE LENGTH EXCEEDS 5 FEET THEN CENTER STRAPS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 4 FEET ON CENTER. BRACKETS SHALL BE ATTACHED UTILIZING STAINLESS STEEL EXPANSION BOLTS, MIN. 2 EACH AT CONNECTION POINTS. � Y U ✓' PUBLIC WORKS INSIDE DROP CONNECTION STD. PLAN - 402.2 O DEPARTMENT FOR SANITARY MANHOLE �� N T AUGUST 2011 t I I I t u � I City= of Renton Lind .Lift Station City of Renton Lind Lift Station ADDENDUM NO. 1 Issued: April 12, 2013 Addendum No. 1 Issued: 4/ 12/2013 Page 1 of 6 To All Contract Doctiinent Holders: You are licreby° iiotified of die followiiig chaiiges, deletioris, additions, corrections and clarifications to the plans, specifications and other documents comprising the Contract Docunietits for the City of Renton, Lind Litt Stat:ioll project. � • � i • i REPLACE THE FOLLOWING: The second page of the laid schedule of prices shall be replaced with a new sheet attached at the end of this addendum ni,imlber 1. Technical Provisions Division 11 - Equipment REMOVE THE FOLLOWING: 11.10 Pumps 11.10.:1 Common Work for Pumps Part 3 — Field Quality Control Field vibration testing during, startup and testing shall not be required at part of this project. ADD THE FOLLOWING: 1.1.12.2 Lind Lift Station Pumps and Motor Part 2 - Products Pump Coating .ill. metal surfaces coming into contact with the sewage. other than stainless steel or brass. shall be protected by a factory applied spray coating of' 3 MDFT Tnemec brand zinc- filled primer and 3 V1DFT Tnemec 27WB epoxy finish coat on the exterior of the pump. The surface preparation of the pump shall be SSPC-SP5 co.m.mercial sandblast. CLARIFICATION: Pump Removal Rail System 7 ".Bothel Da :a,Ri- N�112023'SDB`,A7decdu:ro No 1.tiocx ,V12.2013 9:48 AM tPage 1 Addendum #1 - Revised Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see w\Aiw.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale City of Renton Lind Lift Station Addendum No. l Issued: 4/1.2/2013 Page 2 of 6 Each pump shall be equipped with. a stainless steel lifting chain that reaches from the bottom of the wet well to the top of the wet well plus fitie: feet of slack. The working load of the lifting system shall be 50 percent greater than the pump unit weight. Neither a nylon cord nor stainless steel cable is required to be provided. Division 15 — Mechanical ADD THE FOLLOWING: 1.5.52 Electronic Flow Meters 15.52.3 Electromagnetic Flow Meters Part 1. - General Design Criteria Provide an electromagnetic flow metering system suitable for treasuring and transmitting flow rate in a full- flowing pipe. The meter shall be suitable for either horizontal or vertical mounting. The system shall operate within the accuracy required over an ambient temperature range of -10 to +120" F and a process temperature range of +32 to +12.0° F. Meter and electronics shell be rated for FM Class 1 Division 2 service. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers The flow meter shall be Siemens Danfoss Model MAG 5100W with remote transmitter or approved equal. Manufactured Units the flow meter system shall be microprocessor based, utilizing a DC bipolar pulsed coil that automatically rezeroes after each pulse cycle. System accuracy shall be ±.1 percent of actual flow rate over a fluid velocity range of 1 to 30 feet per second (fps), and within 0.01 fps for velocities ' less than 1 fps. Repeatability shall be 0.1 percent of full scale or better. System accuracy shall be traceable to NIST usinv prototype meters of the same configuration. The meter tube and coil shall be mounted on the pipe between ANSI )31.6 pipe flanges and rated for working and test pressures as indicated in Division 1.82 . The meter tube shall be 304 stainless steel. The meter and cable connection(s) shall be capable of complete submergence without darnaue. The meter shall include intetyral groundinv electrodes or a 316 stainless steel grounding ring for installation at the inlet. The manufacturer shall verify that the grounding system is appropriate for the proposed use_ All wetted parts shall be 316 stainless steel. Finishes The meter liner shall completely encapsulate all wetted areas except for electrodes. The liner shall be certified by the manufacturer as appropriate for the proposed use. The liner shall be ebonite or approved equal. I?.`-1Pmhe1hData337N�.t .2.023^S n�,�aderd� m No t.rxx a zza, s 9,48 v.na 'Page 2 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see vvvrw.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale City of Renton Addendum No. I Lind Lift Station Issued: 4/.12/2013 Pa-e 3 of 6 Division 16 — Electrical REVISE AS FOLLOWING: 16.90 Power Generation 16.91.2 Standby Diesel Engine Generator Set Part 2 — Products Tbe secoi id par�igtaph of Division 16.9 1.2, Part 2 Products (N,Iiiiiii%ic.titici:s)ls revised asfc)llows: CURRENTLYREADli Subject to compliance witli these specifications, the t-ollowliig immufacturers are approved for bidding: • C1.1111111 ills "'011m) Onsite Energy RLTMED 710 READ Subject to collap1j'ance with diese. the 601-lowilig I llal III . 'Ictillers are Ipproved 601 biddijig: ' • C11111111 Jil- ""'Onall • Detro,t��MTIJ Onsite Fil("�p 1 � '37 • John Deere/Kohler Power Systems Standard Plans INSERT THE FOLLOWING: Inside Drop Cotiriectl0ri for Saiiltary Nfitliliole (Std Mali 402.2) attached at the end ofthis addendum. End revisions for Addendum No. I --2-022-:,qDff.Adder'dun No 1.ofxx 4+12,Ml 3 9:48 AM ,Page 3 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see vAAAv.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale City nfRenton Addendum NmX Lind Lift Station Issued: 4/]2/2O|3 Page 4of6 Addendum No. | is hereby made a part of: the Contract Documents, and its terms and conditions are [ui1vbiudin,on the Conti-act Document holder. He/she shall acknowledge receipt n{Addendum No. ] by yiO/dugiu the space provided below and attaching it Un his/her proposal. This AJdrudou` No. 1touvt6cwckoo,vlcJvr6iu the bid, CITY OF RENTON , Ma6c&JUle�R}�2Ei =u�rz i�luc � �� ]SSuc6 April 12,2013 Received and : � Th!e, pot Date / zsW^dho��sm ,Q m3�n8�m^�mw"1.d"=4"2,201319'48^w Page 4 Provided m Builders Exchange o[WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement seevwww.bxwm.m,m Always Verify Scale ' - t .. 1-i -. 1-1 CIr e _.'I ITt 'dC . 1 Lir.,J Li t ti' a io; CITY OF RENTON PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT s' 11 -J; ! 12 % 01 LIND AVENUE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT TOTAL BID PRICE (NOT INCLUDING ALTERNATE BID ITEMS) WILL BE USED TO DETERMINE SUCCESSFUL LOW RESPONSIVE BIDDER (Note: The bid price shall be stated in figures only, in terms of the units indicated and as to a total amount. In the event of errors or where conflict occurs, the unit price bid shall govern. Illegible figures will invalidate the bid) SEE SECTION 1 -09.14 OF THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR INFORMATION ON BID ITEMS. ITE NO APPROX. QUANTITY ITEM UNIT PRICE Dollars Cents. AMOUNT Dollars Cents. 13 14 15 1 Lump Sum 1 Lump Sum 1 Lump Sum Construction Records Abandonment of Existing Lift Station Pedestrian Crossing System Subtotal 9.5% Sales Tax $55000.00 $5;000.00 per Lump Sum per Lump Sum per Lump Sum $ $ Total Bid Price $ The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder. The bidder shall bid on all bid items set forth in the bid forms to be considered responsive for award. The Total Bid Price, as indicated on the Schedule of Prices, will be used to determine the successful low responsive bidder. Partial bids will not be accepted. The intent is to award to only one BIDDER. Page 5. Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale